Text Supplements Text Supplements

TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter 5: Phonetics Table C5.1: Diversity in the spelling sound relationship Table C5.2: Problematic Fricatives Table C5.3: List of Phonetic Signs and Symbols Table C5.4: Variations in the sounds of Indian, American, and British English Chapter 8: Effective Presentation Strategies Sample 1: Computer-mediated communication Sample 2: Internet Search Engines: Demystifi ed Chapter 10: Group Communication Sample covering letter accompanying a brochure Sample Conference Evaluation Form Chapter 11: Reading Magazine article: More of the Same Newspaper Article: Energy drinks could be harmful Magazine article: Connecting to Mankind Essay: Of Parents and Children Essay: Job Stress: The Effect on Employees and Employers Essay: The ever growing use of information technology in our daily life Essay: Indian festivals Essay: Human Cloning Journal Article Sample 1 Journal Article Sample 2 Journal Article Sample 3 Journal Article Sample 4 A Critical Analysis of The Inheritance of Loss Chapter 12: Reading Techniques Sample Sample Sample Sample Passage Passage Passage Passage 1 2 3 4

(Watermark)

2 Technical Communication Sample Passage 5 Sample Passage 6 Sample Passage 7 Sample Passage 8 Sample Passage 9 Sample Passage 10 Sample Passage 11 Sample Passage 12 Identifying Topic Sentence and keywords 13 Ssentence sequence 14 Chapter 16: The Art of Condensation Precis Precis Precis Precis Precis Precis Writing Writing Writing Writing Writing Writing Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample Sample 1 2 3 4 5 6

Chapter 17: Letters, Memos, and Emails Table C17.1 Various courtesy titles Clarity and Conciseness: Examples Courtesy and Consideration: Appropriate Phrases Credit Letters Exhibit C17.1: Credit request Exhibit C17.2: Thanks for prompt response to credit enquiry Exhibit C17.3: Stern collection letter Exhibit C17.4: Solicited Letter of Enquiry Reply to Enquiry Letters Exhibit C17.5: Reply to enquiry letter 1 Exhibit C17.6: Reply to enquiry letter 2 Exhibit C17.7: Reply to enquiry letter 3 Tender Letters Exhibit C17.8: Tender letter 1 Exhibit C17.9: Tender letter 2 Exhibit C17.10: Tender letter 3 Order Placement Letters Exhibit C17.11: Order placement letter 1 (Watermark)

Table of Contents Exhibit C17.12: Order placement letter 2 Exhibit C17.13: Claim Letter Adjustment letters Exhibit C17.14: Adjustment letter Exhibit C17.15: Instruction Letter Persuasive Letters Exhibit C17.16: Inverted pyramid style persuasive letter Cover Letters Useful Openers Exhibit C17.17: Cover letter accompanying a technical feasibility report Exhibit C17.18: Cover letter accompanying a resume 1 Exhibit C17.19: Cover letter accompanying a resume 2 Exhibit C17.20: Cover letter accompanying a resume 3 Exhibit C17.21: Cover letter accompanying a resume 4 Exhibit C17.22: Cover letter along with a resume Exhibit C17.23 Scannable resume Offi cial letters Demi-offi cial letters Exhibit C17.24 Demi-offi cial letter 1 Exhibit C17.25 Demi-offi cial letter 2 Government Letters Exhibit C17.26 Government letter 1 Exhibit C17.27 Government letter 2 Letter to Authorities Exhibit C17.28 Letter to authority 1 Exhibit C17.29 Letter to authority 2 Other Formal Letters Letters to the Editor Exhibit C17.30 Letter to editor 1 Exhibit C17.31 Letter to editor 2 Exhibit C17.32 Letter to editor 3 Permission Letters Exhibit C17.33 Permission Letter 1 Thank You/Follow-up Letters Exhibit C17.34 Thank You Letter (Modifi ed Block Layout) (Watermark)

4 Technical Communication Exhibit C17.35 Interview Follow-up Letter Acceptance and Rejection Letters Exhibit C17.36 Acceptance Letter Exhibit C17.37 Rejection Letter Exhibit C17.38 Job acceptance letter Exhibit C17.39: Rejecting a Job Resignation Letters Exhibit C17.40: Resignation letter Memos Structure and Layout Exhibit C17.41: Memo template Memos Style Exhibit C17.42: Exhibit C17.43: Exhibit C17.44: Exhibit C17.45: Emails Email Jargon Exhibit C17.46: Exhibit C17.47: Exhibit C17.48: Exhibit C17.49: Exhibit C17.50: Exhibit C17.51: Exhibit C17.52: Memo Memo Memo Memo Email Email Email Email Email Email Email 1 2 3 4 window 1 2 3 4 5 6

Chapter 18: Reports Inductive and Deductive Methods of Opening a Report Sample Inspection Report Sample Memo Report Sample Letter Report Sources of Information Library Search Personal Observation Interviews Questionnaires Web-based Surveys (Internet Surveys) (Watermark)

Table of Contents Sample Sample Sample Sample Incident Report Laboratory Report Project Report Analytical Report

Chapter 19: Technical Proposals Sample Proposal 1 Sample Proposal 2 Sample Proposal 3 (with Covering Letter) Chapter 20: Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis Journal Article 1 Journal Article 2 Chapter 21: Instructions, Manuals, and Technical Description Sample Introduction to Instructions Framing a Set of Instructions Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3 Technical specification: AT-3813 Automatic Potentiometric Titrator Sample User Manual: Luminous UPS SOHO 600 User s Guide Object and Process Descriptions Object Description 1: Dual-Option Burner System Object Description 2: Lathe Process Description 1: Metallic Air Pollutants Process Description 2: Natural Waters Chapter 22: Referencing and Styling Sample Footnotes with their Citations Chapter 24: Vocabulary Table C24.1 Role of derivational affix in changing grammatical category of words (Watermark)

6 Technical Communication Table C24.2 Change of different parts of speech by derivational affi x Table C24.3 Prefi xes Table C24.4 Suffi xes Examples of Synonyms Table C24.5 List of Antonyms Popularly used idioms Table C24.6 Frequently confused homophones Table C24.7 Commonly confused pairs of words Table C24.8 Pairs of Homonyms Table C24.9 Basic List of Homophones List of few common phrasal verbs Table C24.10 Select Technical Vocabulary Common Errors: Usage Table C24.11 Words commonly misspelt Table C24.12 British and American Vocabulary Words and Phrases from Foreign Languages Chapter 25: English Grammar Table C25.1(a) Prepositions after verbs Table C25.1(b) Additional points regarding use of prepositions after verbs Table C25.2(a) Prepositions after adjectives (including participles) Table C25.2(b) Additional points regarding use of prepositions after adjectives Table C25.3(a) Prepositions with nouns Table C25.3(b) Additional points regarding use of prepositions with nouns Appendices Appendix A: Punctuation and Capitalization Appendix B: Acronyms and Abbreviations Appendix C: Proofreading Symbol

(Watermark)

OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

8 Technical Communication CHAPTER 5: PHONETICS Table Table Table Table C5.1: C5.2: C5.3: C5.4: Diversity in the spelling sound relationship Problematic fricatives List of phonetic signs and symbols Variations in the sounds of Indian, American, and British English

TABLE C5.1 Diversity in the spelling sound relationship Sounds Words Letter(s) representing the sound /i:/ reach, beach, ea peel, feel, ee Piece, believe, ie perceive, deceive, ei thesis, be, e Hindi, police, i key ey people eo /./ sit, fit i marriage, carriage ia lilies, cities ie biscuit, circuit ui sunday, Monday ay cottage, village a lovely, funny y toffee, coffee ee women o busy u /e/ set, bet e spread, pleasure, ea ate, any a said ai says ay Bury u friend ie guess, guest ue // man, can a task, bask a /.:/ balm, calm al car, dark ar laugh, launce au (Watermark)

Phonetics Sounds Words Letter(s) representing the sound Heart ear clerk er plot, god o /./ was, wash a cough ou Because au salt, halt a /.:/ daughter, haul au swarm, thwart ar thaw, law aw soar, roar oar door, floor oor tore, more ore bush, full u /. / book, good oo should, would ou woman, wolf o /u:/ soon, boon oo wound, soup ou do, who o shoe, stoop oe glue, true ue brew, threw ew recruit, fruit ui truce, rude u done, ton o /./ fun, shun u fl ood, blood oo enough, rough ou /.:/ pearl, heard ear curl, hurt ur deserve, iceberg er girl, irksome ir world, worst or sojourn, journal our /./ about, ago a collar, beggar ar teacher, father er (Watermark)

10 Technical Communication Sounds Words Letter(s) representing the sound colour, neighbour our payment, fulfilment e freedom, obscure o sponsor, convector or culture, vulture ure /e./ gate, date a afraid, rain ai ray, clay ay great, break ea eight, freight ei prey, grey ey no, dope o /../ know, own ow coat, goal oa foe, toe oe /a./ kite, trite i height, either ei guy, buy uy fry, my y bye, dye ye /a./ how, cow ow about, shout ou toil, ointment oi /../ Toy, boy oy /../ clear, near ear seer, peer eer theory, theorem eo idea, cornea ea inertia, phobia ia tier, pierce ier gregarious, imperious iou fare, rare are /e./ their, heir eir there, compere ere airy, pair air bear, wear ear /u./ fewer, newer wer fl uent, affluent ue (Watermark)

Phonetics

11

Sounds Words Letter(s) representing the sound habitual, mutual ua tourism, gourmet our poor, moor oor /p/ pin, cup p hippopotamus, topple pp Shepherd ph /b/ but, stable b /t/ tea, stray, t utter, butter tt reaped, looked ed /d/ day, bid d budding, hidden dd delayed, stormed ed /k/ kite, key k cow, could c occur, occasion cc chord, cholera ch /g/ get, tag g egg, aggravate gg ghoul, ghost gh /t./ chest, march ch watchman, batch tch culture, nature t /d/ jest, jail j fridge, bridge dg geometry, marriage, g adjourn, adjudge dj /m/ meek, mellifluous m drummer, summer mm tomb, womb mb solemn, column mn / n / nice, brown n knee, know kn resign, benign gn sunny, runner nn

/./ sing, ring ng think, link nk /l/ list, feel l (Watermark)

12 Technical Communication Sounds Words Letter(s) representing the sound fell, all ll /f/ fi fty, fanfare f offshoot, affair ff enough, laugh gh telephone, phrase ph /v/ vast, vigour v of f nephew ph /./ warmth, athlete th // there, though th Bathe, clothe the /s/ cups, saw s descend, science sc boss, essential ss city, century c psyche, psychiatry ps /z/ blaze, craze z balls, cosy s fuzzy, dazzle zz dessert, possess ss shoot, crash sh /./ schedule, schwa sch conscience, conscious sci machine, chivalry ch ensure, sugar s transmission, assure ss musician, special ci initial, partial ti pleasure, usual s /./ seizure, azure z garage, rouge ge provision, fusion si /h/ hot, behaviour h whom, who wh

/r/ thrive, thrash r sorrow, tomorrow rr rhapsody, rhubarb rh wrist, wrong wr (Watermark)

Phonetics

13

Sounds Words Letter(s) representing the sound /w/ waist, wise w what, which wh language, request u /j/ yes, young y bullion, onion i university, unit u (pronounced as ju:) due, value ue news, sewer ew purview, interview iew TABLE C5.2 Problematic Fricatives Word English usage Indian usage Chief /f/ /p/ Africa /f/ /p/, /ph/ Van /v/ /b/, /bh/ Very /v/ b/, /bh/ Thin /./ /t/ Nothing /./ /t/ Other // /d/ Leather // /d/ Zoo /z/ /d./ Dozen /z/ /d./ Cash /s/ /./ Fashion /s/ /./ Garage /./ /d./ Leisure /./ /d./, /s/ (Watermark) Besides the IPA symbols used to represent the 44 sounds in English language, we have learnt certain other symbols such as /,/, which are used to represent primary and secondary acc

ents, rising and falling tones, etc.The following is a complete list of phonetic symbols and signs used i n English. TABLE C5.3 List of phonetic signs and symbols Phonetic Sign/Symbol Description / / Phonemic transcription [ ] Phonetic transcription / Pause or End of a tone group boundary // // Sentence group boundary

14 Technical Communication Phonetic Sign/Symbol Description [`] Falling tone [.] Rising tone [v] Falling-rising tone 0 Zero ['] Primary accent Secondary accent [.] [:] Full length of preceding segment (e.g., i:, .:) [.] Half length of preceding segment (as in sit [s.t], b.t [b.t]) i: Front, close, unrounded vowel (as in see) . Centralized, front unrounded vowel; between close and half-close (as in sit) e Front, half-close, unrounded vowel; sometimes centralized (met) Front, unrounded vowel; between half open and open (fan) .: Front, open, unrounded vowel; sometimes centralized (park) Back, half open, rounded vowel (as in hot) . Back, half close, rounded vowel, sometimes centralized (tall) .: Back, close, rounded vowel (pull) . Central, half-open, unrounded vowel (cut) . .: Unrounded central vowel (bird) . Unrounded central vowel (ago) p Voiceless bilabial plosive (pen) b Voiced bilabial plosive (book) t Voiceless dental plosive (tea) d Voiced dental plosive (desk) k Voiceless velar plosive (kite) g Voiced velar plosive (gate) Voiceless palato-alveolar affricate (chill) t. Voiced palato-alveolar affricate (jury) d.

m Voiced bilabial nasal (men) n Voiced alveolar nasal (nose) . Voiced velar nasal (ring) l r f v e Voiced alveolar lateral (late) Voiced post-alveolar fricative (ride) Voiceless labio-dental fricative (full) Voiced labio-dental fricative (vine) Voiceless dental fricative (tooth) Voiced dental fricative (then)

(Watermark)

Phonetics

15

Phonetic Sign/Symbol Description s Voiceless alveolar fricative (small) z Voiced alveolar fricative (daze) Voiceless palato-alveolar fricative (ship) . Voiced palato-alveolar fricative (pleasure) . h Voiceless glottal fricative (house) w Voiced labio-velar semi-vowel (wet) j Voiced unrounded palatal semi-vowel (union) TABLE C5.4 Variations in the Sounds of Indian,American, and British English Word British American Indian Absorb .bs.rb .b's..b .b's..rb Assume .'sju.m .'su.m .sj..m Atomic .'t.m.k .'ta:m.k .'t.m.k Attire .'ta..(r) .'ta..(r) .ta..r Audit '..d.t '..d.t .d.t/..d.t Badger 'bd..(r) 'bd..(r) bd..(r) Balm b..mb..mb..m Bankroll 'b.kr.ul b.kro.l b.kro.l Barge b..d. b..rd. b..rd. Basket 'b..sk.t 'bsk.tb..sket/bsket Bomb b.mb..mb.mb Burger 'b..g.(r) 'b..rg.(r) b.rg.r Car k..(r) k..(r) k..r Care ke.(r) ker ke.r Cast kst k..st k..st Close kl..z klo.z kl.z

Coffee 'k.fi 'k..fi k.fi/ka.fi Dairy 'de.ri 'deri de.ri Deserve dis.rv d.'z..vd.'z..rv Dinner 'd.n.(r) din.r din.r Disaster d.'z..st.(r) d.'zst.(r) dis..st.r Dog d.g d..g d..g Eager 'i.g.(r) 'i.g.(r) i.g.r (Watermark)

16 Technical Communication Word British American Indian Earn ..n ..rn .rn Education .ed.u'ke..n .ed.u'ke..n ed.uke...n Endive 'end..v 'end.v end..v Erase .'re.z .'re.s .re.s Fable 'fe.bl 'fe.bl fe.b.l Familiar f.'m.li.(r) f.'m.li.(r) f.m.li.r Fast f..st fst f..st Ferocious f.'r....s f.'ro...s f.'ro....s Further 'f...(r) 'f..r.(r) f.r.r Gauche g... go.. go.. Girl g..l g..rl g.rl Glow gl.. glo. glo. God g.d g..d g..d Grimace gr.'me.s 'gr.m.s gr.me.s Half h..f hf h..f Hard h..d h..rd h..rd Hippo 'h.p.. 'h.po. h.po. Hone h.un ho.n ho.n Honest '.n.st ..n.st .nist Hunt h.nt h.nt h.nt Icebox 'a.sb.ks 'a.sb..ks aisb..ks Imposture .m'p.st..(r) .m'p..st..(r) imp.st..r Inform .n'f..m .nf..rm .nfo.rm Inhale .n'he.l .n'he.l .nhe.l Interfere ..nt.'f..(r) ..nt.r'f.r .nt.rf..r Jade d.e.d d.e.d d.e.d Jobber 'd..b.(r) 'd...b.(r) d...b.r Judo 'd.u.d.. 'd.u.do. d.u.do. Juggler 'd..gl.(r) 'd..gl.(r) d..gl. Jury 'd...ri 'd..ri d.u.ri Khaki 'k..ki 'k..ki k..ki Knock n.k n..k n..k Know n.. no. no. Krypton 'kr.pt.n 'kr.pt..n kr.pt.n (Watermark)

Phonetics

17

Word British American Indian Laconic l.'k.n.k l.'k..n.k l.k.n.k Large l..d. l..rd. l..rd. Lasso l'su. 'lso. lso. Last l..st lst l..st Latitude 'lt.tju.d 'lt.tu.d 'lt.tju.d Macro 'mkr.. 'mkro. mkr.. Maintain me.n'te.n me.n'te.n me.nte.n Major 'me.d..(r) 'me.d..(r) me.d..r Murmur 'm..m.(r) 'm..rm.(r) m..rm.r Mythology m.'..l.d.i m.'...l.d.i m.'...l.d.i Nasty 'n..sti 'nsti n..sti Nature 'ne.t..(r) 'ne.t..(r) ne.t..r Near n..(r) n.r ni.r Neutral 'nju.tr.l 'nu.tr.l nju.tr.l Note n..t no.t no.t Oath ... o.. o.. Object (n) '.bd..kt ..bd.ekt ..bd.ekt Observe .b'z..v .b'z..rv .bs..rv Ordure '..dj..(r) '..rd..r o.rd...r Oxide '.ksa.d '..ksa.d ..ksa.d Painter 'pe.nt.(r) 'pe.nt.(r) pe.nt.r Paradox 'pr.d.ks 'pr.d..ks pr.d..ks Pastoral 'p..st.r.l 'pst.r.l p..st.r.l Photo 'f..t.. 'fo.to. fo.to. Post p..st po.st po.st Power 'pa..(r) 'pa..(r) p.u.r Quarrel 'kw.r.l 'kw..r.l kw..r.l Query 'kw..ri 'kw.ri kweri Quire 'kw...(r) 'kw...(r) kw.i.r Rather 'r...(r) 'r.r r...r Reassure .ri.....(r) .ri..'..r ri..u.r Renown r.'na.n r.'na.n rino.n Reporter r.'p..t.(r) r.'p..rt.(r) ripo.rt.r (Watermark)

18 Technical Communication Word British American Indian Restaurant 'restr.nt 'restr..nt rest.r.nt Salon 'sl.ns.'l..ns.lu.n Saver 'se.v.(r) 'se.v.(r) se.v.r Satire 'sta..(r) 'sta..(r) s.ta..r Schedule '.edju.l 'sked.u.l .edju.l Secure s.'kj..(r) s.'kj.r sekju.r Stock st.k st..k sta.k Tamper 'tmp.(r) 'tmp.(r) tmp.r ter Tear (n) te.(r) ti.r Technology tek'n.l.d.i tek'n..l.d.i tekn..l.d.i Telephone 'tel.f..n 'tel.fo.n telifo.n Theorem '.i.r.m '.i..r.m .i.r.m Tone t..n to.n to.n Ulcer '.ls.(r) '.ls.(r) .ls.r Unconscious .n'k.n..s .n'k..n..s .nk..n.i.s Undergo ..nd.'g.. ..nd.r'go..nd.rgo. Upon .'p.n .'p..n .p..n Usurp ju.'z..p ju.'z..rp ju.s.rp Vacuum 'vkju.m 'vkju.m vkju.m Varied 've.rid 'verid ve.rid Vegan 'vi.g.n 'vi.g.n ve.g.n Verdict 'v..d.kt 'v..rd.kt v.rdikt Vote v..t vo.t vo.t Waffle 'w.fl 'w.:fl w.f.l

Wager 'we.d..(r) 'we.d..(r) we.d..r Walk w..kw..kwa.k Wary 'we.ri 'weri we.ri Whoop wu.p hu.p wu.p Xerox 'z..r.ks 'z.r..ks zera:ks Christmas 'kr.sm.s 'kr.sm.s kristmas Yearly 'j..li 'j.rli ji.rli Yellow 'jel.. 'jelo. jelo. Yolk j..k jo.k jo.k Zenith 'zen.. 'zen.. zeni. Zero 'zi.r.. 'z.ro. zi.ro. Zone zo.n zo.n z..n (Watermark)

Effective Presentations Strategies

19

CHAPTER 8: EFFECTIVE PRESENTATIONS STRATEGIES Application of MS Powerpoint Design, Layout, and Colour Sample 1: Computer-mediated communication Sample 2: Internet search engines: Demystified APPLICATION OF MS POWERPOINT DESIGN, LAYOUT,AND COLOUR Writing Job Winning Resumes Non-verbalCommunication(Facts) Notasubstituteforverbalcommunication Onlysupplements/reinforces Efficiencyinnon-verbalcommunicationmakesupfordeficiencyinverbalcommunication 7%verbal,38%vocal,55%non-verbalSlide 6 Slide 7 Slide 5 Slide 1 Slide 4 (Watermark) BodyLanguage(Kinesics)BodyLanguage(Kinesics) PersonalPersonalappearanceappearanceFacialexpressionFacialexpressionPosturePostu reGestureGestureEyecontactEyecontactPersonalspacePersonalspaceSlide 2 TheProcessofCommunicationTheProcessofCommunicationSender has idea Channel carries message NOISE NOISE Receiver understands message Feedback travels to sender Sender encodes message Receiver decodes message Possible additional feedback to receiver Slide 3 6/7/2010 1 INTERVIEWINTERVIEW DancingDancingANCING

20 Technical Communication Sample 1: Computer-mediated communication This is a sample outline of a speech on computer-mediated communication (CMC). T his is an extended speaking outline in which the keywords and phrases are longer than t hey should be on the real speaking outline. 1. Introduction 1.1. Attention-getter: How many of you can actually remember the days when you h ad to communicate via the phone or through letters, when you had to actually write cheques and present them to people to get cash, or had to go to the library to d o literally all of your research? 1.2. Link to Audience: Most of us cannot imagine life without e-mail, ATM machin es, or the Internet, because we rely on these things every day to make our lives eas ier. 1.3. Speaker Credibility: Besides being an avid user of each of these technologi es, I have done research on the pros and cons of commuter mediated communication (CMC). 1.4. Thesis Sentence: Today, I am here to convince you that CMC is just as usefu l as face-to-face communication, and in some ways, even better. 1.5. Preview of Speech: First, I want to talk about the ways that CMC can help b uild strong inter-personal relationships. Next, I will show how CMC can positively affect the work place, and finally, I will discuss how CMC can make inter-group relationships in a large-scale organization better. Transition: Let us begin by talking about the way in which the most common forms of CMC can help build strong inter-personal relationships. 2. Main Point #1 2.1. Strong inter-personal relationships: Some people argue that e-mail is not a good form of inter-personal communication, because we do not see people s non-verbal cues, because the feedback is not instant, or because we may be less of an indiv idual when typing. 2.1.1. We are beginning to fi nd ways to add expressiveness: a. punctuation b. writing non-verbal expressions 2.1.2. We have unlimited interaction over the computer as opposed to limited interaction when using the phone or in face-to-face communication: a. we are driven as humans to communicate b. it may take longer with computers, but we will still learn as much about others 2.1.3.

With the Internet, it is much easier to find many friends with the same interests: a. websites b. chat rooms Transition: Besides a great way to meet and visit with people interpersonally, C MC will bring positive changes in the workplace. Main Point #2 2.2.1. Workplace: a. We will be more fl exible (Watermark)

Effective Presentations Strategies

21

2.2.2. We will need less hierarchy: a. one person can communicate with many b. communication fl ow will follow work fl ow 2.2.3. More contact among ranks 2.2.4. More effi cient use of expertise Transition: CMC will not only positively affect the way we do business, it will help us to communicate inter-personally with our co-workers. Main Point #3 2.3. Inter-personal relationships in the workplace: 2.3.1. Informality will increase 2.3.2. More people will be involved in decision-making Transition: Let us go back over what we have learned today. 3. Conclusion 3.1. Re-state thesis: Today, I have explained to you why CMC will positively aff ect our lives. 3.2. Re-state main points: First, we talked about how CMC will help us build str ong relationships, then we talked about how CMC will make the work better, and fi na lly, we discussed how CMC can make the workplace a better place. 3.3. Call-to-action: I encourage you to learn all that you can about CMC not onl y because it is the wave of the future, but also because CMC will soon be an inevi table part of our lives. 3.4. Clincher: It is time to get on the information highway, before you get run over. Sample 2: Internet Search Engines: Demystified Given below is the full text of a sample presentation (of about 20 minutes) give n by a student on the topic Internet Search Engines: Demystified . Certain comments are provided s o that you can appreciate how effectively the speaker uses the theory discussed in this chapter. At the end of the text the PowerPoint slides which the speaker used for the present ation are also given. Imagine a huge library without a catalogue or a superhighway without a road map. What would you do? How will you find out a book that you badly need, or how woul d you locate a place that you are looking for? Without a catalogue you might not even dare to enter the library howsoever well stocked it may be, and without a roadmap you may be i n a maze. (The speaker grabs the attention of the audience by posing some questions.) You ve heard the Internet referred to as the information superhighway. As you all know, Internet has fast become the largest source of information. Today it is the most essential as

well as the most happening commodity in our everyday life. It is just impossible to imagine the present-day world without the World Wide Web. The range of topics the Intern et covers is so wide that when people say anything under the sun, it is no exaggeration. B ut to be able to take proper advantage of this, you should be familiar with this wonder world and should also know how to go about looking into it for what you want. Internet is the big gest library in the world. When it started, there was no way to navigate around it no signs, no ro ute maps, (Watermark)

22 Technical Communication and certainly no stoplights. That s changed. Today there are lots of maps you can use. Of course, they are not called maps . They are called search engines. (Slide 1). These engines help us in finding whatever we want. The only problem i s that sometimes these engines fail to understand what we are looking for. But once we make it clear to them, the information we are seeking is in front of our eyes in an inst ant. In order to use them efficiently, we need to know what these search engines are and how they work. (The speaker relates the topic to the audience s interest by using you and also by emphas izing the need for understanding the topic.) So friends, today, I am happy to share with you some information related to the Internet search engines. Let me try to demystify these mysterious search agents. (Slide n umber 1.) I shall begin with defining a search engine and then proceed to tell you how the I nternet stores information, what are the types of search engines, and how they work. In the end I shall also show you a table containing the names of certain major search engines and their areas of expertise. (Here, the speaker gives a preview of the topic Slide 2.) Let me begin by explaining to you what search engines are. Search engines are Internet companies that collect information about all other w ebsites. The information is then listed by category and description to expedite the proce ss of fi nding available websites in a desired category. Some of the more familiar search engin es that you may have seen or heard about are Alta Vista, Lycos, Hotbot, Excite and Northern Light. The other type of search engine is like Yahoo!, which is not a search engine by defi nition; rather it is a directory of websites. These engines are useful because the Internet is made up of literally millions o f websites containing various forms of information and products. The maps of the Internet come in a few different flavours: search engines, searc h directories, and search agents. They all do basically the same thing: help direct you to info rmation on the Internet. You tell them to search for something by entering keywords or search words . They take your words and check them against their catalogue of information. Then they list for you what they have found.

Often it won t matter to you whether you re using a search engine, search directory, or search agent. But once you understand the differences, you might find it easier or better to use one map to find one thing, and another map to find another; you would not us e a road map to hike a trail, and you would not use a trail map to navigate a museum. It is quite interesting to know that the search engines send out trawlers, crawl ers, worms, spiders, and other creepy things to scan the Internet and retrieve what they fi nd. The information is stored in their database. When you come along and ask the engine to fi nd whatever it can about Bangalore , it will list everything it has in its database th at refers to Bangalore . When you click on the link in the listing, it will bring you to the add ress on the Internet. You can try these search engines: www.altavista.com www.hotbot.com www.northernLight.com Now, coming to Search Directories (note here how the speaker provides coherence among the ideas), these offer a similar database, or directory, that can be searched i n the same way as a search engine. But there is one big difference: directories are hand-built , m eaning that people categorize the information on the Internet according to subject, date, or a variety of (Watermark)

Effective Presentations Strategies

23

other criteria. For example, if you search for Bangalore in Yahoo!, you will get l istings under the category India > Karnataka > Bangalore Urban District > Bangalore , leading you to information about the city in India. You will also get listings under Computer S oftware, Indian Institute of Management etc. giving information on Software Technology Pa rk and the Indian Institute of Management etc., located in the city. You can try these directories: www.yahoo.com www.excite.com www.infoseek.com Having discussed search engines and search directories, let s move onto search age nts. (Note that the phrases having discussed and move on serve as indicators of internal summary and internal preview.) These don t have their own databases. Instead, they search other databases. The Web offers a variety of different search agents that perfor m different functions. For example, some simultaneously mine several search engines and dire ctories to give you one list of references. Another agent might search all the online shops for the best deal. Still others might search all online publications for reference on a parti cular topic. (Slide 3) Try these search agents: www.askjeeves.com www.copernic.com www.metacrawler.com www.dogpile.com www.virtualoutlet.com Now, let s see how the information is stored. The Internet stores information in p laces called websites . But how do we know where these sites are? Well, each site has a s pecifi c address called Uniform Resource Locator or simply URL. So to access the data, we need to know the URL of the website. But this is a very difficult job, since there ar e millions of websites now. Search engines are the key to fi nding specific information on the vast expanse of the World Wide Web. Without the use of sophisticated search engines, it would be virtually impossible to locate anything on the Web, unless, of course, you know the specif ic URL you

are looking for. The World Wide Web (or simply the Web) is a global system of computers. The Web displays specially formatted documents called Web pages. These documents are cod ed in a language known as HTML (HyperText Markup Language) that supports links to othe r documents, as well as graphics, audio, and video files. This means you can jump from one document to another simply by clicking the links (often underlined text). The re sult is a dynamic interface which allows new levels of communication and personal expressi on. The web is enormous and evergrowing. Accessing and navigating it is made fairly simp le and intuitive by applications called web browsers. (Slide 4) (Watermark)

24 Technical Communication Coming to the third part of my presentation (here the phrase third part serves as a sign post to show the speaker as well as the audience where they are now in the prese ntation), that is, types of search engines, there are basically three types of search engines: those that are powered by crawlers, or spiders; those that are powered by human submissions; an d those that are a combination of the two. Now, don t let these crawlers and spiders scare you. We will nail them down in a minute for you! Crawler-based engines send crawlers, or spiders, out into cyberspace. These craw lers visit a website, read the information on the actual site, read the site s meta tags and also follow the links that the site connects to. Meta tags are optional and never seen by yo ur users only robots and spiders look for them. It is thus very crucial to have these meta tag s embedded into your Web page when constructing your home page. You will hear of Web progra mmers referring to this as optimizing your website . For example, if someone conducts a search for lawn and garden companies, the websi te with these keywords in the title or descriptive meta tags are seen as more relev ant to the search engine and ranked accordingly. The higher you are ranked, the further up the search result list you will be. It is that simple! The crawler returns all that information back to a central depository where the data is indexed. The crawler will periodically return to the sites to check for any info rmation that has changed, and the frequency with which this happens is determined by the admi nistrators of the search engine. If you change your Web pages, crawler-based search engines eventually find these changes, and that can affect how you are listed. Page titles, body co py, and other elements all play a role. Human-powered search engines rely on humans to submit information that is subseq uently indexed and catalogued. Only information that is submitted is put into the index . Changing your Web pages has no effect on your listing. Things that are useful for improvi ng a listing (Watermark)

Effective Presentations Strategies

25

with a search engine have nothing to do with improving a listing in a directory. The only exception is that a good site, with good content, might be more likely to get re viewed for free than a poor site. In both cases, when you query a search engine to locate information, you are act ually searching through the index that the search engine has created and not searching the Web. These indices are giant databases of information that is collected and stored an d subsequently searched. This explains why sometimes a search on a commercial search engine, su ch as Yahoo! or Google returns results that are in fact dead links. Since the search resul ts are based on the index, and if the index hasn t been updated since a Web page became i nvalid, the search engine treats the page as still an active link even though it no long er is. It will remain that way until the index is updated. So why does the same search on different search engines produce different result s? Part of the answer is that not all indices are going to be exactly the same. It depen ds on what the spiders find or what the humans submitted. But more importantly, not every searc h engine uses the same algorithm to search through the indices. The algorithm is what the search engines use to determine the relevance of the information in the index to what t he user is searching for. One of the elements that a search engine algorithm scans for is the frequency an d location of keywords on a Web page. Those with higher frequency are typically considered more relevant. But search engine technology is becoming sophisticated in its attempt to discourage what is known as keyword stuffi ng, or spamdexing. Another common element that algorithms analyse is the way that pages link to oth er pages in the Web. By analysing how pages link to each other, an engine can both determine what a page is about (if the keywords of the linked pages are similar to the key words on the original page) and whether that page is considered important and deserves a bo ost in ranking. Just as the technology is becoming increasingly sophisticated to ignore keyword stuffing, it is also becoming more savvy to Web masters who build artificial lin ks into their sites in order to build an artifi cial ranking.

In the Web s early days, a search engine could present either crawler-based result s or human-powered listings. Today, it is very common for both types of results to be presented. Usually, a hybrid search engine will favour one type of listing over another. Fo r example, MSN Search is more likely to present human-powered listings from LookSmart. Howe ver, it does also present crawler-based results (as provided by Inktomi), especially for more obscure queries. (Slide 5) Now that you have understood what search engines are, how information is stored, and what are the types of search engines, let s talk about the working of these search engines. (A good internal summary followed by an internal preview.) Basically, a search engine has a database that is searched against. Depending on the search algorithms, the searching program may also search for word variants (such as plurals or singulars) and proximity searches for multi-word search phrases. There are at least three elements in search engines that I think are important: information discovery and the database, the search engine math, and the presentation and ranking of results. (Slide 6) A search engine finds information for its database by accepting listings sent in by authors wanting exposure, or by getting the information from their Web crawlers, spiders , or robots, (Watermark)

26 Technical Communication programs that roam the Internet, storing links to add information about each pag e they visit. Web crawler programs are a subset of software agents, programs with an unusual d egree of autonomy that perform tasks for the user. How do these really work? Do they go a cross the net by Internet Protocol (IP) number one by one? Do they store all or most of ev erything on the Web? These agents normally start with a historical list of links, such as server list s and lists of the most popular or best sites, and follow the links on these pages to find more links to add to the database. This makes most engines, without a doubt, biased toward more popul ar sites. A Web crawler could send back just the title and URL of each page it visits, or just parse some HTML tags, or it could send back the entire text of each page. AltaVista is clearly hell-bent on indexing anything and everything, with over 30 million pages indexe d (7/96). Excite actually claims more pages. OpenText, on the other hand, indexes the full text of less than a million pages (5/96), but stores many more URLs. Inktomi has implemented HotBot as a distributed computing solution, which they claim can grow with the Web and index it in entirety no matter how many users or how many pages are on the Web. It seems unfair, but developers are not rewarded much by location services for sending in the URL s of their pages for indexing. The typical time from sending your URL into the database see ms to be 6 8 weeks. Most search engines check their databases to see if URLs still exist an d to see if they are recently updated. If they do not, then the submission of the sites i s expired, no longer appearing in searches. (Slide 7) What can the users do besides typing a few relevant words into the search form? Can they specify that words must be in the title of a page? What about specifying that wo rds must be in an URL, or perhaps in a special HTML tag? Can they use all logical operators between words like AND, OR, and NOT? Most engines allow you to type in f these words in their database. Each one pproximate spellings, plural variations, and ic search interface you get from the search l expressions a few words, and then search for occurrences o has its own way of deciding what to do about a truncation. If you just type words into the bas engine s main page, you can get different logica

binding the different words together. Excite! actually uses a kind of fuzzy logic, searching for the AND of multiple words as well as the OR of the words. Most engines have separate advanced search forms where you can be more specific, and form complex Boolean s earches (every one mentioned in this article except HotBot). Some search tools parse HTM L tags, allowing you to look for things specifically as links, or as a title or URL with out consideration of the text on the page. You may fi nd it interesting to know the search engine math to get better result s. Be specifi c. For example, instead of communication you can use visual communica tion. Use the plus (+) symbol to add. For example to search some photographs on busine ss communication, you can key in +business+communication+photos. Use the minus ( ) symbol to subtract. For example, key in business communi cation written if you want information only on oral communication. business communication photos . industry photos.

Use the quotation marks to multiply:

Combine symbols: business communication photos (Slide 8)

With databases that can keep the entire Web at the fingertips of the search engi nes, there (Watermark)

Effective Presentations Strategies

27

will always be relevant pages, but how do you get rid of the less relevant and e mphasize the more relevant? Most engines find more sites from a typical search query than you could ever wade through. Search engines give each document they find some measures of the q uality of the match to your search query, a relevance score. Relevance scores reflect t he number of times a search term appears, if it appears in the title, if it appears at the beginning of the document, and if all the search terms are near each other; some details are give n in engine help pages. Some engines allow the user to control the relevance score by giving different weights to each search word. One thing that all engines do, however, is to use a lphabetical order at some point in their display algorithm. If relevance scores are not very different for various matches, then you end up with this sorry default. Zeb s [Whatever] page wi ll never fare very well in this case, regardless of the quality of its content. Foremost gives a good summary, which is more useful than a ranking. The summary is usually composed of the title of a document and some text from the beginning of the document, but can in clude an author-specified summary given in a meta tag. Scanning summaries really saves yo ur time if your search returns more than a few items. (Slide 9) Before concluding, as promised in the beginning, I would present before you a ta ble containing the most sought-after search engines and the special fields they can search for us. (Slide 10) (Watermark)

28 Technical Communication (Watermark)

Group Communication

29

CHAPTER 10: GROUP COMMUNICATION Exhibit C10.1 Sample covering letter accompanying a brochure Exhibit C10.2 Sample conference evaluation form EXHIBIT C10.1 Sample covering letter accompanying a brochure (Watermark) Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani April 21, 2003 Dear Prof./Dr/Mr/Ms________________________ Sub.: International Conference details We are planning to hold an International Conference on Accessibility and Rural Development Planning at our Institute during 25 26 November 2003. The International Forum for Rural Transport and Development, UK, supports this conference. We are enclosing a brochure containing the details of the Conference. Your participation would add value to the conference deliberations. Kindly confirm your participation by sending us the abstract of your paper and the duly fi lled in registration forms as per the deadlines given. Thank you and regards Yours truly sd/ sd/ A.K. Sarkar M.L. Dash (Convenors)

Name: Designation: Organization: Please rate the following aspects of the conference on a scale of 1 to 5. 5=Excellent 4=Very Good 3=Good 2=Average 1=Poor by putting a tick (v) in the appropriate columns. Aspects Ratings 5 4 3 2 1 1 Theme 2 Topics for various sessions 3 Organization of sessions 4 Quality of papers presented 5 Duration of presentations 6 Comments of session chairs 7 Projection facilities 8 Venue 9 Board and lodging 10 Transport 11 Hospitality 12 Overall impact Any other remarks which you would like to make on any aspect of the conference not mentioned before. ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ 30 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C10.2 Conference evaluation form (Watermark) Convener

Reading

31

CHAPTER 11: READING Magazine article: More of the same Newspaper article: Energy drinks could be harmful Magazine article: Connecting to mankind Essay: Of parents and children Essay: Job stress: The effect on employees and employers Essay: The ever growing use of information technology in our daily life Essay: Indian festivals Essay: Human cloning Journal Article Sample 1 Journal Article Sample 2 Journal Article Sample 3 Journal Article Sample 4 A Critical Analysis of The Inheritance of Loss MAGAZINE ARTICLE: MORE OF THE SAME Source: India Today, June 21, 2010, pp. 36-38. Made in the shadow of encounter deaths, Manmohan Singh s predictable offer for tal ks runs into demands for repeal of the Armed Forces Special Powers Act. For decades now, prime ministerial visits to Jammu and Kashmir have centred arou nd announcing liberal economic packages and attempting to bring the separatist leadership into the political mainstream. But there is still an acknowledgement that declining militancy and gradual economic development in the state have not entirely neutralised the separatist sentiment. Omar, Farooq Abdullah recieving PM Manmohan Singh Last week, Prime Minister Manmohan Singh visited Kashmir for the third time in six years but it was a visit that offered neither a developmental impetus nor a specifi c political agenda to the people. Manmohan s two-day visit was preceded by some signifi cant developments, chief amo ng them being that the quiet diplomacy to engage separatists in a dialogue had died a n unceremonious death. The back channel efforts set off late last year by Home Min ister P. Chidambaram were intended to use the extensive security grid as a box for all th e political issues. Not just Mirwaiz, but Omar Abdullah and Mebooba Mufti also reiterated the demand

for dealing with the Act. The idea suffered a hard and possibly irreversible blow as separatists suspected the Government s concealed intent and rejected it. The separatists, particularly modera te Mirwaiz Umar Farooq, had put in a lot of energy into a campaign for repeal of th e Armed (Watermark)

32 Technical Communication Forces Special Powers Act (AFSPA). Along with demilitarisation of civilian areas and release of political prisoners, Mirwaiz has consistently said that revoking the act was a prerequisite for creating a favourable atmosphere for dialogue. In separate meetings with Manmohan, Chief Minister Omar Abdullah as well as Opposition leader Mehbooba Mufti reiterated the demand for dealing with the A. Because it is tailor-made for the armed forces, the act makes the army the jury and the hangman. There is an absence of transparency and people have lost faith he system, Abdullah said. the AFSP judge, in t

That such pressure on Delhi over the AFSPA was effective is clear from the fact that Chidambaram had prepared amendments for the law to be made more transparent. But these were rejected by the army top brass. It was perhaps for the first time in Independent India s history that the army called the tune over a decision of the executive. Th is has only complicated the political fallout of Chidambaram s failed move. The scenario has been further aggravated by fresh evidence of human rights viola tions in the Machil killings of three innocent youth by the army. Manmohan was expecte d to respond to public sentiment as well as political pressure and chastise, if not c ondemn, it. Instead, during his speech at the convocation of Sher-e-Kashmir University of Ag riculture Sciences and Technology, he was seen taking the army s side. There are a handful of people who don t want any political process for empowering people to succeed. This is the reason that attempts to disturb the lives of people in the Vsalley c ontinue from across the Line of Control, Our security agencies are forced to act in the wake of such incidents. Sometimes, innocent civilians have to suffer, he said. This is being seen as an endorsement of the army s actions and has resulted in a s ense of disbelief. So much so that when Manmohan repeated his offer of conditional ta lks with all groups who shun violence and terrorism, the separatists reacted with outrage . There is some consternation as the separatist groups that have been holding talks with Delhi so far are political organisations not involved with armed resistance. Further, the absence of condemnation of the army action over killings for monetary rewards and promotion s has alienated even those who might have been inclined towards a fresh dialogue. Mirw

aiz said the prime minster s statement encouraged and justified

human rights violations by the

army in Kashmir and pointed out that he expected Manmohan to talk tough about it while making it clear that any political package from Delhi should have included this aspect. So, despite being seen by Delhi as accommodative, Mirwaiz rejected the latest offer after publicly desiring a political package during the visit. Feeling let down that Manmohan did not make any effort to reach out to the people, he said, It is good to learn that the prim e minister is sending peace signals to Pakistan, but that would only work if he sent simila r signals to Kashmiris as well. The army tried to substantiate its status quo on the AFSPA by raising the spectr e of a suicide attack during Manmohan s visit and well-placed sources revealed there were even efforts to have the venue of the convocation shifted to the cantonment area. Thi s, however, was turned down by the PMO after getting ground reports from the Home Ministry o n the actual situation. Earlier this year, while amendments to the AFSPA were being readied, the army ha d raised concerns of a hot summer in terms of militancy in Kashmir. (Watermark)

Reading

33

The ploy seemed to have worked as the amendments have not seen the light of day. Such developments, if anything, indicate that the decision-making process on Kas hmir may be becoming a function of the army s assessment of the ground situation rather than a seasoned political reading. The trust deficit is not only between Delhi and Islam abad as acknowledged by Manmohan. It is as much between Srinagar and Delhi, said a politi cal analyst. On the economic front, just days ahead of the visit, the Government admitted tha t only half of the 67 projects drawn up under the Prime Minister s Reconstruction Plan fo r Jammu and Kashmir have been completed. On November 18, 2004, Manmohan announced a number of plans, including providing basic services, employment generation, reli ef and rehabilitation to families of militancy victims, but most of this has not happen ed. The prime minister himself said he was aware of the power crisis plaguing Srinag ar and other cities, besides shortages of potable water, roads and ration shops. I am ho peful that the state Government will look into these complaints. The Centre will extend all possible help in this regard, he said. In Kashmir, economic development has always played second fiddle to politics. Re cently, when renowned Kashmir-born cardiologist Dr Fayaz Shawl returned from the US to w ork on his dream project of setting up a heart research centre in Kashmir, his propo sal found no takers. A day before Manmohan s visit, Shawl wound up his project, blaming the state Government for impediments. In this backdrop, if the previous prime ministerial visits are remembered for th e economic packages that yielded no political results in Kashmir, this one stands apart for Manmohan s reluctance to try something new. NEWSPAPER ARTICLE: ENERGY DRINKS COULD BE HARMFUL Source: Jayashree Nandi, TNN, Jul 1, 2010, 03.58am IST BANGALORE: Tired, bored? Next time you reach for that can of energy drink, pause . For, the food safety authority cautions against excessive use.

Energy drinks of various brands that have flooded the market and are available o ver the counter for in cigarette shops, pubs and even departmental stores are the new manna

the youth. Precisely why the Food Safety and Standards Authority of India (FSSAI) has now p roposed a regulation for the drinks and has invited public opinion on the draft regulati on. The draft advises restricting the use but does not say what is the desired level of consum ption. What has prompted the FSSAI to regulate the drinks is a scientific review of ene rgy drinks that has thrown up a series of health concerns due to the high levels of caffein e and when used in conjunction with alcoholic or other substances of dependence could be de trimental to health. Energy drinks are non-alcoholic beverages containing caffeine, guarana, glucuron olactone, taurine, ginseng, inositol, carnitine, B-vitamins, etc as main ingredients that act as stimulants. These drinks contain high levels of caffeine, which stimulates the nervous syste m. According to the regulation proposal document of FSSAI, available with TOI, the document cites a study conducted by the Cardiovascular Research Centre at the Ro yal (Watermark)

34 Technical Communication Adelaide Hospital in Australia in August 2008 which found that energy drinks cou ld increase the risk of strokes and heart attacks. According to the research, even consuming one can of a popular brand of energy d rink could cause the blood to become sticky, increasing the risk of clotting. A group of 100 scientists and physicians, led by a neuro scientist at Johns Hopkins School of M edicine, has sent a petition to FDA ( Food and Drug Administration) urging the agency to incr ease energy drink regulations as the high caffeine drinks could increase the risk of caffein e intoxication and alcohol-related injuries. Players, specially in tennis and sports involving physical activity for more than one hour, used stimulants like caffeine and were caught after they were tested positive. C urrently caffeine as a stimulant in sports is under observation. It used to be banned ear lier. Any player with more than 15 mg of caffeine in one ML of urine was tested positive. It would be better to have standards for such drinks, said former sports scientist with Sports Authority of India, Dr C S Jayaprakash. Ingredients like carnitine and ginseng have not been scientifically documented an d it is difficult to say what their impact could be. However, huge quantities of caffein e increases heart rate and is known for causing irregular heartbeat. It could also cause hyp erthermia (increase in body temperature) and in rare cases could lead to cardiac arrest. ATHLETES AVOID IT Generally, we athletes do not use energy drinks because it has very high caffeine content. If we are dehydrated, we drink electrolyte sports drinks that are widely available in the market. It gives you that extra sugar required and is very safe. I have tried energy dri nks once or twice but it gives you too much of a kick. When we are swimming, it will last for the first 50 metres but the energy has di sappeared in the next 50 metres. I am a little weary of children or even adults drinking e nergy drinks, explains ace swimmer and Olympian Nisha Millet. CASE HISTORY

Thirty-year-old Sanjay Gupta takes energy drinks regularly in the afternoon or e venings. He used to drink it every day earlier but when he started putting on weight and rea lized that he couldn t do without drinking it atleast once a day, he tried to regulate. It gives you a kick immediately that lasts for around two to three hours. I used to take it while wa tching TV or after work when I was tired. But I realized that it could have side effects l ike putting on weight and withdrawal symptoms like sleeplessness, he said. Read more: http://timesofi ndia.indiatimes.com/india/Energy-drinks-could-be-harm ful/ articleshow/6112737.cms#ixzz0xyS0nUmV MAGAZINE ARTICLE: CONNECTING TO MANKIND Source: John Stock, The Week, June 20, 2010, Page 100 Two different trips, two very different destinations. First was Kolkata and the northeast, then it was Washington, DC. I am currently on sabbatical, taking the opportunity to travel (Watermark)

Reading

35

widely. Part of the plan is to show our children the world, but I have also been researching locations for my next spy book. After a month in India and then two weeks in Ame rica s capital, I asked my 12-year old son which place he would like to live in for a y ear. The answer was a resounding thumbs-up for India. It was hard to disagree. Don t get me wrong. We had a wonderful time in Washington, but there was unquestio nably something missing. After walking the streets of Kolkata and trekking in Sikkim, the children have developed a taste for adventure. Their greatest challenge in America was wo rking out how many inches of hoagie sandwich they should order via a touch screen metal build er at Wawa, a chain of convenience stores. (Talking to someone was out of the quest ion) We like the hustle and bustle of India, the excitement of train travel, the maw of humanity. The foreign traveller faces constant challenges on the subcontinent, but we were encouraged by an attitude of our guide in Sikkim called Juggare somehow we will do it.

Washington is an incredibly grown-up place, by which I mean there s a cultured aus terity that hangs over the city as if it s one big enormous library. People sit quietly i n cafes, each person on their own, either reading a book or working on a laptop. Ditto on the buses, where everyone reads or smiles into the middle distance listening to their iPods (volu me turned down to sociable levels.). Nobody chats. So far, so good, you might think, but, as our American host said, everyone is lo nely in Washington. We were only there for a short time, but we sensed a feeling of isol ation among the people. As visitors , we were made to feel very welcome. On several occasion s, as we wrestled with our tourist map on the D6 bus, kind commuters leant over and asked if we needed any help. Waiters were similarly friendly. How are you guys all doing toda y? they would ask. We soon learnt to reply: We re doing great, thanks. And you? But there was a superficiality to such exchanges that left you feeling no closer to each other. You don t expect to bond with the barmaid who brings the drinks, but the to ne of her greeting I sure hope you ll all having a great day today suggests an intimacy that just isn t there.

In Kolkata, by contrast, there was no pretending, no faux felicitations. We were made to feel welcome, but not that welcome, which was just how we liked it. After all, y ou have to earn the affection of the host country when you are travelling. In India, our interactions with others felt more authentic. If you wanted to tal k to the pavement bookseller on Jawaharlal Nehru Road in Kolakata, he would stroke his be ard and chat thoughtfully. The chaiwallah round the corner world serve you sweet tea and exchange a few words if you asked him a question. We left India with a sense of profoundness that we never found in America. A graduate studying for a diploma in tourism stopped us one day and asked what w e, as tourists, most liked about India. My wife and I both said exactly the same thing , without hesitation: the people. He was amazed. But you feel more alive in India, experie nce a greater sense of what it means to be human, to be connected to mankind. In America, ever yone is an island. ESSAY: OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN Source: http://www.literaturepage.com/read/francis-bacon-essays-15.html (Watermark) The joys of parents are secret; and so are their griefs and fears. They cannot u tter the one; nor they will not utter the other. Children sweeten labors; but they make m isfortunes

36 Technical Communication more bitter. They increase the cares of life; but they mitigate the remembrance of death. The perpetuity by generation is common to beasts; but memory, merit, and noble w orks, are proper to men. And surely a man shall see the noblest works and foundations have proceeded from childless men; which have sought to express the images of their minds, wher e those of their bodies have failed. So the care of posterity is most in them, that have no posterity. They that are the first raisers of their houses, are most indulgent towards their chi ldren; beholding them as the continuance, not only of their kind, but of their work; and so both children and creatures. The difference in affection, of parents towards their several children, is many times unequal; and sometimes unworthy; especially in the mothers; as Solomon saith, A wise son rejoiceth the father, but an ungracious son shames the mother. A man shall s ee, where there is a house full of children, one or two of the eldest respected, and the y oungest made wantons; but in the midst, some that are as it were forgotten, who many times, n evertheless, prove the best. The illiberality of parents, in allowance towards their children , is an harmful error; makes them base; acquaints them with shifts; makes them sort with mean co mpany; and makes them surfeit more when they come to plenty. And therefore the proof is best, when men keep their authority towards the children, but not their purse. Men hav e a foolish manner (both parents and schoolmasters and servants) in creating and bre eding an emulation between brothers, during childhood, which many times sorteth to discor d when they are men, and disturbeth families. The Italians make little difference betwe en children, and nephews or near kinsfolks; but so they be of the lump, they care not though they pass not through their own body. And, to say truth, in nature it is much a like matte r; insomuch that we see a nephew sometimes resembleth an uncle, or a kinsman, more than his own parent; as the blood happens. Let parents choose betimes, the vocations and cour ses they mean their children should take; for then they are most flexible; and let them n ot too much apply themselves to the disposition of their children, as thinking they will tak e best to that, which they have most mind to. It is true, that if the affection or aptness of th e children be extraordinary, then it is good not to cross it; but generally the precept is goo d, optimum elige,

suave et facile illud faciet consuetudo. Younger brothers are commonly fortunate , but seldom or never where the elder are disinherited. ESSAY: JOB STRESS:THE EFFECT ON EMPLOYEES AND EMPLOYERS Source: http://www.free-essays-free-essays.com/dbase/8b/tvh102.shtml Introduction Job stress poses a significant threat to employee health and consequently to the health of an organization. This report will provide information on the causes of stress, t he resulting symptoms, the consequences to employers, and the programs employers can implemen t to reduce the adverse effects of stress in the workplace. It is important for both employees and employers to recognize and understand st ress and its causes. Often, the employers confuse job challenges and job stressors. Most employees view a job challenge as a motivating factor, which enables them to grow within their positions. This motivation has the potential to produce positive results for both employees and employers. However, when challenges become demands, employees often resort to the fight or fl ight (Watermark)

Reading

37

response of our primal ancestors. At the sight of a dangerous encounter, the hyp othalamus sends a message to the adrenal glands and within seconds the heart is pumping at two or three times the normal speed, sending blood to the major muscle groups with soar ing blood pressure. In most cases, the employee does not have the opportunity to fight or flee, and as a result the increased energy is internalized and over time manifests itself as stress. Stress is not an illness, however prolonged exposure to stressful conditions can increase the risk of injury or disease. According to the National Institute for Occupational Safety a nd Health (NIOSH), job stress can be defined as the harmful physical and emotional respons es that occur when the requirements of the job do not match the capabilities, resources, or needs of the employee. For instance, management style, interpersonal relationships, work roles, career concerns, work-life issues, socio-cultural atmosphere, and environmental conditi ons may all be considered stressors. The following illustrations represent extreme cases, but a common thread between all of the examples is lack of communication, lack of resources, and lack of control . Typically, people are affected by an assortment of these stressors and at a variety of leve ls. Management Style Many employees suffer from stress caused by managers who expect results without establishing clear goals. An example would be an office head that is responsible for increasi ng profi tability and decreasing overhead, without receiving a budget from the home office. At the end of the year, the office head s performance cannot be considered objectively. Consequently , his or her incentive compensation becomes subjective. Interpersonal Relationships In many organizations, workers have little decision-making power. For example, a customer service representative is responsible for fielding incoming calls. In evitably, the calls are primarily from angry customers concerned about a late shipment. The represen tative has no control over the shipping department and in fact has virtually no communi cation with that department. After listening to the customer s complaints over a period o f time, the representative has several suggestions which management could implement in the s

hipping department that may improve customer satisfaction. Unfortunately, management is not interested in the ideas of a customer service representative. And as a result, t he representative is attacked daily by angry customers whose concerns could have been prevented. Work Roles Some employees suffer from stress caused by excess responsibility and a shortage of time. An example of which might be a salesperson who has a broad scope of responsibili ties with little support and a full travel schedule. In many instances, the salesperson is unable to meet unrealistic reporting deadlines because of excessive travel. Career Concerns Other employees may stress about an impending reorganization and its potential consequences. For example, management hires a consulting firm to evaluate depart mental effectiveness and profitability. The employees may feel that management views th eir work as substandard and is formulating a reduction in forces plan which could ultimat ely affect (Watermark)

38 Technical Communication their jobs. Work-Life Issues Often workplace stress is caused by balancing personal and professional responsi bilities. For example, a nurse who also has to care for an aging, dependant parent. Sociocultural Atmosphere Some employees are subjected to an atmosphere of gender bias and/or sexual hara ssment. For example, a woman works as a real estate broker, which is a male-dominated fi eld. She is constantly subjected to sexual innuendo. She is even made to look incompetent in client meetings by her male counterparts who ask ridiculous and irrelevant questions. Environmental Conditions Employees are required to perform in adverse working conditions which often caus e signs of stress. For instance, a mill worker is subjected to the constant humming of mach ines. Repeated exposure to stressful situations such as those mentioned above often ca use symptoms such as difficulty concentrating, sleep disturbances, irritability, and boredom. Other warning signs may include upset stomach, job dissatisfaction, muscle tensi on, and low morale. Studies have shown that stress in the workplace has been linked to s ome of the leading causes of death, including heart disease, cancer, lung ailments, workpla ce accidents, cirrhosis, and suicide. According to the Encyclopedia of Occupational Safety and Health, studies suggest that psychologically demanding jobs which allow employees little control over work process increase the risk of cardiovascular disease. It is also widely believed that job stress produces an increased risk of back and upper extremity musculoskeleta l disorders. Furthermore, several studies suggest that a variety of mental health problems, f rom burnout to depression, have been linked to job stress. Although more studies are needed, it has become a mounting concern that on-the-job injuries are on the rise due to job related str ess. According to the Journal of Occupations and Environmental Medicine, healthcare expenditure s are nearly 50% greater for workers who report high levels of stress. Furthermore, th e American Institute of Stress estimates that more than 75% of all doctor visits are for st ress-related complaints or disorders. People also spent nearly $11 billion last year on stres

s management programs, products and services. Organizational consequences Although stress poses a variety of health concerns to individuals, organizations also suffer its consequences. According to the National Safety Council, it is estimated that one million workers are absent on an average workday because of stress related complaints. F urthermore, to the American Institute of Stress reports that 40 percent of employee turnover is related to job tension. A study published in the Journal of Group Dynamics: Theory, Researc h, and Practice, found that when workers are under stress, they tend to lose their grou p perspective and focus on their own personal goals to the detriment of their colleagues. In a study of 100 naval personnel, each three-member group was subjected to a decision-making task simulation under varying stressful conditions. As expected, those operating under the highe st level of stress performed worse than those operating under normal circumstances. Furtherm ore, the (Watermark)

Reading

39

study indicated that the higher the stress level, the subject acted from a more individual perspective, which ultimately deteriorated team performance. In addition, the 19 95 Workers Compensation Yearbook reports: In 1960, a Michigan court upheld a compensation c laim by an automotive assembly-line worker who had difficulty keeping up with the pre ssures of the production line. To avoid falling behind, he tried to work on several assemb lies at the same time and often got parts mixed up. As a result, he was subjected to repeate d criticism from the foreman. Eventually, he suffered psychological breakdown. By 1995, near ly onehalf of the States allowed worker compensation claims for emotional disorders and dis ability due to stress on the job [note, however, that courts are reluctant to uphold cla ims for what can be considered ordinary working conditions or just hard work] (NIOSH). Organizational changes Given that job stress is estimated to cost the US industry $300 billion annually as assessed by absenteeism, diminished productivity, employee turnover, and consequently legal fees and insurance premiums, it is important for employers to implement programs that pro mote a low stress atmosphere in the workplace. The American Psychologists Association recom mends the following organizational changes to help prevent job stress: Ensure that the workload is in line with the worker s capabilities and resources. Design jobs to provide meaning, stimulation, and opportunities for workers to us e their skills. Clearly defi ne workers roles and responsibilities. Give worker s opportunities to participate in decisions and actions affecting thei r jobs. Improve communications; reduce uncertainty about career development and future employment prospect. Provide opportunities for social interaction among workers. Establish work schedules that are compatible with demands and responsibilities o utside the job. Other elements of a healthy company include open communication, employee involve ment, health-enhancing work environments, community responsibility, and institutional fairness. Many companies have taken a variety steps to promote this type of atmosphere. Fo r example, Harley-Davidson, the Milwaukee-based motorcycle manufacturer, implemented the us e of work groups in its Capital Drive plant in 1995. Since then, there has been a ste ady decline in worker s compensation claims which resulted in higher profits for the company.

According to John Gillard, president of PACE Local 7-0209, workers feel they have more con trol over their jobs because they have a voice in day-to-day operations. Honeywell offers employee assistance counselors and stress management classes. The Leo Burnett advertising agency in Chicago, has a on-site massage therapist once a week, while National Semicond uctor of Santa Clara, California provides an on-site fi tness center that offers yoga and karate among other things. Conclusion While some companies suffer the consequences of stress in the workplace, others like Massachusetts based WFD, Inc. (WFD), profit from it. WFD offers innovative servi ces that (Watermark)

40 Technical Communication assist employers in facilitating the needs of their employees thereby producing measurable business results such as customer loyalty and satisfaction, revenues and profits and shareholder value. WFD s services include employee commitment audits, work-life strategy consu lting, community investment and dependent care strategy consulting, and workplace fl ex ibility consulting. The bottom line is that job-related stress is costing both employees and employers a tremendous amount of money, not to mention health. Word Count: 1602 ESSAY:THE EVER GROWING USE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY IN OUR DAILY LIFE Source: Sahni & Arshad 2003, Advanced English Essays, Sahni Brothers, Agra pp. 4 24 428. Information Technology has come a long way in a short period of time. Along the way it has pushed Asia into the limelight time and again. Information Technology or IT used to be synonymous with ion, computers. Now-a-days with devices big and small incorporat ing some sort of computer in them, IT has come to mean a lot more. In South East Asian Re gion, the impact of IT Development is more pronounced in countries like Singapore, Malaysi a and Thailand IT has helped to shape these sections economically, socially, and cultu rally. As for IT itself, one major change in the perception it has undergone, from bein g an infrastructure in itself to being a tool to aid infrastructure development. Imagine a house that wakes you up in time, gives you a list of appointments for the day and gives you the directions to get there. Houses automated to control the environment and tough tasks are called SMART Hom es. Their use is becoming popular. The Smart Homes store the user s profile and act depending on that in any given si tuation. For example, if the user prefers to drive and take the public transport, the dir ection given to both of them would be totally different and would be in sync with their preferen ces stored in their individual profi les. Their profile would be automatically updated dependi ng on their decision in various circumstances. The smart home could update them with good deals on merchandise of their interes t and

of course the shortest way to get to the place to buy it or how to order if it i s an online deal. It would adjust lightning, temperature and could start their car for them. The p ossibilities are endless given enough money to implement them. Variations in behaviour of the resident could be measured and beyond a tolerance level the house could automatically cal l the doctor or police. Currently smart homes do detect movements in a house where the owners are known to be out. The house then alerts the owner via cell phone. The owner could over the internet, check the images from the security cameras installed in the room where the movem ent was detected and take appropriate action. Cool Town Recently Hewlett Packard launched its first cooltown outside the America s in Europe and in Singapore. Cooltown is an experimental centre depicting HPs vis ion of what the future should look like. The concept is the so-called pervasive computi ng, where users can link all manner of computing devices with people and places via intern et. People are mobile, appliances are fixed and everything has a web page. All appliances w ould be (Watermark)

Reading

41

capable of retrieving information for use of the person. Cooltown showcases HPs vision of the future using simulation. Cab Portals In Singapore cabs are owned by a number of cab companies. Drivers rent these cabs, city cab. One such company has now introduced a portal for driv ers. This provides drivers with information like corporate policies and what to do after a n incident. Drivers routinely use the portal view statements on their monthly rental bills. For them it is less time and money spent going to the Cab company for these administrative t asks and those cab drivers who are not able to drive on a particular day can look up for approved relief drivers on the portal. Hotels Restaurants in some large hotels carry tablets, which enable patron s order t o retransmit directly to the kitchen. The table display multilingual descriptions and phones of menu items. In the hotel itself, staffs carry PDAs round to access informatio n. They add information, like the preference of a particular person, into a database instant ly. Security personnel and PDAs are capable of displaying images from particular cam eras. This enables them to move around freely, patrolling instead of having to sit beh ind a desk monitoring cameras. E-Sourcing Companies reluctant or unable to buy computer infrastructure, applicati ons and printers. Although this concept has been there for sometime in the form of l eased lines and data storage facilitating the extension of the concept to include all forms of IT infrastructure is spawning a large industry. The consumers are charges on a usag e basis. This suits a lot of SMES (Small and Medium sized Enterprises) since they do not have to bear the cost of purchase and are not penalised for wasted infrastructure. IT set up thus is spread over a long period of time. CRM ANDSCM Customer Relations Management and Supply Chain Management are two buzzwords that have emerged as solution to save a turn around the slide in the economic growth. Is it about the return of the so called good old business value s? Operating System Microsoft window based operating systems are currently the most popular in the market nut the competition is stiff. In the PC market, UNIX based operating systems are generating a lot of support o

r large servers. Sun Solstice is a popular choice. To top it all Linux, a free operating system resembling UNIX has caught the imag ination of lot of people despite the fact that it misses the interface of the windows of Mac. One reason is that Linux is reputed to be very stable operating system, with almost no cras hes and can in most cases be maintained remotely. One other reason is that there are fewer viru ses that run on Linux than on windows based system. Software The software development scene is no longer seen as non stop solution and a quick way to large profits. It is now considered to be an expenditure that shoul d be watched carefully the scales have shifted; people have started realising the true role o f IT in business. Without information technology solution, business would be left behind. But IT s olutions will not work a miracle and make profi t jumps without the acumen from the busin essmen. In this part of the globe, the keen competition between the software giants Micr osoft and Sun, influence the whole environment. Now software development have also shi fted to biotechnology in a large way. The large number crunching capabilities require d to bring about success in such projects have paved the way for development of new a reas in cooperation with computing called grid computing. (Watermark)

42 Technical Communication Digital Camera Before the emergence of digital cameras, cameras used to be divided into two types: video cameras capable of taking motion picture and still photo c amera producing printed images. Digital cameras have still same distinction: Digital v ideo cameras can produce stills and digital still cameras can record motion. Digital still ca meras range from point and shoot to SLRs, Digital cameras are so small; they can be found on many devices like watches or PDAs. The photos snapped using Digital cameras could the n be unloaded directly to a personal computer or the Internet. Mobile Phones Hand phones have become smaller but with a lot more features. Currently hand phones can be used to make purchase at automatic vending machines . In places like Korea where 60% people own a hand phone, they are used in a variety of ways from being used as train pass to paying restaurant bills. SMS (Short Messaging System) is one of the offshoots of the mobile phone technol ogy that is very widely used. The current offshoot Multimedia Messaging System (MMS) will probably be used just as much if not more. MMS though already quite established in Japan and Korea has not yet really made an impact here. This is mainly due to network incompatib ilities and high costs ( around 3 times what it would cost to send on SMS). But using this t hey can send pictures, audio clips or even small video clips to their friends relative or bus iness associates. Currently with less than 5% of revenue for service providers coming from WAP ( a lmost dead) and GPRS ( going the WAP way) service providers in Singapore are wondering whether they should try and meet Singapore government deadline of 2004 to provid e Third generation ( 3G) services. To the end user, 3G services would mean faster data transfer rates and shorter c onnectivity time. This is a packet based service, which means all data to and from the hand phone would be divided into packets and sent over share hands width ( so many users packets would use the same band width) minimizing wastage. At present, a dedicated connection is u sed when two people talk, so a lot of bandwidth is wasted. The phone would always remain connected ( as long as it is turned on) that is, a person would know which of his contacts is in range and which of them is out of range at any given time. It would also mean that a perso n could be

located as long as his 3G hand phone is turned on and he is in range. This trans lates to a low level of privacy but high level of accountability. The 3G services should mean cheaper rates since the charge is only for the data transferred to a network without wires. They afford some probability and are fast becoming p opular. The greater probability and wider area roaming capabilities make the next genera tion hand phones likely to emerge as a more popular device. IP Telephony ( Internet Protocol Telephony) Initially telephone calls over the Int ernet (known as IP Telephony because of the use of the Internet Protocol of the TCP/IP suit of protocols used for communication over the Internet) was restricted by technol ogy and legislation. Now with lesser restriction in legislation and improved technology cheap long distance telephonic conversations over the Internet are becoming popular. Teleph one services provide special dial-in numbers to make these calls. There is currently still a bit of quality degradation. Since this technology is more efficient way of existing ban dwidth and with the demand in bandwidth bound to rise, IP telephony will be more and more i n the future. Video Conferencing Though video conferencing began with the promise of bringing together people in different continents, they are seldom seen being more used th an normal (Watermark)

Reading

43

telephone conversations. For example, people in the software industry would rath er do not have meetings and see each other computers that each other face. This does not m ean that video conferencing is a thing of the past. If the trend in other Asian countries is any indicator with the advent of 3G technologies and mobile phones that can capture pictures. Video conferencing can turn out to be a huge new market with large number of people us ing it to communicate with their family and friends. Technology keeps opening up new markets and mostly it is just the limit of their imagination that stops people from fi nding a new touch. This is still the truth in IT indus try. ESSAY: INDIAN FESTIVALS Source: Sahni & Arshad 2003, Advanced English Essays, Sahni Brothers, Agra pp. 4 13 414. A festival is an occasion of enjoyment brings gaiety and mirth thereby strengthe ning our bond of relationship and friendship. These festivals also promote social int eraction and harmony. All nations have their religious and colourful festivals. However, Indi an festivals are known to attract the world due to their harmony, variety, colour and excitem ent. Being multi lingual and multi racial country Indians celebrates a number of festivals all through the year. In India every country has its own festivals. Thus we can divide the festivals i nto three major categories national or political, religious and seasonal. Indian festivals h ave their origin either in religion or in the myths and legends of popular faith. They are celebrated to commemorate those days and personalities who inspire people. These are the festi vals which punctuate the seasons of the year. National festivals like Republic Day, Independence Day, Gandhi Jayanti and other s are celebrated with patriotic fervour. Now-a-days they have been declared National H olidays, and are celebrated in all parts of the country and in the state capital with a l ot of enthusiasm. The capital, Delhi is the sea of national celebration on all occasions. One of t he most majestic parades is held on Republic Day. School children apart from the Armed F orces, also participate in the parade. On Independence Day, India s Prime Minister unfurl tric olour

fl ag and address the nation from the ramparts of the historic Red Fort. Religious festivals and ceremonies are as varied as the people their customs bel iefs and faith. The Hindus, the Muslims, the Christians, the Sikhs all have a large numbe r of festivals in the course of the year. Dussehra, Diwali, Janmashtmi, Id-ul-Fitr, Rakshabandh an, Christmas are some of the well known Indian festivals. In Northern India, Dussehra is observed as Vijaya Dashmi celebrating victory of good over evil, of Rama over Ravana. In Bengal, the occasion is celebrated as Durga P uja. Their festival is celebrated with gaiety and lasts for five days. Diwali is the most p rominent of the Hindu festivals. It is the festival of light. The Hindus celebrate this day to c ommemorate the return of Lord Rama to Ayodhya after winning the decisive war against the ev il forces of Ravana. Most businessmen start their new account books this day. On this day, from all walks of life illuminate their homes with lights and diyas and children burst cr ackers. It is an occasion of family get together and exchange of sweets and presents with one ano ther. The Muslim celebrate Id-ul-Fitr. It is celebrated to mark the end of Ramzan. It was during the month of Ramzan that Holy Quran was revealed to Prophet Mohammed. The

(Watermark)

44 Technical Communication Muslim fast for whole month and break their fast on Id with feasting and irony m aking. Christmas is the greatest festival of the Christians. The festival marks the bir th of Jesus Christ, the founder of Christianity on 25th December. On this occasion carols an d hymns are sung in praise of Christ in churches and cathedrals. Few festivals became an indispensible part of Indian culture. India is the only country where festivals are celebrated with great devotion to the Almighty and seasonal variation festivals offer a welcome break from the daily routine. Festivals have a purifyi ng effect on the mind and bring to the people the value of piety. The main objectives of festival s are to bring people from different walks of life to welcome each section with open arms and t o forget the narrow differences between one another. ESSAY: HUMAN CLONING Source: http://mybestessays.com/cloning-essay-research-paper-human-cloning-by/ I have observed in my nineteen years of living that almost everyone in this soci ety strives to be the same or like the popular culture. The average person is very materiali stic, and strives for an appealing physical appearance. Artifi ciality is common in the po pular culture. For example, dying of hair color, inserting color contacts, getting liposuction, implants or removal of flaws on the body is prevalent. I strongly oppose human cloning prima rily because I believe that humans already try to replicate themselves enough and having the same genes is not necessary. Plus, just because there may be two identical beings does not mean that they will behave the same. In this essay will explain how cloning is achieved, t he benefi ts and dangers of human cloning, address my views on geneti discrimination, policies th at I suggest to prevent abuses of genetic engineering, and why an exact clone an never be car ried out. First, I will discuss how cloning is made possible. After several attempts, Pro fessor Ian Wilmat and his partners successfully cloned Dolly. Cloning is a very intricate p rocess and it requires special equipment and modern technology. To begin, a cell is removed from the organism that is going to be replicated, also known as the donor. The cell is ex tracted by an

incision in the skin, a sample of blood or even a piece of the actual skin. Next , the second reproductive cell is taken from the female organism. The entire deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) is removed from the nucleus. (DNA contains all the information of heredity.) A s mall amount of DNA is also removed from the donors cell nucleus. At this time, the donors DN A is forced into the second cell s nucleus. This allows the two cells to be synonymous in term s of genes and DNA. Fusion is used to combine the two cells. At this point the carrier must be found, if it is not already present. The carrier is the female that wishes or is willin g to give birth to the cloned baby. In some cases however, the animals are given no choice. Genetic engineers just insert the cells into the female animal and it will later give birth to a b aby that was not naturally conceived. The cells are inserted by needle to the uterus and take on the natural process of splitting into two cells. The combination of the cells through high t ech surgery and injection mimic the unforced process of creating a baby with the same exact genes of the donor. Secondly, I will discuss the pros and cons of human cloning. I have found very f ew benefi ts of cloning, are over ridded by the drawbacks and cons. The beneficial aspect of cloning is the concept that an exact replica of the donor will be alive and existing in the same manner, (Watermark)

Reading

45

physically. If duplicates of animals are conceived than it will largely benefit the science world. Animals will be used in experimentation. Most likely the animal will be subjecte d to a disease or a unpleasant state. Cancer, cystic fibrosis, burns and neurodegeneration woul d be applied to the victims and studied. The trial of new therapies and treatments would be g iven to the animals, so that it can help out the humans. If animals were cloned, their body parts or blood could be transplanted into human bodies if needed. In fact, animals could be created to have highly sustainable organs just for transplants. Another illustration is, it appears to be great to know that you have a clone. You would have another you, younger, to use for the replacement of organs and body parts. Suppose you were in a tragic car accident, and you lost both of your arms, and damaged several vital organs. This would be a misfor tune on your part, and it would be hard to find a donor or available to supply these parts im mediately. Well, if you had a clone, I would be certain that someone had the exact match of everything! The same blood, and physical characteristics. What a convenience! Another positi ve aspect of human cloning would be the concept that a wonderful person could be replicate d! For example, why wouldn t we want another Robin Williams, (the famous comedian/actor). Everyone seems to enjoy his screen personality and enlightening remarks. Or Tom Cruise, he is a great person to remake. He is very handsome and he has a great physique! A person that is desirable or known for their distinguished talents is excellent to have double of. Next, human cloning is a breakthrough for couples who desire to have a baby and natura lly can reproduce. A baby can be manufactured, in the lab. Plus the parents have an opti on of who the baby will be a twin of. Imagine the pleasure that a couple may get from this baby they can call their own. Scientists may believe that they can instantly produce a per fect animal. There is a definite plus to cloning. Saving endangered species. In change, there are many drawbacks to human cloning. Basically, human cloning costs a lot. It costs a lot of money, lives, and moral and spiritual decay. The money that it costs to clone humans is outrageously expensive. Equipment that is necessary in the lab is very high-priced. The amoun t of money that is dedicated to research and experimentation is phenomenal. The development of the perfect laboratory setting is a great investment as well. I would say that the l ives that are lost

in the attempts to clone a human being are priceless. Money is not a considerati on, when precious life in threat or destroyed. A life that is lost due to experimentation is a tragedy in my eyes. Regardless if you are a mouse, if one dies in the result of a science e xperiment it is simply horrible. When the cloning is not successful, 95% of the time, mutations and diseases are present in the product of experimentation. The cost of losing moral beliefs is irreplaceable as well. It has been proven that morals are disappearing as the twentieth centur y rushes to a close. People have lost faith and they do not create personal guidelines and r ules as keenly as they may have in the past. It is not morally right to reproduce a life artifi cially. I believe that god created us, and put us on the earth. Scientists who plan on out doing g od, and creating such a divine creature are utterly egotistical. They must feel pretty p restigious! It is disgruntling the amount of decay in morality is at stake in this issue. Nature i s superior to all. Creating an artifi cial copy of a priceless life is not right in any shape or fo rm. All spirituality is lost in this cruel act of diverging two tangible organisms forcibly. It is un certain when our spirit is connected to our bodies but it seems that a spirit may not be as pure and genuine in a fake representation of a human. Although, there is no passage in the Holy B ible that mentions whether cloning is ethically right or wrong, it does not need to be wri tten. It is something that was never intended. (Watermark)

46 Technical Communication Thirdly, I believe that there is possibility in our society for genetic discrimi nation related to experimentation for harmful genes if cloning was a reality. It seems that eve ry thing that ever existed or was created is susceptible to discrimination. Once human cloning is made possible, and genetic engineers can achieve a successful twin, (that is free of mutation etc.) then they will try so hard to make a perfect person. They will avoid harmful gen es like those that promote a slight threat in longevity or kinks in the life span. Genet ic engineers could defi nitely find people with a great record of heredity. It is the quest f or the perfect, healthy being ever. Fourthly, I have suggestions of policies that would prevent abuses of genetic engineering. Federal money should be not allowed to be spent on the rese arch for cloning humans. Scotland was the first country in the world to oppose spending o f federal money on the study of human cloning. Scotland government set an example for the rest of the world by making such an agreement. They took responsibility in not getting i nvolved with this outlandish scientific experiment. The second country to ban federal sp ending for these purposes was the United States. I believe that these countries should enco urage other nations to join them in the refusal of this sort of education. Limits should be declared on the frequency of cloning. Laws should be made to regulate cloning or simply make it illegal. Lastly, an exact copy of a cloned animal can never be obtained. A life is not a toy or a puzzle that can be put together. Life is not a picture that can be traced or recopied . Life is highly complex, and undeniably irreplaceable. A cloned person will not have t he right to think on its own. Those who create the clone will severely brain wash the subjec t and treat it much differently than you and I. The clone will be expected to behave similar to the donor and that is a immense amount of pressure. The clone will virtually have its life lived already, by the donor. The twin will have an unfair chance at life as anyone as we know i t. There is no possible way that a clone could lead a regular life. Its environment will be extremely different than the donors. The environment can not be re-created for the replica no matter how hard one has attempted. The parents would always be acting and not living in reality. Although, some day a human can be reproduced to look exactly the same as someone else physically, behavior is uncertain, and they are not programmed to live the same

life. Time is another issue. The events that occur in society are not going to be equivalen t from one generation to another (assuming the clone is born a different day, or year that the donor was/did). It is virtually impossible to make an exact duplicate of a person. All in all, I oppose human cloning because it violates moral and ethical codes. I described how cloni ng is carried out, the pros and cons with genetic engineering of mammals and humans., the pote ntial for genetic discrimination, policies I suggest to prevent abuses of human clonin g, and why cloning a human exactly like its donor is impossible. (Watermark)

Reading

47

JOURNAL ARTICLE 1 An Empirical Investigation of the impact of Industry-InstituteInteraction on Performance of the Organization: A Case Study Narkhede B.E. a* and Mantha S.S. b Abstract This paper is based on the doctoral dissertation of the first author and is aime d at empirically investigating the status of industry-institute-interaction, its impact on the pe rformance of the organization and identifying the technology development needs of the Precious Me tal Alloys Machine Cast Jewellery Manufacturing organizations in the Indian context. A survey was c onducted using a structured questionnaire in order to know the impact of cooperative research. Th is research work utilizes the responses from seventy six Precious metal alloys machine cast jewel lery manufacturing organizations located in different parts of India. The analysis of the survey re sults indicates that the performance of these organizations is strongly impacted by the extent to which c ooperative research issues are being addressed by these organizations. Keywords: Precious Metal Alloy, Cooperative Research, Technology Development Needs Introduction Gems & Jewellery sector is one among the India s largest export sectors contributing more than 20% to total exports and more than three million people are directly or indirectly dependent on it for their livelihood. To economically manufacture the aesthetically designed jewellery is really a challenging task. The present situation of jewellery industry is characterized by shorter product life cycles, sharp increase in the cost of raw materials, increased demand for mass customization, more specific customer values, and saturation and increasing segmentation of markets giving rise to high level of turbulence, uncertainty, complexity & competition. Sumanth D.J. (1998) defines Cooperative research as a method (Watermark)

in which a industry shares its infrastructure and other resources with other industries as well as technical institutes in the vicinity for developing creative and innovative ideas which can benefit all the partners. Manufacturing process of jewellery The main products of the precious metal alloys machine cast jewellery industry are Ear Rings, Pendants, Belt Clips, Finger Rings, Bangles, Shirt Buttons, Nose Rings, Bracelets, Ethnic Jewellery, etc. These products can be manufactured in plain precious metal alloys as well as diamondstudded precious metal alloys. They are manufactured in modern mass production units by using Investment Casting Technique [Narkhede (2008)], which comprises the following major steps: a Assistant Professor, Department of Production & Industrial Engg, Veermata Jija bai Technological Institute (VJTI), Mumbai-400 019, India, E-mail: benarkhede@yahoo.com b Pro Vice Chancellor, S.N.D.T. Women s University, Mumbai-400 020, E-mail: vjtiro botics@vsnl.com * Author for correspondence CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 18 BITS, Pilani

48 Technical Communication An Empirical Investigation of the impact of Industry-Institute-Interaction on Pe rformance of the Organization: A Case Study 1. Design of jewellery. and creative people in the organization. Innovation is the engine that drives the 2. Making the master model. business. Any business that doesn t 3. Making the rubber mould. innovate with new products, processes, financing arrangements, new ways of thinking about customers, new ways to 4. Production of wax patterns. 5. Diamond assorting. (optional) deliver goods and services to market 6. Wax setting of diamonds. (optional) probably won t prosper. Cooperative research may help the industry to obtain 7. Assembly of the wax patterns on and implement many new ideas for the wax tree. performance excellence at a lower cost 8. Investment making. than if they conduct all the research by 9. Steam Dewaxing of mould. themselves. (optional) Methodology used 10. Burnout. Considering the topical nature of the 11. Melting of alloy. research subject, fragmented and 12. Vacuum Casting. conservative nature of industry, 13. Fettling and Separating individual nonprofessional attitude of entrepreneurs jewellery castings off the tree. and the limited sources of data available in the Indian context for a full-fledged survey 14.

Finishing of jewellery. based research the following methodology has been adopted for the research work: Purpose of study The data and information required for this The studies reported in literature by Dave study has been collected by reviewing the Schneller (1987), Wright and Corti (1998), literature from diverse sources on th e topic Corti (2000), and Narkhede(2001) indicate [Balkrishnan., Brown, Dunlap & Pahl that the investment casting process which (1995), Parker(1990), Prahalad and Ham el is used for jewellery manufacturing is not (1990), Raju(1996), Ramadorai(2001), scientifically developed and managed in Iyer(2003), Naik(2003), Rastogi(1999)]. A several organizations in India. Even today, survey of technological development they are relying on traditional ways of needs in precious metal alloys machine manufacturing. In short, not much technical cast jewellery manufacturing is cond ucted knowledge is used for jewellery on the basis of published reports manufacturing. So, there is tremendous [Corti(1997),Grimwade (1995)], internet scope for technical persons in jewellery sources, visits to various organization s, design and process development. Being a practical experience of the author in fragmented nature of industry and the jewellery manufacturing etc. The studies conservative approach of peoples towards reported by Agrawal S.I. (2004), Patil R.K. manufacturing technology, these industries (2007), Jantre A.D. (2001) has contri buted are not able to reap the benefits of towards development of questionnaire for advanced technology and management the present study. A questionnaire principles. It is the need of the hour to comprising the list of various issues related practice the principles of cooperative to technology development needs, research in order to develop the industry-institute interaction etc. was competitive edge that will give returns to circulated among the various jeweller y business entities in the form of innovation manufacturing units. The responses o f the CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 19 BITS, Pilani (Watermark)

Reading

49

An Empirical Investigation of the impact of Industry-Institute-Interaction on Pe rformance of the senior professionals from various organizations were sought on the Likert scale 1-5 (1.Not at all 2.Smal ll extent 3.Somewhat 4.Large extent 5.Very large extent) regarding the extent of importance of the stated technology development need for performance improvement of the organization. Finally, 76 numbers of professionals representing different organizations have responded to the questionnaire. In order to study the impact of industry-institute interaction on the performance [Total Productivity & Quality Management (TPQM)] of the organization, it is necessary to study the characteristics of organizations which have successfully implemented Total Productivity & Quality Management. So, it is essential to further classify the TPQM Group organizations into Successful-TPQM Group and Unsuccessful-TPQM Group. It was done based on the data collected from respondent organizations on Targets set for improvement and Target achieved . In the present study majority of the respondents have set target above 30 % for improvement in performance. Also, Ligus(1993) reports that, it is possible to achieve minimum of 30 % of improvement in the contemporary measures of performance. So, this has been set as first (Watermark) Organization: A Case Study criteria for classifying the respondent organization in either Successful-TPQM Group or Unsuccessful-TPQM group. Also, the opinions of the respondent organizations were sought about the extent to which the results obtained through TPQM effort were up to their expectations? (1.Absolutely True; 2.Considerably True; 3.Somewhat True; 4.Scarcely True; 5.Not True at all.). If the answer to first criterion (i.e. Target Achieved) is more than 30% and the answer to second criteria is in the range of 1-2 (i.e. Absolutely True to Considerably True), then the organization has been classified as Successful-TPQM

group else Unsuccessful-TPQM group . Findings of the study The comparison of the organizations from Successful-TPQM Group with Unsuccessful-TPQM Group; on the basis of status of industry-institute interaction and technology development needs has been presented with the help of Charts in Appendix. The statistical analysis as presented in Table 1 also supports the findings of the study; i.e. the performance of these organizations is strongly impacted by the extent to which cooperative research issues are being addressed by these organizations. Table 1 Statistical analysis based on status of Industry-Institute interaction. Anova: Single Factor SUMMARY Groups Count Sum Average Variance Column 1 4 80 20 28.66667 Column 2 4 46 11.5 1.666667 ANOVA Source of Variation SS df MS F P-value F crit Between Groups 144.5 1 144.5 9.527473 0.021479 5.987378 Within Groups 91 6 15.16667 Total 235.5 7 CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 20 BITS, Pilani

50 Technical Communication An Empirical Investigation of the impact of Industry-Institute-Interaction on Pe rformance of the It is observed that a large percentage (i.e.63.64%) of organizations from Successful-TPQM Group has been practicing Industry-Institute Interaction. The data for the last two aspects of Status of Industry Institute Interaction is same, which indicates that all the organizations practicing the principle of cooperative research has benefited from it. This shows that Industry-Institute Interaction has played a vital role in quality enhancement as well as productivity improvement. It is also encouraging to note that a large percentage of organizations from both the groups are interested in starting interaction with engineering institutes in the vicinity. Jewellery industry is the upcoming industry having ample scope for expansion. But the fact is that, it is totally neglected by Indian engineering institutes. Jewellery industries are finding it very difficult to hire an engineer having sound technical knowledge of precious metals, metallurgy and manufacturing technology in order to solve the existing manufacturing problems. Particularly, production & industrial engineering graduates, mechanical engineering graduates and metallurgical engineering graduates with sound management background have lot of opportunities in this field. So, it is the need of the hour that the Indian engineering institutes should introduce some elective subjects on jewellery manufacturing technology. The engineering institutes can also generate revenues by conducting certificate courses on design and manufacturing of jewellery . Presently only a few training institutes in India are offering training in jewellery related field which is not sufficient in order to compete in the global jewellery market. It is observed that the technology development needs like new product development, and investment casting are (Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 Organization: A Case Study

most prominent for the organizations from both the groups. This indicates that the need of the hour is to pour more efforts on new product development, and investment casting in order to achieve Total Productivity & Quality Management. However, the technology development needs like improved white gold alloys, recovery & recycling of jewellery scrap & waste, refining of gold scrap materials (inhouse technology), treatment & recovery of dusts, waste water etc, karatage control, joining technology, use of computer aided design, etc., are very important for the organizations from Successful-TPQM Group. This fact reveals that the jewellery manufacturing organizations from Successful-TPQM Group have understood the importance of the said technology development needs in achieving performance excellence. It is expected that all successful-TPQM jewellery manufacturing organizations adopt and assimilate new technology, improve and refine existing technology, and combine both for commercial success. The tomorrow s professional in jewellery industry should be equipped with the following competency profile: sound technical knowledge of precious metals metallurgy, foundry technology, manufacturing processes, industrial engineering principles, production planning and control etc., analytical ability, management know-how and business process skills, software skill, CAD/CAM knowledge, system thinking and problem solving skill, project management and decision making skill, marketing and financial know-how, interpersonal and communication skill, leadership ability. The Engineering institutions in India have potential to play a vital role in developing the above mentioned competency profile of 21 BITS, Pilani

Reading

51

An Empirical Investigation of the impact of Industry-Institute-Interaction on Pe rformance of the tomorrow s professional in jewellery industry. This has been reflected through the implant training and thesis work of graduate and postgraduate students of Production Engineering at VJTI Mumbai under the guidance of the author: [Patil (2007), Agrawal (2004), Gokhale (2003), Panigrahi (2003), Shinde (2002), Jantre (2001)]. The efforts are also appreciated by the jewellery industry. Conclusion By practicing the principle of cooperative research, the Jewellery industry will be able to obtain and implement many new ideas for performance excellence at a lower cost than if they conduct all the research by themselves. Indian engineering institutes can offer many opportunities for cooperative research. Student interns at Diploma, Graduate, Post-Graduate levels are a source of fresh thinking and new ideas that may otherwise have to be purchased through consultant services. Teaching faculties in engineering institutes can conduct valuable research (fundamental and application oriented) at a much lower cost than other means. This principle, if practiced, can serve as a very effective tool for rapid productivity improvements. As majority of Jewellery manufacturing units in India are from small to medium size, they cannot afford for separate research facilities. However, few Jewellery manufacturing units have started R&D, but they are not getting suitable manpower. On the other hand, engineering institutions also cannot afford to set up separate laboratory for doing research on jewellery manufacturing. So, Jewellery industry-Engineering institution interaction can benefit to both of them. The Engineering institutes can provide suitable manpower for these industries. (Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 22 Organization: A Case Study

References 1. Agrawal S.I. (2004), Jewellery Manufacturing: Defects Analysis and Control , (Unpublished M.E. Thesis), Dept of Production Engg, VJTI Mumbai. 2. Balkrishnan A., Brown S., Dunlap D. and Pahl R. (1995), Interdisciplinary Industry-University Collaboration: Lessons From An Operations Improvement Project, Interfaces,Vol.25(5), pp 12-41. 3. Corti C.W. (1997), Whither R & D? The Technology Needs Of The Gold Jewellery Manufacturing Industry, Proceedings of Santa Fe Symposium on Jewellery Manufacturing Technology, Washington, New Mexico, pp 219-243. 4. Corti C.W. (2000), Jewellery Manufacture Craft or Technology?, Editor s Comments, Gold Technology,Vol.30. 5. Dave Schneller (1987), Preface, Proceedings of Santa Fe Symposium on Jewellery Manufacturing Technology, Washington, New Mexico. 6. Gokhale A.A. (2003), Implementing SAP R/3 Materials Management Module in Jewellery industry , (Unpublished M.E. Thesis), Dept of Production Engg, VJTI Mumbai. 7. Grimwade Mark (1995), Technology Needs in the Developing Markets, Gold Technology, Vol.17, pp 2-9. 8. Iyer V.R. (2003), Higher Education: Industry Academic Interaction, Achieve, Vol.31(3), pp 13-15. 9. Jantre A.D. (2001), Analysis of casting defects of precious investment casting using lost wax method , (Unpublished BITS, Pilani

52 Technical Communication An Empirical Investigation of the impact of Industry-Institute-Interaction on Pe rformance of the B.E. Thesis), Dept of Production Engg, VJTI Mumbai. 10. Ligus R.G. (1993), Methods To Help Reengineer Your Company For Improved Agility, Industrial Engineering, January, 1993, pp 58-59. 11. Naik B.M. (2003), Technological Innovation in Educational Institutes for Global Competitiveness, Engineering Education, Vol.17(1), pp 1-6. 12. Narkhede B.E. (2001), Need of Industry-Institute interaction for Quality enhancement and productivity improvement of precious metal alloys machine cast Jewellery manufacturing units, Proceedings of 6th annual convention of ISTE, Dr.B.Ambedkar Technological University, Lonere, pp 159-162. 13. Narkhede B.E. (2008), Studies on:Factors responsible for Quality enhancement of Precious metal alloys Jewelry and Productivity improvement of machine cast Jewelry manufacturing units , (Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis), Dept of Mechanical Engg, VJTI Mumbai. 14. Panigrahi Pallab (2003), Towards implementation of ISO-9000 in Jewellery industry , (Unpublished B.E. Thesis), Dept of Production Engg, VJTI Mumbai. 15. Parker E. (1990), Tapping Academia Through Innovation-The Example Of Salford University, Industry and Higher Education, March 1990, pp 38-43. (Watermark) Organization: A Case Study 16. Patil R.K. (2007), Implementation of Industrial Engineering Principles in Jewellery Industry , (Unpublished M.Tech. Thesis), Dept of Production Engg, VJTI Mumbai. 17. Prahalad C.K.

and Hamel G. (1990), The Core Competence of the Corporation, Harvard Business Review, May-June 1990, pp 79-91. 18. Raju V.S. (1996), Higher Technical Education- Linkages between Academia & Industry, Productivity,Vol.37(3), pp 438-443. 19. Ramadorai S. (2001), Co-Operating To Fulfill India s Potential In IT, Spark, November 2001, pp 4. 20. Rastogi P.N. (1999), Collaborative Advantage-The Relational Imperative for Competitiveness, Productivity, Vol.40(1), pp 58-66. 21. Shinde A.R. (2002), Implementation of Group layout and Capacity planning in Jewellery industry , (Unpublished B.E. Thesis), Dept of Production Engg, VJTI Mumbai. 22. Sumanth D.J. (1998), Total Productivity Management , St.Lucie Press, Boca Raton, Florida(USA), pp 357-358. 23. Wright J.C. and Corti C. (1998), Engineering Approach To Gold Jewellery Approach, Proceedings of 5th International Symposium on Gold Jewellery Technology, April,1998, pp 27-34. CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 23 BITS, Pilani

Reading

53

An Empirical Investigation of the impact of Industry-Institute-Interaction on Pe rformance of the Organization: A Case Study Appendix 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% The percentage of jew ellery manufacturing units in w hich Industry-Institute Interaction exists is. The percentage of jew ellery manufacturing units in w hich Industry-Institute Interaction exists; and benefited from the interaction is. The percentage of jew ellery manufacturing units interested in starting interaction w ith engineering institutions is. The percentage of jew ellery manufacturing units believing that Industry-Institute Interaction w ill help them to enhance the Quality of Jew ellery is. The percentage of jew ellery manufacturing units believing that Industry-Institute Interaction w ill help them to improve the productivity of Jew ellery manufacturing units is. Status of Industry-Institute Interaction Percentage of Organizations Successful-TPQM group Unsuccessful-TPQM group Chart 1 Comparison on the basis of status of Industry-Institute interaction (Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 24 BITS, Pilani

54 Technical Communication An Empirical Investigation of the impact of Industry-Institute-Interaction on Pe rformance of the Organization: A Case Study Technology Development Needs Improved Product Marking Methods Improved Scratch & Wear Resistance Powder Metallurgy Improved Yellow Gold Alloys Electroforming Technology Hallow Jewellery Fabrication Multipurpose Laser Machine Technology Mechanical Fabrication Karatage Control Joining Technology Treatment& Recovery of Dusts, Waste Water etc. Rapid Prototyping Refining of Gold Scrap Materials (InHouse Technology) Recovery & Recycling of Jewellery Scrap & waste Use of CAD Improved White Gold Alloys Investment Casting New Product Development 0123 Likert Scale Successful TPQM group Unsuccessful TPQM group 45 Chart 2 Comparison on the basis of technology development needs. CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 25 BITS, Pilani (Watermark)

Reading

55

JOURNAL ARTICLE 2 Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange Bhattacharya M.K.* Abstract Institutions and industries are two inseparable streams for advancement of knowl edge and its application. As such interaction of the two at various stages is essential for e nrichment of knowledge. The contribution of Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Plant (VISL), founded in 1918 by e minent Engineer Bharata Ratna Sir M Visvesvaraya, in this direction is immense considering the f act that: it existed in early 20th century when India was yet to take-off industrially and technicaleducational institutions were not that many. it was an unique Plant which had all the production facilities, a metallurgist w ould have liked to see and was regarded as Mecca for a learning metallurgist From the beginning, VISL attached great importance for interactions with academi c institutions. The interactions were done in several ways: by deputation of engineers for long-term courses conducted to acquire additional qualifications, short-time courses to update their knowledge, inviting eminent professors for lectures on topics relevant to work and interaction, inviting del egates from Institutions to participate in seminars / workshops, taking-up joint projects on topic of rel evance. On the other hand, institutions interacted with VISL by sending their students for industrial training, project work etc. VISL has trained innumerable students by providing facilities in an atmosph ere conducive for learning. Apart from Engineering, other areas like Finance, Marketing,Business M anagement are covered under such interactions. Keywords: University industry interaction, collaboration

In addition to superior quality pig iron 1.

Introduction to VISL produced in charcoal blast furnace, the (a) Brief history company produced wood distillation derivatives as by-products. Since charcoal Engineer-Statesman Bharat Ratna Sir M had negligible ash, the pig iron had very Visvesvaraya who was Dewan in the low sulphur levels and was exported to princely state of Mysore and known for his countries like UK and USA. visionary statement Industrialise or Perish conceived the idea of putting up an iron The company started producing steel in works at Bhadravati, a place having the 1936. Availability of abundant hydroelec tric resources required for establishment of an power resulted in starting of submerg ed iron and steel industry and started the electric arc furnaces for production of pig construction work. It was a period when iron and ferro alloys. The company start ed no major industries existed in the region. production of alloy & special steels in 1964 (Watermark) *Executive Director, Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Plant, a unit of Steel Authority of India Limited, Bhadravati -577 301, Karnataka, India CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 23 BITS, Pilani

56 Technical Communication Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange with the commissioning of LD Converters and subsequently Electric Arc Furnaces and Rolling Mills. Keeping pace with the advancement in technologies, VISL kept on modernising and updating the facilities from time to time. The company which started under the name of Mysore Wood Distillation & Iron Works in 1918 under State government was taken over by Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) in 1989 as a subsidiary. It was amalgamated with SAIL in 1998 and is now known as Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Plant (VISL). (b) Present status VISL is recognised today as a quality steel producer in the country and caters to the stringent quality requirements of strategic sectors like Defence, Nuclear Power, Aeronautics, Power Generation, Railways, Automobile, Ball Bearing, Forging and General Engineering. Currently, VISL is producing various grades of alloy and special steels through BF BOF LF VD/VOD Ingot/CC route. VISL is the first Plant in the country to produce high alloy steels like stainless steels, hot work steels, cold work steels etc. through this route. Forgings and components made from steel produced by VISL are getting exported to countries like USA, UK, Germany, Japan, China etc. The present production facilities, process flow-charts and steel grades produced are given in the Annexures II to IV. The plant has received prestigious ISO/ TS16949-2002 Quality Certification. During the course of its existence, the unit also produced cast iron pipes, ferro alloys, steel through open hearth furnaces and electric furnaces, steel foundry casting, non-ferrous castings, wire rod and structurals and cement. These facilities have now been discontinued. (Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 24 (c) Adoption

and Updation of Technology VISL has updated its facilities from time to time keeping pace with the technology. It has many firsts to its credit, some of which are: Production of high alloy steels like stainless steels, hot work steels, cold work steels etc. through BF-BOF-LFVD/VOD-Ingot/CC route which ensures freedom from undesirable tramp elements Production of steel through 100% bottom pouring from the very inception Production of soft magnetic iron Installation of Long Forging Machine 2. Industry-Institution Interactions at VISL (a) Iron & Steel Technology in India The knowledge of producing iron and steel existed in India from ancient times. Iron pillars of Delhi and that at Kodachadri, Karnataka, are excellent examples of the skill of ancient Indian craftsmen in the field of ferrous metallurgy. Manufacturing of steel started in India from 1000 B.C. The legendary wootz steel was produced through crucible process in South India from 500 B.C. The word wootz is derived from the word ukku in Kannada which means steel . This high quality steel was used to make famous Damascus Swords . No wonder that VISL was set up in the land of wootz in Mysore state. (b) Industry-Institution Interactions at VISL From the very beginning, interactions between VISL and educational institutions were prevalent. It is mainly due to the fact that: BITS, Pilani

Reading

57

Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange . it existed in early 19th century when (c) Forms of Industry-Institution India was yet to take-off industrially Interactions: The interactions have and metallurgical discipline in taken place both ways. engineering was in its nascent stage. . deputing / sponsoring engineers . it was a unique industry which had from the company for post all the production facilities, a graduate studies at premier metallurgist would have liked to see educational institutions like IISc, and was regarded as Mecca for a BHU, IITs, RECs/NITs, IIMs etc., learning metallurgist. . deputing engineers to premier . it was always on the forefront educational institutions for short technologically and introduced many term courses on topics of new technologies first time in the relevance, country. . inviting experts from educational Being one of the early integrated steel institutions for delivering special plant to be established in the country, VISL lectures on topics of relevance and provided platform to acquire practical interacting with them, knowledge and skill to both industries and educational institutions established . conducting seminars / symposium/ subsequently. A number of schools and workshop inviting delegates from polytechnics were established in its educational institutions and township for imparting education. industries and sharing the Engineers working at VISL were deputed knowledge through interactions, to institutions to acquire additional . training of students from knowledge and qualifications not only in

engineering colleges, polytechnics the area of Engineering, but also in other allied areas like Finance, Marketing, and other institutions at VISL, Statistics, Business Administration etc. On . imparting vocational training to the other hand, faculty and students from students of engineering and other various educational institutions have disciplines, received training and exposure to application of technology at the Plant. . providing facilities to conduct project work / dissertation to Some of the institutes with which VISL engineering students on topics interacted are Indian Institute of Science, related to industry Bangalore; Indian Institutes of Technology; Indian Institutes of Management; National . providing samples and assistance Institute of Foundry & Forge Technology, to research scholars pursuing Ranchi; Institute for Financial Management PhD/ Research & Research; Administrative Staff College of India, Hyderabad; Regional Engineering An exclusive Human Resources Colleges / National Institutes of Department exist in VISL to co-ordinate the Technology; Indian Institute of Welding above activities. and Institutes of Technology and Table 1 shows the number of students Management System. trained at VISL during the last three years: CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 25 BITS, Pilani

(Watermark)

58 Technical Communication Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange Table 1 Number of students trained at VISL during the last three years Year Discipline TOTAL BE Diploma M.TechM.ScMBAMSWBBM D PharmaOthers 2005 26 11 --9 11 1 --58 2006 36 4 1 2 26 12 2 2 10 95 2007 25 15 3 -33 13 1 --90 TOTAL 87 30 4 2 68 36 4 2 10 243 Two cases of work done through institution and at Plant are given in the Annexure-I. (d) Benefits of Industry-Institution Interaction: Both the industry and institutions are benefited by the interactions. Institutions impart theoretical knowledge which is put to practice in the industry. Some of the benefits derived by the Industry through the knowledge gained are: adopt/implement new/developing technologies -solve operational problems -understand and improve the system - improve the efficiency -improve the productivity CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 26 (Watermark) Conversely, the benefits derived by the institutions are: -exposure to practice help them to understand practical aspects -interactions help them to get input material/information for research -

interactions help them to implement the findings of the research into practice -interactions help them to conduct pilot plant studies VISL has nurtured a tradition of industry and institution interaction over the years. Through this, both the Plant and institutions have been benefited. BITS, Pilani

Reading

59

Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange Annexure -I Case Studies Carry-out trials based on modification and collect operating data, 1. DISSERTATION FOR POSTEstablish advantages of modified GRADUATE THESIS practice, One employee sponsored for Post Make suitable recommendations for Graduate Degree in Process Metallurgy at implementation. Karnataka Regional Engineering College, Surathkal undertook project work entitled The out-come of the work were: Study of Factors Affecting De-oxidation of Relationship was established between Steel at L.D. Practice at VISL . The various operating parameters like project was taken-up in 1983 under the Carbon, Manganese, Oxygen, joint guidance of Head of R&D, VISL and a Temperature and activity of FeO in Professor in the Department of Metallurgy, slagfor turn-down, KREC. The methodology adopted for the Turndown carbon, which could be work was: determined quickly, was identified as Collect operating data to study the Critical Control Parameter for effective

practice existing for steel-making, control in routine operation, -Study and characterise the process, A new method of De-oxidiser addition Identify the problems through analysis was devised, of data collected, -Trials were carried-out with modified method of De-oxidiser addition, Identify critical parameters for control, - Suggest modifications for Advantages and benefits of modified implementation, method was established as shown in the Table 2: Table 2 Comparison of Operating Results with Existing and Modified Practice Parameter For existing practice For modified practice Benefits derived Quantity of Al addition, kg/ton 3.10 2.80 10 % reduction in Al consumption Average Soluble Al, % 0.070 0.033 Effectiveness of Al addition increased by >50% Standard Deviation for Soluble Al, % 0.042 0.024 Better consistency, Scatter reduced by >50% Basis for Al addition Constant at 3 kg/ton Turn-down Carbon Parameter for Al addition made available for operator Al recovery Erratic Predictable Better de-oxidation control Rejection of heats due to inadequate de-oxidation, % 3.50 NIL Rejection of Heats due to inadequate de-oxidation eliminated fully (Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 27 BITS, Pilani

60 Technical Communication Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange The benefits accrued are represented graphically in Figure 1. Al Consumption, kg/ton Soluble Al, % Std. Dev. for Al, % (Watermark) Soluble Al, % Figure 1 Benefits of University Industry Linkages.

2. Project work by under-graduate in the Department of Mechanical students Engineering, JNNCE. The methodology adopted for the work was: Four students of VIIIth Semester Graduate Degree in Mechanical Engineering from -Study of the existing auto-cutter Jawaharlal Nehru National College of system, Engineering, Shimoga undertook project -Identify the drawbacks and problem, work entitled Re-design of Auto Cutter Carriage of Continuous Casting Machine at -Design improved model, Steel Making Shop of VISL . The project -Implement the improved design, was taken-up in 2005 under the joint guidance of Head of Mechanical -Establish advantages and benefits of Maintenance-SMS, VISL and a Professor modified design. CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 28 BITS, Pilani

Reading

61

Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange The existing Auto-Cutter Unit was a Cantilever support design due to which the entire auto-cutter carriage assembly was sagging on the free end side due to its selfweight. The auto-cutter carriage was installed with four numbers of vertical rollers with collar, two each at top and bottom which were moving on top and bottom rails respectively. This design required regular maintenance and lubrication for ensuring its proper functioning in every 8-hour shift and after every casting, else the whole lubrication would burnout and the equipment would fail. The structural design of the auto-cutter was modified from Cantilever support to Simply Supported structure, due to which (Watermark) the cutter moves with no or less problem as compared with the existing design, the reason being, firstly, the side support columns of the structure acts as simply supported beam and also carries more proportion of weight of cutter unit with two vertical rollers with collar landing on rail. Secondly, with the modification in assembly of rollers contains eight horizontal and two vertical rollers. These rollers help the auto-cutter unit to move smoothly on the rails to perform the continuous cutting operation of the moving bloom/billet. Advantages and benefits of modified method was established as shown in the Table 3. Table 3 Comparison of Operating Results with Existing and Modified Auto-cutter D esign Parameter For existing practice For modified practice Benefits derived No. of shutdowns/ month 12 2 Shut-downs reduced by 1/6th Maintenance frequency 6 times/day Once a day Maintenance reduced by 1/6th Lubrication frequency 6 times/day Once a day Lubrication reduced by 1/6th Damage to Guide

Rollers Frequent Eliminated Damage avoided completely Reconditioning frequency 4/month 1/month Life has increased 4 times Benefits accrued are shown graphically in Figure 2 Figure 2 Benefits of University Industry Linkage

CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 29 BITS, Pilani

62 Technical Communication Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange Annexure -II

(Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 30 BITS, Pilani

Reading

63

Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange Annexure - III SAIL / VISL Steel Grades Manufactured at VISL 1. CONSTRUCTIONAL STEEL FOR MACHINERY a Carbon Steels including free cutting steels b Case Hardening Steels c Steels for Hardening and Tempering d Spring Steels e High Temperature Steels f Nitriding steels g Bearing Steels h Valve Steels Etc., 2. BORON AND MICRO ALLOYED STEELS 3. TOOL STEELS a Carbon Tool Steels b Dimensionally Stable Steels c Shock Resisting Steels d Hot Work Steels e Cold Work Steels f Die Blocks Etc., 4. STAINLESS STEELS - FERRITIC 5. SOFT MAGNETIC IRON - FOR USE IN RAILWAY SIGNALS (Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 31 BITS, Pilani

64 Technical Communication Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange Annexure - IV Production Facilities BLAST FURNACE IN -HOUSE 1 No. 530 M3 BASIC OXYGEN FURNACES DEMAG, GERMANY 2 Nos. 17-25 TONS. LADLE REFINING FURNACES 1 GEC, 2 IN-HOUSE 3 Nos. 25 TONS. VD / VOD UNIT STANDARD MESSO, 1 No. 25 TONS. GERMANY CONTINUOUS CASTING MACHINE ISPL DEMAG, INDIA 1 No. 2 STRANDS ELECTRO MAGNETIC STIRRER AEG, ELOTHERM, GERMANY 1 No. COMBI TYPE PRIMARY MILL DEMAG, GERMANY 1 No. 220 TONS. PER DAY BAR MILL DEMAG, GERMANY 1 No. 120 TONS. PER DAY HYDRAULIC FORGING PRESS DEMAG-MEER, GERMANY 1 No. 1600 TONS. LONG FORGING MACHINE GFM, AUSTRIA 1 No. 350 TONS. POWER HAMMER NEW STD. ENGG. CO., INDIA 1 No. 1000 kgs. OXYGEN PLANT BHPV, VISHAKAPATNAM 1 No., 30 TONS. PER DAY 11 Nos. BOGIE HEARTH ANNEALING OFU, GERMANY FURNACES BOGIE HEARTH HARDENING OFU, GERMANY 2 Nos. 7.5 TONS. FURNACES ELECTRIC TEMPERING MAKSAAL, HYDERABAD 3 Nos. 6.0 TONS. FURNACES ELECTRIC ANNEALING FURNACE MAKSAAL, HYDERABAD 1 No. 8.0 TONS. (Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 32 BITS, Pilani

Reading

65

JOURNAL ARTICLE 3 Microcontroller Training Modules using PSoC and LabVIEW Gokulavasan G.a*, Ponraj b, and Jayapandian J.c Abstract The industry of Embedded System Design and Development needs people who possess sound understanding of concepts as well as development tool techniques. This paper dis cusses about the different hardware training modules developed using Mixed Signal Array Programma ble System OnChip and LabVIEW. This work was done as a part of the collaborative programme of BITS, Pilani at Ideal Sensors. Stepper motor control, DC motor control and Keypad Design modules were developed as a part of the programme. The modules are being put in place for training peop le who are new to field of embedded system design or to the development tools of PSoC viz. PSoC De signer. The virtual instrumentation package LabVIEW has been used widely to give Graphical User Inte rface to the training modules and also for the user to appreciate the advantages of the Virtu al Instrumentation package. Keywords PSoC, PSoC Designer, Training Modules, LabVIEW Introduction Instruments, LabVIEW has been used in the module development to give the user a The fast advancements in the field of graphical interface and also to make the electronics require a system designer to be user understand and appreciate the up to date. This will enable him to address advantages of the Virtual Instrumentation the new challenges and problems in a package. quicker, better and more cost-effective manner. Programmable System on Chip is Training Modules a Mixed Signal Array Microcontroller The training modules were developed

introduced by Cypress Semiconductors. It using the PSoC Designer Ver. 4.4 with gives us a true System on Chip experience CY8C27443 Microcontroller (28-pin, 8-bit) by enabling us to include digital and analog and LabVIEW Ver 7.1. In the PSoC modules on the same silicon chip. In the Designer software, the global resources collaborative programme conducted at are set depending upon the need and Ideal Sensors, Chennai training modules these settings are common to all the user for the people who want to specialize in the modules used in that particular project. But Embedded System Design domain and for the user module settings are local to each people who want to learn about PSoC module placed in the project. The training Development tools have been developed. modules are given as follows: The work covered the important modules which are used commonly in the Stepper Motor Control Embedded System Design Industry. The The aim of this module is to introduce the Virtual Instrumentation package of National basic features of PSoC with minimal user (Watermark) a Student, Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani 333 031, India, E-m ail: gokulavasan@gmail.com b Ideal Sensors, Mount Road, Chennai, India c Head, Design Development and Service Section, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research, Kalpakkam, India * Author for correspondence

CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 1 50 BITS, Pilani

66 Technical Communication Industry-Institution Interactions: VISL s Contribution for Enrichment of Knowledge through Mutual Exchange with the commissioning of LD Converters and subsequently Electric Arc Furnaces and Rolling Mills. Keeping pace with the advancement in technologies, VISL kept on modernising and updating the facilities from time to time. The company which started under the name of Mysore Wood Distillation & Iron Works in 1918 under State government was taken over by Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) in 1989 as a subsidiary. It was amalgamated with SAIL in 1998 and is now known as Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Plant (VISL). (b) Present status VISL is recognised today as a quality steel producer in the country and caters to the stringent quality requirements of strategic sectors like Defence, Nuclear Power, Aeronautics, Power Generation, Railways, Automobile, Ball Bearing, Forging and General Engineering. Currently, VISL is producing various grades of alloy and special steels through BF BOF LF VD/VOD Ingot/CC route. VISL is the first Plant in the country to produce high alloy steels like stainless steels, hot work steels, cold work steels etc. through this route. Forgings and components made from steel produced by VISL are getting exported to countries like USA, UK, Germany, Japan, China etc. The present production facilities, process flow-charts and steel grades produced are given in the Annexures II to IV. The plant has received prestigious ISO/ TS16949-2002 Quality Certification. During the course of its existence, the unit also produced cast iron pipes, ferro alloys, steel through open hearth furnaces and electric furnaces, steel foundry casting, non-ferrous castings, wire rod and structurals and cement. These facilities have now been discontinued. (Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 2 24 (c) Adoption

and Updation of Technology VISL has updated its facilities from time to time keeping pace with the technology. It has many firsts to its credit, some of which are: Production of high alloy steels like stainless steels, hot work steels, cold work steels etc. through BF-BOF-LFVD/VOD-Ingot/CC route which ensures freedom from undesirable tramp elements Production of steel through 100% bottom pouring from the very inception Production of soft magnetic iron Installation of Long Forging Machine 2. Industry-Institution Interactions at VISL (a) Iron & Steel Technology in India The knowledge of producing iron and steel existed in India from ancient times. Iron pillars of Delhi and that at Kodachadri, Karnataka, are excellent examples of the skill of ancient Indian craftsmen in the field of ferrous metallurgy. Manufacturing of steel started in India from 1000 B.C. The legendary wootz steel was produced through crucible process in South India from 500 B.C. The word wootz is derived from the word ukku in Kannada which means steel . This high quality steel was used to make famous Damascus Swords . No wonder that VISL was set up in the land of wootz in Mysore state. (b) Industry-Institution Interactions at VISL From the very beginning, interactions between VISL and educational institutions were prevalent. It is mainly due to the fact that: BITS, Pilani

etc. The LCD is updated every time the PSoC gets an instruction from the LabVIEW user interface. The code for PSoC was written in C with the help of ImageCraft C-compiler. The complete algorithm is given in the Appendix (a). Figure1 shows the front panel of the Virtual Instrument Design on LabVIEW. The user can choose the desired mode of operation (finite or non-stop) using the Boolean control. The number of steps (only during the finite operation mode) and frequency of step advancement of the motor can be set using the Dial controls displayed on the front panel of the VI. The values on the dials are also displayed on the Textbox. The direction of rotation (clockwise or counter clockwise) can also be chosen using a Boolean switch control. After starting the execution of the Virtual (Watermark) Reading 67 Microcontroller Training Modules using PSoC and LabVIEW Instrument, the desired values are set using the controls and the execute control button is pressed for the motor control. The block diagram contains the graphical programming flow which defines the execution of the program. LabVIEW s VISA control VIs are used for opening the COM port for execution, writing and reading the data at the particular COM port and also for closing the COM port. The space was used as the parameter delimiter to separate the different data that is being written to the PSoC. The PSoC uses the frequency data to change the Timer Compare value. When the execute button is button pressed, the mode of operation, desired frequency of step advancement and the number of steps are communicated to the PSoC microcontroller.

Figure 2 User Module Placement View CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 1 52 BITS, Pilani

68 Technical Communication DC Motor Control Module and ADC The aim of this tutorial module is to demonstrate to the user the most important feature of PSoC On Chip Analog Modules and also the control of DC Motor using a Pulse Width Modulator (PWM). In this module, the speed of the DC Motor is varied proportional to the voltage drop across a Potentiometer. Figure 2 shows the User Module Placement View in the PSoC Designer. Two of the analog modules of the PSoC microcontroller Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) and Programmable Gain Amplifier (PGA) were put to use. The PSoC user module window consists of ADC, PGA (named as Buffer), UART, a 8-bit Counter (Baud), LCD Module and 16-bit PWM (named as LED). The ADC is used to digitize/read the voltage drop across the potentiometer which varies between 0-5 Volts. PGA is used as an analog buffer (gain is set as one). UART is used for communication with LabVIEW through RS232. 8-bit Counter is used to generate the clock for UART to function at baud rate of 38400 bps. LCD Module is used for direct LCD access subroutines. PWM is used for controlling the speed of DC Motor. The user interface in LabVIEW consists of only three textboxes which are displaying the continuously updated values of voltage drop across potentiometer and the percentage of PWM. The baud rate is set at 38400 bps. In the C-code for PSoC, all the modules are activated and the ADC value is read. The values range from -2048 to 2047. The value is scaled to 0 to 4095 by adding 2048. The PWM compare value is updated with the scaled ADC value. The LCD unit also displays the scaled value from the CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 1 Microcontroller Training Modules using PSoC and LabVIEW (Watermark) ADC. The algorithm is given in the Appendix (b).

Keypad Module Keypad is often used for standalone instruments. Different varieties of keypad functionality exist. In this module, the user can learn about different keypad issues like software de-bouncing and also the programming technique for sticky keys (where in, the key press is validated quickly after an initial delay when the key is held down). 8-bit timer, LCD module and UART modules (for debugging purpose) are the chosen user modules. The key press is checked for n times (when the Timer Interrupt occurs) for the first time key validation. This eliminates most of the debouncing problem. After the first validation, the check is done only for less than n/2 times. This increases the speed at which the value is incremented. The updated value is displayed on the LCD unit and also seen on the HyperTerminal on the computer. The algorithm is given in the Appendix (c). Conclusion PSoC provides an Embedded System Designer with excellent features and facilities which can be used to address many problems. PSoC Designer plays an important role in the development of a project using this microcontroller. The powerful features and graphical development environment of PSoC Designer and LabVIEW reduces the project development time drastically and at the same time cutting down on the BOM (Bill of Materials). Many projects at Ideal Sensors are now being carried out using PSoC and LabVIEW. 53 BITS, Pilani

Reading

69

Microcontroller Training Modules using PSoC and LabVIEW References 7. Keep updating the LCD with the frequency value and step count. 1. Architecture and Programming of 8. Stop the motor after if the step PSoC Microcontrollers, Free Online counts are complete. Book, http://www.easypsoc.com/book/, May 2007. (b) Algorithm for DC Motor Control 2. Ashby, Robert (2006), Designer s 1. Initialize the user modules. Guide to the Cypress PSoC , Elsevier, 2. Get the start command from Delhi, pp 54-56. LabVIEW. Wait until the command 3. Cypress Microsystems (2006), UART arrives. Datasheet ver. 5.2, PSoC Designer 3. Sample the voltage drop across 4. Instrument Control in LabVIEW the Potentiometer. Tutorial, 4. Modify the PWM compare value http://zone.ni.com/devzone/cda/tut/p/id/ (thereby changing the duty cycle of 3511, May 2007. the DC Motor). 5. PWM DC Motor Control, 5. Send the value of Duty Cycle and http://www.aaroncake.net/circuits/moto ADC value to LabVIEW for display. rcon.asp, July 2007. 6. Go to step 3. 6. Stepper Motor Control Connection Diagram,http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/~ih/do (c) Algorithm for Key press

c/stepper/control2/connect.html, July 1. Initialize all the user modules. 2007. 2. The Timer Interrupt Service Appendix Routine returns the status of pushbuttons connected to PSoC. (a) Algorithm for Stepper motor Control 3. An increment function is called 1. Initialize the user modules. which keeps track of the time for 2. Wait for the command from which the button has been in ON LabVIEW through Serial Port. position. 3. After the reception of the 4. When the threshold count is command, acknowledge by reached the button press is sending a confirmation character. considered to be valid and 4. Depending on whether it is a finite information is conveyed to the user or infinite step mode get other via the LCD. parameters like number of steps 5. If the same button is being held and/or frequency of steps and continuously the threshold value direction. for comparison is reduced to half 5. Update the Period register of the its value so that increment Timer module depending upon the happens faster (sticky keys). frequency sent by LabVIEW. 6. Go back to step 3. 6. On Timer Interrupt, step through the full-step sequence of the Stepper motor. CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 1 54 BITS, Pilani (Watermark)

70 Technical Communication JOURNAL ARTICLE 4 RTOS based Machine Controller through Speech using ESTREL Maheswari.R* Abstract Embedded system architecture is developed in a mobile-like handset device for co ntrolling machineries in Industries through wireless mode of communication. Speech recogni tion is the ability of machines to respond to spoken commands. This mechanism is activated in two wa ys viz. speech and manually The speech implementation is performed when speech input is given to th e device. A software program is developed for recognizing the commands. It performs accordin g to the conditions specified in the code and corresponding machinery actions are controlled. The ma nual implementation is executed when the user presses on the button, which is designe d to control all necessary actions in the Machine. This method of automating the machines in the Industry serves as a communication & controlling aid to the differently-able people working in the In dustries. This paper deals with the design of the RTOS based Machine Controller through Speech using ESTREL. Key words: Speech Recognition, Real Time Micro Controller RTX2000 Introduction The main aim of designing this handset is to provide a tool of accessibility to those individuals who are working in the Industries with some physical or cognitive difficulties, impairments, and disabilities. A software program is developed for recognizing the commands. It derives the input from the user in form of speech then recognizes it and performs according to the conditions specified in the code and corresponding machinery actions are controlled. The handset is proposed to design Speaker Independent Controller for Industry applications using ESTREL language to control certain Real Time Task Andreas Gerslauer, Haobo Yu, Daniel

D.Gajski (2003) proposed implementation of the high level models in RTOS. Certain RTOS features have been incorporated to perform some Real Time Task such as (Watermark) Scheduling Deterministic algorithms Usually some sort of priority Predictable worst-case task fly back time. Resource Management Low-overhead Aware of priority inversions Interrupt Handling Guaranteed worst-case interrupt latency Cyprian F.Ngolah, Yingxu Wang, and Xinming Tan (2004) proposed a formal description about task scheduling algorithms which avoids multiple blocking and deadlock problems. Process A typical complete speech recognition process consists of the following parts: (1) Sound Converter (2) Fragmentation, and (3) Recognition. * Associate Software Analyst, Bally Technology, Chennai, India, Email: maheswari _20@hotmail.com CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 64 BITS, Pilani

Reading

71

RTOS based Machine Controller through Speech using ESTREL Sound Acquisition: The user voice is captured with the help of mic in a handset. Sound Conversion: The digital sound captured by the sound card through a mic is converted in to a more manageable format. The converter translates the stream of amplitudes that forms the digital sound wave in to its frequency components. It is still a digital representation, but more akin to what a human ear really perceives. Fragmentation The next stage is the identification of phonemes the elementary sound that are building blocks of words. Each frequency component of sound is mapped to a specific phoneme. This process actually finishes the conversion from sounds to words. Recognition The final step is to analyze the string. A Grammar, the list of words known to the program, lets the engine to associate the phoneme with particular word. Recognition procedure is divided into two consecutive stages depending on data set and test set. It consists of two stages: 1. Training (for data set) 2. Comparison and Classification (for test set) Training The words, which have to be recognized, need to be added in the database provided in the software. The words can be dynamically added to the database. Sushi1 Kumar Podder, et al (2003), proposed a prototype for a large vocabulary and continuous speech recognition system and increased performance by Sphinx3. Some level of training is required to be done for accurate recognition. (Watermark)

CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 65 Comparison and classification At this stage, comparison is done with the help of the generated word and the words on the program. Based on the result the appropriate function is performed. System Architecture The proposed architecture for building speech recognition system, has two modes of commands such as speech command and manual command given by the user and processes it to perform the activation of the desired appliance. Overview It is architecture for controlling the home appliance through the speech command. The user will give the command to a handset that contains the speech recognizing software system. On receiving the sound signal the software does the recognizing process as described above. The architecture of the system is described as in Figure 1.The input is derived from the user and when the speech recognition component is present in the user program senses the sound it activates the speech recognition engine to process the input word and to do the comparison operation. After the comparison task is completed the matched word is transferred to the user program. On receiving the matched word the program executes signal transmission function. Working Principle The proposed model consists of three main units: Remote Receiving Unit Appliances The user needs to select their mode of control based on their ability to access, BITS, Pilani

72 Technical Communication RTOS based Machine Controller through Speech using ESTREL either speech or by pressing button. The default mode is Speech Mode where as the user can switch on to manual mode by changing the direction of Mode Control Button (provided in the side of the handset). (Watermark) Remote It consists of: .. Dynamic scheduling .. Alarm / Timer .. User program .. Speech recognition engine .. Transmitter unit Figure 1 Architecture of Machine Controller Dynamic Real time Scheduling Ameet Patil and Neil Audsley (2004) proposed that a RTOS kernel which is being worked on a module-based reflective mechanism that allows applications to dynamically change the behaviour of RTOS. If the remote is going to receive two or more input at a same time then Aperiodic CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 Scheduling algorithm in RTOS will resolve the conflict and activate/deactivate the machine that has highest priority. Melissa Vetromille, Luciano et al (2006) proposed three different RTOS scheduler implementation approaches: (i) implemented in software running in the same processor of the application tasks, (ii) implemented in software running in a 66 BITS, Pilani

Reading

73

RTOS based Machine Controller through Speech using ESTREL co-processor, and (iii) implemented in hardware, while application tasks are running on a processor. Alarm / Timer In case of emergency such as Machine out of control, mishandling of machines, machine jam etc, the ESTREL program for alarm is activated to produce alarm sound. Timer program is written to set some time duration for the machine to work and bring down the machine when the time elapses. User Program Depending on user input mode, the user program gets invoked and it receives the input signal. If the input is speech, then the speech recognition component in the program sends the phrase specified by the user to the speech recognition engine for recognition. Speech Recognition Engine The proposed recognition software is speaker independent. Yong-Qian Ying and Peng-Yung Woo (1999) proposed the speech recognition in digital speech processing. The models such as Markov model, dynamic Time Warping are compared with the newly developed technology. The engine splits the received string in to phonemes and tries to group the homophones together from vast collection of words in the database. These grouped words are then compared with a set of words, which are already saved in the database. If there occurs a match, then that word is returned to the user program. Then the checking is performed between the returned string from engine & a set of options in user program. If the condition satisfies, the signal containing the data is transferred to micro controller. If there is (Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 67

any mismatch, it is brought to the knowledge of the user in both the modes. The circuit is a stand-alone trainable speech recognition circuit that may be interfaced to control just about anything electrical, such as; appliances, robots, test instruments, VCR's TV's, etc. The circuit is trained (programmed) to recognize the words you want it to recognize. The unit can be trained in any language and even non-languages such as grunts, birdcalls and whistles. The entire speech recognition circuit is available as a kit (SR07) or may be hardwired together in accordance with the schematic. The speech recognition circuit (SR-07) uses a simple keypad and digital display to communicate with and program the HM2007 chip as shown in Figure 2. This chip provides the options of recognizing either forty .96-second words or twenty 1.92-second words. A jumper on the main circuit board selects either the .96-second word length (40 word vocabulary) or the 1.92-second word length (20 word vocabulary). For accuracy 1.92-second option is used. This chip provides the options of recognizing either forty .96-second words or twenty 1.92-second words. A jumper on the main circuit board selects either the .96-second word length (40 word vocabulary) or the 1.92-second word length (20 word vocabulary). For accuracy 1.92-second option is used. The keypad is made up of 12 switches. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * 0 # BITS, Pilani

74 Technical Communication RTOS based Machine Controller through Speech using ESTREL (Watermark) Figure 2 Speech Recognition Circuit When the circuit is turned on, the HM2007 checks memory (static RAM) status. If successful, the board displays "00" on the digital display and lights the red LED (READY). In the "Ready" state, the circuit is listening for a verbal word to recognize or may be programmed (trained). Training To train the circuit, press the word number that need to be trained on the keypad. The circuit can be trained to recognize either 40 (one-second) words or 20 (two-second) words. This option is selected by setting a jumper on the main circuit board. Any number between 1 and 20 or 40 is used. For example press the number "1" to train word number 1. When the number(s) is pressed on the keypad the red LED will turn off. The number is displayed on the digital display. Next the "#" key is pressed CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 68 for training the word. When the "#" key is pressed it signals the chip to listen for a training word and the red LED turns back on. Now speak the word you want the circuit to recognize into the microphone. The LED should blink off momentarily; this is a signal that the word has been accepted. Continue training new words using the procedure outlined above. Press the "2" key then "#" key to train the second word and so on. To train the system for speaker independent recognition (Multi-user): Use four word spaces for each target word Arrange the words so that the words can be recognized by just decoding the least significant digit (number)

BITS, Pilani

Reading

75

RTOS based Machine Controller through Speech using ESTREL To accomplish this word, spaces 01, 11, 21 and 31 are allocated to the first target word. By only decoding the least significant digit number, in this case 1 of "X" "1" (where X is any number 0 -3) we can recognize the target word. This will enable the system to recognize different voices, inflections and enunciations of the target word. The more system resources that are allocated for independent recognition, the more robust the circuit will become. The effective vocabulary drops from forty words to ten words. The decoding circuit that recognizes the word number and performs a function must be designed to recognize error codes 55, 66 and 77 and not confuse them with word spaces 5, 6 and 7. Testing Recognition The circuit is continually listening. Repeat a training word into the microphone. The number of the word should be displayed on the digital display. For instance if the word "directory" was trained as word number 5. Saying the word "directory" into the microphone will cause the number 5 to be displayed on the digital display. Error Codes The chip provides the following error codes. 55 = word too long 66 = word too short 77 = word no match Clearing the Memory To erase all the words in the RAM memory (Training) the key "99" is pressed on the keypad then the "*" key is pressed. The display will scroll through the numbers 140 (or 1-20) quickly, clearing out the memory. To erase a single word space press the number of the word you want to clear, then press the "*" key.

CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 69 (Watermark) Transmitter Unit Signal Processing According to the data the micro controller receives, it generates a signal containing port number to specific appliance and a value. Colt R.correa, et al proposed a prototype of hardened version of the 8051 micro controller, able to assure reliable operation in the presence of bit flips caused by radiation. The AT89C51 is a low-power, highperformance CMOS 8-bit microcomputer with 4K bytes of Flash programmable and erasable read only memory (PEROM). The AT89C51 provides the following standard features: 4K bytes of Flash, 128 bytes of RAM, 32 I/O lines, two 16-bit timer/counters, a five vector two-level interrupt architecture, a full duplex serial port, on-chip oscillator and clock circuitry. Chao-Lin Wu, Wei-Chen Wang, and LiChen Fu (2004) proposed the method for reducing the network tramc and computation load by delegating the management node. function to each control Then thistransmitter. signal istransferred to the Signal Transmission Transmitter converts the digital signal to RF signal (whose frequency is less than 1GHz) with a specific frequency & control transfers to receiving unit. Hiroyuki et al (2005) proposed an RTOS oriented methodology for design and validation of embedded systems. The programming style in ESTEREL, an imperative synchronous language and the target processor is RTX2000 a highperformance Real Time Micro-Controller BITS, Pilani

76 Technical Communication RTOS based Machine Controller through Speech using ESTREL The micro controller used is RTX2000. It is a high- performance chip, based on RISC architecture. Several of its characteristics are valuable for real time applications. The approach tries to take advantage of both synchronous languages and modern micro controllers. The following design methods are advised: 1. Start with an imperative synchronous language (ESTEREL) to program the application 2. Compile ESTEREL into the machine language of an efficient micro controller (RTX 2000) 3. Verify if the implementation meets the perfect synchronism hypothesis for the given application. An ESTEREL is used to program the alarm/timer circuit. Encoder HT12A/HT12E-212 Series of Encoders is used to the encode the signal in the transmitter unit. Receiving Unit Signal Reception Decoder The receiver captures the wireless signal and HT12D/HT12F-212 Series of Decoders is used to decode the signal received from the transmitting unit. The decoded signal is transferred to the micro controller. The micro controller identifies the corresponding relay with the help of the frequency value. The micro controller sends activation / deactivation signal to relay according to the input. Arno Wacker, et al (2004) proposed a scheme that allows easy addition and removal of devices/machine. Whenever the relay gets the signal from the micro-controller it gets activated and the voltage is passed on to the machine.

(Watermark) CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 70 Transmitter & Receiver The TWS-434 and RWS-434 are extremely small, and are excellent for applications requiring short-range RF remote controls. The transmitter module is only 1/3 the size of a standard postage stamp, and can easily be placed inside a small plastic enclosure (Figure 3). Figure 3 TWS-434 & RWS-434 Pin Diagram Manual Mode The same sequence of operations is carried out for the manual mode input expect the input signal control never transfer into speech recognition engine. Unique Features Some features are proposed uniquely for visually challenged people: Power failure notification Signal Retransmission Power Failure Notification Notification is brought to the user in two modes: If it is in speech mode, a prerecorded Voice Message saying, Power Failure is spoken out. If it is in manual mode, it displays Power Failure in display unit . This Power Failure Notification feature is essential for visually challenged people. BITS, Pilani

Reading

77

RTOS based Machine Controller through Speech using ESTREL Signal Retransmission The signal is retransmitted to the transmitter unit for acknowledgement in both the mode. This enhances the efficiency of this method of automation. If the input is in button mode the user presses the button, the signal is send to the program and the same set of procedure as on other mode is performed. Proposed Handset Model would look like Figure 4. Figure 4 Remote Conclusion The architecture for automating the machines in industry with the help of speech recognition and manual mode is propose which will be helpful for the visually impaired and for physically challenged people. References 1. Ameet Patil and Neil Audsley. Implementing Application Specific RTOS Policies Using Reflection (2004), Proceedings of 11th IEEE REAL time and Embedded Technology and Applications Symposium. Sushi1 Kumar Podder, Khaled 2. Andreas Gerslauer, Haobo Yu, Daniel D.Gajski (2003). RTOS Modeling for System Level Design, IEEE Transaction on Computer Vol:21,No:1. 3. Arno Wacker, Timo Heiber, and Holger cermann (2004).A Key Distribution CURIE, 2008, Vol. 1, No. 3 71 (Watermark) Scheme for Wireless Home Automation Networks, IEEE Transaction on Consumer Electronics, pp 47-52.

4. Chao-Lin Wu, Wei-Chen Wang, and LiChen Fu (2004). Mobile Agent based Integrated Control Architecturefor Home Automation System, IEEE transaction ofIntelligent Robots. 5. Colt R.correa, Dr.Selim Awad (2001).Embedded controller software and Algorithm Development Tool, IEEE Instrumentation and Measurement. 6. Cyprian F.Ngolah, Yingxu Wang, and Xinming Tan (2004). Implementing Task Scheduling and Event Handling in RTOS, IEEE Transaction on Computers. 7. Hiroyuki Tomiyama Shin-Ichiro Chikada Shinya Honda Hiroaki Takada (2005). An RTOS-Based Approach To Design And Validation Of Embedded Systems, IEEE Transactions on Consumer Eectronics. 8. Melissa Vetromille, Luciano Ost, Csar A. M. Marcon, Carlos Reif, Fabiano Hessel (2006).RTOS Scheduler Implementation In Hardware And Software For Real Time Applications, Proceedings of the7th IEEE on Rapid System Prototyping. 9. Sushil Kumar Podder, Khaled Shaban, Jiping Sun, Fakhri Karray, Otman Basir, And Mohamed Kame 1 (2003), Performance Improvement of Automatic Speech Recognition Systems Via Multiple Language Models Produced By Sentence-Based Clustering, IEEE Transactions On Consumer,pp 362-367. 10. Yong-Qian Ying, Peng-Yung Woo (1999), Speech Recognition Using Fuzzy Logic, IEEE Transactions on Computers. BITS, Pilani

78 Technical Communication A CRITICAL ANALYSIS OF THE INHERITANCE OF LOSS M.V. Harsha Vardhan (A Fourth Year Student of Computer Science at BITS, Pilani, Goa Campus) This analysis is part of a project done under the supervision of Prof. Meenakshi Raman. Summary of the novel The novel is primarily set in Kalimpong at the foothills of the Himalayas in the mid 1980 s during the agitation in Nepal for the establishment of a Gorkha state. However, like many of it s characters, the novel straddles two lands - one of the main storylines is tha t of Biju who has emigrated from Kalimpong and is living in NYC. The counter to Biju s story of struggle as an immigrant in NYC is that of the Judge, the Judge s grand-daughter Sai and Bi ju s father, Cook all living in an isolated house in Kalimpong. Sai s arrival sets the judge down memory lane and he remembers making his journey to England as a young lad leaving his hometown of Pilphit in the Western Indian state of Gujarat. The judge s solitary character combined with his extreme shyness is so intense that he soon evolves into a totally self-centered, cynical person: He envied the English. He loathed Indians. He worked at being English with the passion of hatred and for w hat he would become, he would be despised by absolutely everyone, English and Indians, both, Desai writes. Nevertheless he strikes up a tentative attachment to his grand-dau ghter perhaps because she is a lot like him, a Westernized Indian, an estranged Indian living i n India. The 17-year-old Sai and the slightly older tutor, Gyan, engage in a brief crush. Soon however, the politics of the moment envelop the relationship. Gyan ends up being transported by history, and finds himself rallying for the cause of fellow Nepali Indians wh o seek to have their own country or at least their own state. In India, during the 1980s, the G orkha National Liberation Front (GNLF) led an often very violent movement seeking a Nepali stat e. Desai s book captures some of this history well. As unrest breaks out in Kalimpong over the establishment of a Gorkha state, Sai, Judge and Cook are all forced to face the upending of a hierarchy that has defined the ir lives, for

better or worse. Meanwhile, far away from the foothills of the Himalayas, Biju is living in a dif ferent kind of chaos waiting tables and eking out an existence as an illegal alien in NY.The poignancy of Biju s sense of being alone in NY but realizing that he also does not really fi t in at home is powerful. He desperately misses his father but also recognizes that his emigr ation, this fulfillment of his father s dream for him, has created a distance between them emo tionally that will likely never be bridged. That loss is palpable.Meanwhile,Kalimpong sli ps into a state of total anarchy,with the insurgents ruling the roost. Mutt,the judge s dog is stolen by people from a near by village.This loss breaks t he judge. He thinks of the loss as the retribution for the ill treatment he had meted out to his family members.Sai,has a altercation with gyan and decides to end the relationship but she still nurtures hope for his return. Finally,Biju decides to come back to india and to kalimpong unaware of how bad t he situation in kalimpong has become.On his way home he is humiliated and robbed by insurgents.But he finally reaches Cho oyu.The book ends with the cook and the Bi ju meeting each other. (Watermark)

Reading

79

Themes in the novel Race The issue of race is vividly described in the case of Biju. During his stay in N ew York, the reader meets people from the whole world. Through this shift between India and A merica, Desai is able to draw attention to important differences between the East and th e West. Biju is the son of the cook at Cho Oyu, and as a young man he leaves for New York in order to secure the future for himself and his father. His efforts to get a tourist visa for the United States have been both challenging and humiliating for him, and he is well aware that his only possibility is to stay and work illegally. The reader s first meeting with Bi ju illustrates how he restlessly moves from one illegal ill-paid job to another. He always fear s being caught and sent back home by the authorities. The humiliation of continually losing a j ob is always present: Nothing I can do , the manager said, pink from having to dole out humiliati on to these men Just disappear quietly is my advice . So they disappeared . This quote illustrates how the system of illegal immigrants works and how they are being tr eated. The pink skin colour of the manager suggests the dominance of white people in positi ons like this, while the workers in the kitchens are mostly dark skinned and of Third Wor ld origin. Further, the quote emphasizes how it is a necessity for the undocumented immigra nts to be invisible at the surface, and how they become the shadow class of society. In pr actical terms, this means that they have no rights in the American society, and that they have to accept the jobs, the pay and the poor lodgings and facilities which are offered. In order t o keep their jobs, they must never complain or disagree. Financially, the undocumented worker s mean a lot to the owners and managers, as especially workers from the Third World are low-cost labour. However, as for example at Pinocchio s Restaurant, where Biju works for a period, the owner s wife prefers illegal workers from the poorer parts of Europe rather th an workers from other continents. With European workers she feels she has something in comm on, like religion and skin-colour. The only problem is that they weren t coming in numbers g reat enough or they weren t coming desperate enough . Thus, the theme of race discrimina tion is present among illegal workers in New York. Ethnicity and discrimination

All nations and ethnic groups of people represented in The Inheritance of Loss a re important as to give a full picture of the issues of race and ethnicity and the challenges of a postcolonial and multicultural society. Through the characters of the two Indian born Angloph ile sisters, Noni and Lola, Desai illustrates the complexity of this situation, however,this time seen from a different angle. Lola and Noni represent the few Indians who have been ab le to benefit from the British influence. Before she is widowed Lola was married to Jo ydeep and, as the name of her husband suggests, they were able to enjoy life fully without worries about the future. Together they planned their retirement at the rose-covered cottage M on Ami in Kalimpong surrounded by beautiful scenery and a nice view of the Himalayas. W hen Joydeep dies, Lola s unmarried sister Noni moves in with her, and they live on the pension of Lola s husband . Even though their economy is somewhat reduced from now on, the y are basically able to maintain their western lifestyle for many years. When the GNLF takes power in Kalimpong, this situation changes. Usually, when guerrilla groups take control, everyone suffers - regardless of origin and class.Up until now the few privilege d in this area, (Watermark)

80 Technical Communication like Lola and Noni, have been able to live a safe life enjoying their wealth - w ith a distance to the poor. From now on this situation dramatically changes: people like Lola a nd Noni are discriminated against, humiliated and ridiculed in the same way as everyone else. They lose most of their property to the GNLF movement, who see their estate as free la nd . They are refused food, and they are spit on by Nepali children. When Lola visits the head of the organization for the Kalimpong area to discuss her situation, she is humi liated and discriminated against because of her ethnicity, class and gender Class In the first few lines of the novel the reader is introduced to Cho Oyu and the people living there. On the veranda, in the front, Sai is reading an article in National Geogr aphic, while the judge is playing chess against himself. The dog Mutt is sleeping peacefully under his chair. This sophisticated scene illustrates the privileged and enjoyable activit ies of Sai and the judge. Even the dog is able to enjoy the pleasures of life. The magazine Sai is reading suggests an intellectual atmosphere, education and a connection to the West. At the back, however, away from the light and apart from the others, the cook is trying to li ght some damp wood to make tea. It is obvious that the cook is the servant and the judge the master. By naming these characters by their profession, Desai wants to emphasize the soc ial class difference between them. Hence, the concept of class is established in the very first page of the novel and debated throughout. The cook is poor. He lives in a mud and bamboo hut on the judge s property. He has only one extra shirt and few other personal belongings. He started to work when he was ten years old, and was hired by the judge at the age of fourteen. From then, the jud ge and the cook have been living together. The judge has been the powerful master, and the cook the submissive all-around servant - doing his best to fulfi l the demanding tasks of the judge with primitive facilities: only a corner of the kitchen was being used, since it was m eant originally for the slaving minions, not the one leftover servant . The low position of the co ok further mirrors how he sees himself: He was a powerless man, barely enough learning to re ad and write, had worked like a donkey all his life, hoped only to avoid trouble, lived on only to see

his son .The communication between the judge and the cook is limited to strictly necessary information and instructions. When the police arrive to investigate the robbery, the cook tries to be a part of the conversation. This annoys the judge, and he says: Go sit in the kitchen. Bar bar karta rehta hai . This statement is clearly condescending and co nfi rms the difference in rank between them. The fact that the judge gives the order in two languages emphasizes their differences regarding cultural belonging and identity. The use of English suggests loyalty to the former colonizers and the West, while the Indian phrase is used in a patronizing way to maintain the class distinction between them and to make sure that the cook has understood the message. This is one of the few times in the novel a conv ersation between them is rendered. Another example takes place when the cook at one point asks the judge for a raise since his salary had not been changed in years. The judge refuses; he sees the cook s salary only as pocket money : All your expenses are paid for-housing, clothing, food, medicines. This is extra, growled the judge . This example shows h ow easy it is for educated people of high rank to manipulate and take advantage of peopl e from lower classes in society. When Sai arrives at Cho Oyu, the cook is not informed about why she has arrived or that her parents are dead: I m never told anything . Thus, there are no sig ns of (Watermark)

Reading

81

friendliness or understanding in their relationship, only a master giving orders and a servant obeying his demands. Characterization List of characters Sai The female lead in the novel. She is the orphaned granddaughter of the Judge . Her parents who were a part of a space program in Russia die in a accident. She is t hen sent to a convent and after that she is sent to Kalimpong to live with her grandfather w ho initially accepts her grudgingly, but eventually grows fond of her. Sai is portrayed as a affable, refi ned, teenager with esoteric tastes. Her relationship with Gyan, her tutor suggests th at she was perhaps looking for some kind of acceptance and assurance. Sai is embarrassed by the disparity between Gyan and her lifestyle and this beco mes evident during the quarrel they have near the end.Sai is deeply affected by Gyan ,and despite herself is unable to get rid of thoughts about him. This conflict causes her lot of pain and is the central point of her characterization in the second half of the book. The Judge An unwanted anachronism in postcolonial India, The judge, Jemubhai Pat el, seems to have had his heart frozen long ago when he studied at Cambridge Univers ity and learned to despise his fellow Indians. The only creature he truly loves now is a purebred dog named Mutt. Retired from Indian Civil Service he has been living a quiet life in Kalimpong, pondering about his past, spending his days staring at his chessboard, burning th e memory of his beginnings. Cook The character of the cook has been used to depict the class difference, so deeply entrenched in Indian society. The cook is very servile towards his master, the J udge. He tolerates the brusqueness of the judge. It is evident from the novel that he lov es Biju, and that Biju is in some sense all that he is living for. His telling lies about the judge, that is about the Judge being a person who gav e value to family, shows that the cook wanted people to respect him, for working under a ni ce man. The cook is often torn between listening to his own call of humanity and listeni ng to the judge s order s, for instance when the women and her father-in-law come to the judge asking for help, the cook wants to help them, but is forced to follow the order s of the

judge to shoo them away. Gyan Gyan is a 17 year old teenager,whose lifestyle is entirely opposite to that of Sai. He tutor s Sai,and eventually Sai and he get involved in a relationship.But with t he rise of the gorkha movement Gyan begins to feel ashamed about the relationship.A conf l ict develops within him.He is unable to chose in between supporting the Gorkha movem ent wholeheartedly and in being with sai.So,from this is can be drawn that Gyan is q uite tenuous by nature. Biju Biju, the son of Jemu s cook,goes to America as an illegal immigrant ,after o nce being duped by an fraud agency promising to send him abroad.Once he reaches ther e he ekes out an existence as an undocumented worker in New York. Stumbling from one lowpaid restaurant job to another, living in seedy squalor with groups of other immigran t men, Biju imagines what life would be like with a sofa, TV and a bank account. Spurred on by his father, Biju came to the States thinking he could achieve the American dream , but the (Watermark)

82 Technical Communication reality is quite different. It s a whole world of basement kitchens, living so inten sely with others only to have them disappear overnight, one giant shadow class of men condem ned to movement, who end up leaving for other jobs, towns, are deported and return h ome or change their names.Once in America,Biju feels an intense longing for his home an d his father.The longing is intensified by his own grief and by the growing unrest in Kalimpong. Biju s characterization instantly draws the sympathy of the reader. Mutt The judge s only object of affection Noni, Lola The two Anglophile ladies who befriend Sai and whose fragments of cha t jump from post-colonial wisdom to confidential bigotry.They also tutor Sai,till it becomes too hard for them to handle. The characters in The Inheritance of Loss are insecure and unmoored, and are fou nd frequently struggling to survive in the modern world, unsure of whether they wil l ever see the benefits and profits of globalization. Desai doesn t present any easy answers to t he problems of those who are left behind by unstoppable economic growth - in fact, her world view is quite cynical: where one side travels to be a servant, and the other side travels to be treated like a King. Desai s characters are mired in self-hatred, their Indian heritage often making th em feel unnecessarily inferior, forced to live in a country where the English have argua bly done great harm, the result of the colonial enterprise of sticking your flag on what was not yours. Desai s novel is also a cautionary tale of the effects of globalization on individ uals and on communities while efficiently illustrating the indissoluble bonds of love and fa mily. It is indeed a love story between a boy and a girl, between a father and his son, and a grandfather and his granddaughter, where empathy and compassion often define the quality of family relationships. Style of writing The narrative of The Inheritance Of Loss flits between New York , northern India and elsewhere, and also between the here and now, yesteryear and the judge s childhood.The author simultaneously narrates the story of the old judge s youth, o f his old age with his granddaughter, and of the cook s son in New York.The narrative is in third

person. The division of the narrative into self-contained fragments gives memori es the same status as present events. As well as the geographic movement between continents, there is the more frequent, more important movement between present and past. This oscillatio n, made visible on the page, explains for us the taciturn gloom of the judge, for whom m emories are a kind of punishment. Dividing up the narrative also licenses the insertion of a necdotes and fragments of dialogue. The divisions give us passages of description, where the narrative lingers and idles, especially on the weird colours of each mountain season. A novel of shifting points of view, The Inheritance of Loss flits from one chara cter to another, from one emotion or sense impression to the next, its narrative form ac ting out the sense of dislocation that is its theme. The novel s divisions may take its characters into their most painful recollection s, but they also allow the reader the pleasure of a scene suddenly captured, a place me morably glimpsed. (Watermark)

Reading Conclusion

83

In short, the Inheritance of loss, though recondite and repetitive in some parts , is a very entertaining read, which touches important issues such as globalization, ethnici ty, caste system, etc. Read discussions on The inheritance of loss at the following websites: http://vectoreditors.wordpress.com/2007/05/14/the-inheritance-of-loss/ http://www.nytimes.com/2006/02/12/books/review/12mishra.html http://www.sawnet.org/books/reviews.php?The+Inheritance+of+Loss (Watermark)

84 Technical Communication CHAPTER 12: READING TECHNIQUES Sample Passage 1 Sample Passage 2 Sample Passage 3 Sample Passage 4 Sample Passage 5 Sample Passage 6 Sample Passage 7 Sample Passage 8 Sample Passage 9 Sample Passage 10 Sample Passage 11 Sample Passage 12 Identifying Topic Sentence and keywords 13 Sentence sequence 14 Given below are eight passages, each followed by certain questions to check your comprehension of the contents and the author s viewpoint. We have provided the ans wers also in these sample passages. After going through these solved pas-sages, you c an try the exercises given at the end of this chapter. Sample Passage 1 Do birds know how to come back home after a long flight? Bird scientists, known as ornithologists, say that birds know exactly where they are and where their nests are. Even the young ones can fly hundreds of nautical miles without losing their way. How do t hey do it? God has given them a tremendous sense of direction; possibly they have a compass of sorts in their brain. Every year, we can see birds from north India fl y to the south. In India we have several bird sanctuaries where birds from both parts of the globe come, spend a few months and return when the climatic conditions in their homeland are more favourable. W hen it is winter in the northern hemisphere, it is summer in the southern hemisphere. T he birds which cannot stand the cold climate fly to the warmer regions. They are called m igratory birds. They can fly non-stop up to twenty hours or so in one stretch and cover a few hundred miles in one stop. The migratory birds always fl y in groups. Questions 1. Who 2. Why 3. Are Sample is an ornithologist? do we call some birds migratory birds? the seasons the same in both hemispheres? Passage 2

Petroleum products such as gasoline, kerosene, home heating oil, residual fuel o il, and lubricating oils come from one source crude oil found below the earth s surface, as well as under large bodies of water, from a few hundred feet below the surface to as dee p as 25,000 (Watermark)

Reading Techniques

85

feet into the earth s interior. Sometimes crude oil is secured by drilling a hole into the earth, but more dry holes are drilled than those producing oil. Either pressure at the source or pumping forces crude oil to the surface. Crude oil wells flow at varying rates, from about ten to thousands of barrels pe r hour. Petroleum products are always measured in forty-two-gallon barrels. Petroleum products vary greatly in physical appearance: thin, thick, transparent , or opaque, but regardless, their chemical composition is made up of only two elemen ts: carbon and hydrogen, which form compounds called hydrocarbons. Other chemical elements found in union with the hydrocarbons are few and are classified as impurities. Trace e lements are also found, but in such minute quantities that they are disregarded. The combina tion of carbon and hydrogen forms many thousands of compounds which are possible because of the various positions and unions of these two atoms in the hydrocarbon molecule. The various petroleum products are refined by heating crude oil and then condens ing the vapours. These products are the so-called light oils, such as gasoline, kerosene , and distillate oil. The residue remaining after the light oils are distilled is known as heavy or residual fuel oil and is used mostly for burning under boilers. Additional complicated refi ni ng processes rearrange the chemical structure of the hydrocarbons to produce other products, some of which are used to upgrade and increase the octane rating of various types of gas oline. Questions 1. How is crude oil brought to the surface? 2. What are the principal components of all petroleum products? 3. What is heavy oil? 4. All of the following are listed as light oils EXCEPT (a) Distillate oil (b) Gasoline (c) Lubricating oil (d) Kerosene 5. The word upgrade in the last but one line is closest in meaning to (a) improve (b) counteract (c) charge (d) unite Answers 1. Crude oil is brought to the surface by pressure and pumping. 2. The principal components of all petroleum products are hydrogen and carbon. 3. Heavy oil is the residue remaining after the light oils are distilled. 4. c 5. a Sample Passage 3

If you are not in the grip of avarice, you will choose a trade or profession tha t appeals to you as the means of self-expression and social service, even if you cannot earn much money by it. Your daily duty is not merely money-making drudgery; it is your contribution to social progress and the path of personal development. How sad must be the lot of the ma n or woman who must do uncongenial work simply for the sake of more money? I know a y ounger professor who loved literature passionately and taught it admirably; but his sal ary was small, and he became a lawyer in order to secure a larger income. I tell you that man w as guilty of (Watermark)

86 Technical Communication a crime, and he will not be happy as a lawyer, though he may be a little more co mfortable, a little better fed and dressed and lodged. A musician who is born a violinist c an never be personally happy or socially useful as a prosperous merchant or stock-broker, as he will miss the violin all the time. Avarice puts round men in square jobs and square men in rounds jobs. At present many persons in all classes, rich and poor, are unhappy and res tless because their daily work is not interesting. It does not provide an outlet for the creat ive impulse and the insistent urge of personality. Therefore, don t ask in youth, How can I earn th e biggest salary? Ask rather, How can I be truly happy and do most good to society? Then you may have less money, but you will have more of life and joy. Questions 1. When can a man choose a profession through which he can express himself and s erve others? 2. Why does the author consider the lawyer known to him guilty of a crime? 3. Why are most of the people unhappy at present? 4. When will a violinist be unhappy? 5. Who are the misplaced persons according to the writer? 6. What is the advice of the writer to the youth? Answers 1. If one has to choose a profession to serve others, or to express his personal ity as a human being, he must have no undue attraction towards money even if the profession can provide it. 2. The lawyer was guilty as he left his real profession of a lecturer in which h e had real interest a passion for teaching simply to earn a little more for material comforts. He sold his happiness for a few pieces of gold. 3. One should take up a profession in which he has real involvement, in which he can create something, where he can express his personality. Most people do not choos e such a profession. They choose one which gives them more money. Thus they are better off but never happy. 4. The violinist will always be unhappy if he becomes a busy businessman because his real interest is in violin. His love is for violin. He will miss it. If one loses his love he can never be happy. 5. The persons who take up a job in which they are not primarily interested are misplaced persons. They put themselves in such situations to earn more at the cost of thei r

personality and real interests. 6. Young people should find ways to earn money, but should also devote themselve s to the cause of society. This will give them real happiness and make them more active t oo. Sample Passage 4 The term co-operation loses its meaning when co-operative becomes competitive and ju st a fi rm of retail shopkeepers, entering into rivalry with either similar co-oper atives or private shops. In the issue of licences, permits, supplies, grants, loans, etc. Governme nt follows a (Watermark)

Reading Techniques

87

general policy of preferring co-operatives to private organizations. Since Gover nment itself is run on party lines, this has led to rival co-operatives, one favoured by the par ty in power and the other trying to checkmate it. To remedy this, one way would be to insist on having only one multi-purpose co-operative in one unit, to eliminate all private dealers in distribution, and to make membership in the co-operative society compulsory for every househol der. My feeling is that co-operatives, whether in selling, purchasing, or distributin g should be restricted to carry on their operations for and among their members only. The y must not become commission agents or middlemen between non-members on the one hand an d Government or the world on the other. Their purchases must be for the needs of t heir members only, and not for sale to the public. Their sales to the public must be confi ned to their own productions. Permits, grants, loans, and other help should be given to them for proper distribution among their members only. Questions 1. When does a co-operative lose its proper function? 2. What solution has been suggested by the writer to remove rivalry among cooper atives? 3. Why should membership be made compulsory for all householders? 4. Co-operatives should sell only those things to the public (a) which they purchase from the market (b) which are meant for consumers (c) which they produce themselves 5. The word operation in the passage means (a) a surgical procedure (b) work (c) management 6. The co-operatives should purchase things (a) for the requirements of their own members (b) to secure more permits from the government (c) to make supplies to the government Answers 1. A co-operative ceases to function as a co-operative when it starts competing with retail shopkeepers or with other co-operative societies either in sales or production. 2. According to the writer, rivalry can be removed by having only one co-operati ve society in one area performing all those functions which are done by different types of soc ieties. 3. Membership of multipurpose co-operative societies should be compulsory for al l householders to do away with all private dealers. 4. c 5. b

6. a Sample Passage 5 When I go into a stranger s library I wander round the bookshelves to learn what s ort of person the stranger is, and when he comes in I feel that I know the key to his m ind and the (Watermark)

88 Technical Communication range of his interests. A house without books is a characterless house, no matte r how rich the Persian rugs. These only tell you whether he has a lot of money, but the boo ks tell you whether he has got a mind as well. It is not a question of money that we do not buy books. I repeat that the books are the cheapest as well as the best part of the equipme nt of a few dollars. Nearly all the best literature in the world is at your command at two d ollars a volume. For 100 dollars you can get a library of fifty books. Even if you do not read th em yourself, they are a priceless investment for your children. What delight is there like th e revelation of books the sudden impact of a master-spirit, the sense of a window flung wide open to the universe? It is the adventures of the mind, the joy of which does not pass away, that give the adventure of life itself beauty and fragrance. Questions 1. Why does the adventure of mind not pass away? 2. Why does the writer wander round the bookshelves when he goes to a stranger s house? 3. What delight does a good book provide? 4. What can books tell you about a stranger? (a) That he is a rich man (b) That he believes in priceless investment (c) That he has good mental faculties 5. When one reads a good book, one is delighted because (a) one fi nds the windows of the library opened (b) one feels the infl uence of a great writer (c) one knows much about the universe 6. The words master-spirit in the passage mean (a) a prominent writer (b) the spiritual effect of a master (c) one who has a control over the spirit of a man Answers 1. The adventures of the mind permeate one s own life, filling it with happiness t hat never goes away. 2. The writer wanders round the bookshelves to learn about the mind of the owner . 3. A good book delights us as it reveals the mind of a great man. 4. c 5. b 6. b Sample Passage 6 Our society is built with money for mortar; money is present in every joint of c ircumstance. It might be named the social atmosphere, since in society, it is by that alone that men continue to live, and only through that can they reach or affect one another. Money gives

us food, shelter, and privacy; it permits us to be clean in person, opens for us the door s of the theatre, (Watermark)

Reading Techniques

89

gains us books for study or pleasure, enables us to help the distresses of other s, and puts us above necessity so that we can choose the best of life. If we have scruples, it gives us an opportunity to be honest; if we have any bright designs, here is what will smoot h the way to their accomplishment. Penury is the worst slavery and will soon lead to death. B ut money is only a means, it pre-supposes a man to use it. The rich man can go where he p leases, but perhaps pleases himself nowhere. He can buy a library or visit the whole wor ld but has neither patience to read nor intelligence to see. The table may be loaded and th e appetite wanting; the purse may be loaded and the heart empty. He may have gained the wor ld and lost himself, with all his wealth around him in a great house. Without an appeti te, without an aspiration, void of appreciation, bankrupt of desire and hope, there in his grea t house, let him sit and look at his finger. It is perhaps more fortunate to have a taste for col lecting shells than to be born a millionaire. Although neither is to despised, it is always a better policy to learn an interest than to make a thousand pounds, for the money will soon be spent or perhaps you may feel no joy in spending it, but interest remains imperishable and ever new. Questions 1. Why does the writer give preference to collecting shells than to be born a ve ry rich man? 2. What is the source of mutual relations in the world? 3. How does money give us the opportunity to choose the best of life? 4. Why does the writer consider poverty as the worst slavery? 5. Why is it not possible for a rich man to enjoy his riches? 6. Explain the idea of the word appetite in the passage. 7. Do you agree with the statement that money is only a means ? What is the end fe hidden in the passage? Answers 1. Collecting shells is a permanent interest. One may have any other such intere st. Money may not remain with us permanently. One may not derive real pleasure through it. Thus it is better to learn an interest than to be a rich man. 2. Money is the source of mutual relations in the world. We can reach others and create an effect on them through money. 3. Money frees us from tension about the necessities of life. Freed from this wo rry, we get time and opportunity to help others, and to acquire knowledge. So we can choose the best of life, to follow our dreams, to be honest, and to create conveniences for

of li

others. 4. Poverty does not allow a man freedom. A poor man always depends upon others. Thus it is the worst slavery. 5. A man cannot enjoy the best of food if he has no appetite. Money is only a me ans to an end. A rich man cannot enjoy his riches if he is simply interested in accumulati ng wealth and has no other desires or interests to pursue. 6. Appetite , in the passage, means desire or interest in enjoying and deriving emo tional pleasure from something. 7. Money is indeed a means of accomplishing the aims of one s life. A man who only makes money for its own sake could be intellectually and emotionally bankrupt. T he goal of life is to develop all of one s faculties to the fullest and be of service to others. (Watermark)

90 Technical Communication Sample Passage 7 The march of scientific mechanization over industry, throughout the world, is un abated, so is the misery of the poor. Equally unchecked is the thriving of a few among t he upper rungs of industrial hierarchy and the bureaucratic and political echelons. One f eels proud of the scientific innovations in the manufacturing process where manpower is spe edily being replaced by capital potential. The researches in the field are so swift that the labour factor is gradually being eliminated. Automation has withdrawn hazards from man but has of fered him unemployment. In the progressing countries, where there is no check on popul ation, scientific industrialization has become an eyesore on the job front. It has resu lted in long queues at the employment exchanges. Scientific industrial development has proved manna for the progressive countries of Western Europe, Canada, the USA, and Japan. They reap certain advantages over th e backward nations. It has provided a luxurious life even to the common man there. Scientifi c researches result in mass production of commodities. Thus the West has a huge su rplus of finished goods to flood the world market and to reap profits. The resultant econ omic growth in these countries enables them to proceed with further scientific researches to make the industries more capital oriented. Thus they always have an advantage over the ba ckward countries. Notwithstanding the backwardness or poverty, scientific industrialization is res ponsible for an increase in the Gross National Product in progressing countries like Indi a too. But it creates two-fold problems. The advantages of this increase in Gross National Product are reaped by the rich, for it is they who have invested money. The growth of ca pital too is their prerogative. The profits and interest go to the coffers of the industriali sts. The fruits of progress and mechanization do not go to the poor. It is only a class, a group that benefi ts from scientifi c development, not all. Questions 1. 2. 3. 4. Who are benefi ted by scientifi c mechanization? Who is affected by scientifi c development and how? What are the advantages reaped by progressive countries? What is the effect of economic growth in progressive countries?

5. What is scientifi c industrialization responsible for in backward countries t oo? 6. Who profi ts by increase in GNP in backward countries? 7. Why do the profi ts of scientifi c development not go to the poor? Answers 1. Scientific mechanization has been advantageous to the rich, the bureaucrats, and the political leaders. 2. Scientific development has affected workers the most. Automation has withdraw n men from work. Thus it has resulted in large scale unemployment. It has affected peo ple in backward countries the most, where population is increasing. 3. Scientific research in progressive countries has contributed to greatly impro ving the standard of living even among common people. The progressive countries manufactu re (Watermark)

Reading Techniques

91

goods on a large scale, leading to increased incomes and more luxurious lifestyl e for their people. They also have huge surplus goods to sell in the foreign market. 4. Economic growth allows the progressive countries to spend on further research which backward countries cannot afford. Thus they always have an advantage over develo ping countries. 5. Scientific development increases the Gross National Product even in backward countries, i.e., the total volume of production is increased. 6. As the GNP increases through more investment by the rich on mechanized produc tion, they reap the profits. The benefits of scientific development in industry has re sulted in greater mechanization. Since the poor do not own industries, these benefits do n ot reach them. On the contrary increased automation means fewer jobs; so the poor lose ou t on employment too. Sample Passage 8 It has always been clear that a properly designed media programme uses press, po sters, printed leaflets, and so on in proportions suitable to the nature of the product itself. In such a programme, television occupies a relatively important place if the produc t is sold in small quantities at a low price to the vast mass of the people. It is regarded a s a quick-acting medium, peculiarly suited to promoting impulse purchases . Larger items, such as cars and refrigerators, may be more profitably advertised in the press or other media which are examined in greater detail and more at leisure th an television commercials can possibly be. Nevertheless, in most mass advertising campaigns, the media are used in combination with each other, in proportions which tend to be more an d more carefully, and even scientifi cally, determined. It is significant, in this connection, that the poster medium, and outdoor adver tising generally are now staging something of a recovery, after sustaining what at firs t looked like a severe blow at the time of introduction of commercial television into the Unit ed Kingdom in 1955. Media planning is only one of the branches of the British advertising business, where more exact methods of measurement and the close study of statistical data have made c onsiderable headway in recent years. The marketing and research departments of advertisers t

hemselves, and of the agents who act as middlemen between advertisers and media owners in t he case of more than 50 per cent of British advertising business, are constantly expandi ng. These departments have for some time included a number of university graduates, usuall y with particular qualifications in statistics, and the movement of university-trained men into the advertising business is growing, as is the study of advertising problems in the universities themselves, particularly in the departments of economics, psychology, and sociol ogy. Questions 1. A properly designed media programme uses (a) television if the commodity is produced on a large scale (b) different sources of media according to the type of the product (c) a media which depends on the impulse 2. The producers advertise larger items (Watermark)

92 Technical Communication (a) on television commercials to appeal to the people (b) in the press so that the customer may see details leisurely (c) to make profi t through poster advertisement 3. The poster medium and outdoor advertisement (a) started in the United Kingdom in 1955 (b) are again becoming popular these days (c) nowadays depend upon commercial television 4. British advertising business (a) is one of the branches of media planning (b) has a close study of roads and ways in recent years (c) closely studies methods of advertisement 5. The marketing and research departments of advertisers (a) have employed a number of university graduates (b) have appointed 50 percent middlemen (c) have started departments of economics, psychology, and sociology Answers 1. b 2. b 3. b 4. c 5. a Skills Check 1 Directions: Quickly (30 45 seconds) run through the passage and the questions give n below. You may use the guidelines given in the preceding discussion. After predicting t he content, encircle the most appropriate answer for each question. Sample Passage 9 There can be nothing simpler than an elementary particle it is an indivisible shar d of matter, without internal structure and without detectable shape or size. One mig ht expect commensurate simplicity in the theories that describe such particles and the for ces through which they interact; at the least, one might expect the structure of the world t o be explained with a minimum number of articles and forces. Judged by this criterion of parsim ony, a description of nature that has evolved in the past several years can be accounte d a reasonable success. Matter is built out of just two classes of elementary particles the lepto ns, such as the electron, and the quarks, which are the constituents of the proton, the neut ron, and many related particles. Four basic forces act between the elementary particles. Gravitation and electromagnetism have long been familiar in the macroscopic world; the weak force and the strong force are observed only in sub-nuclear events. In principle, this complement of particles and forces could account for the entire observed hierarchy of mater ial structure, from the nuclei of atoms to stars and galaxies. An understanding of nature at th is level of detail is a remarkable achievement; nevertheless, it is possible to imagine what a still simpler

theory might be like. The existence of two disparate classes of elementary parti cles is not fully satisfying; ideally one class would suffi ce. Similarly, the existence of four forces seems a needless complication; one force might explain all the interactions of elementar y particles. An ambitious new theory now promises at least a partial unification along these lines. The theory does not embrace gravitation, which is by far the feeblest of the forces and may be (Watermark)

Reading Techniques

93

fundamentally different from the others. If gravitation is excluded, however, th e theory unifi es all elementary particles and forces. The first step in the construction of the u nifi ed theory was the demonstration that the weak, the strong, and the electromagnetic forces could all be described by theories of the same general kind. The three forces remained distin ct, but they could be seen to operate through the same mechanism. In the course of this devel opment, a deep connection was discovered between the weak force and electromagnetism, a connection that hinted at a will grander synthesis. The new theory is the leadin g candidate for accomplishing the synthesis. It incorporates the leptons and the quarks into a single family and provides a means of transforming one kind of particle into the other. At the same time, the weak, the strong, and the electromagnetic forces are understood as asp ects of a single underlying force. With only one class of particles and one force (plus gr avitation), the unifi ed theory is a model of frugality. (Source: Kaplan GRE, 2000, New York: Simon and Schuster, pp. 221 222) Questions 1. Which of the following is not a difference between the two theories described by the author? (a) The second theory is simpler than the fi rst. (b) The fi rst theory encompasses gravitation while the second does not. (c) The second theory includes only one class of elementary particles. (d) The fi rst theory accounts for only a part of the hierarchy of material stru cture. (e) The second theory unifi es the forces that the fi rst theory regards as dist inct. 2. The primary purpose of the passage is to (a) correct a misconception in a currently accepted theory of the nature of matt er. (b) describe efforts to arrive at a simplifi ed theory of elementary particles a nd forces. (c) predict the success of a new effort to unify gravitation with other basic fo rces. (d) explain why scientists prefer simpler explanations over more complex ones. (e) summarize what is known about the basic components of matter. Analysis Through a quick survey of the passage, you might have understood that simplicity is the criterion that the author sets up. The passage deals with the aim of science to derive a theory that describes particles and their forces as simply as possible. So, you might h ave predicted that the author would discuss the simpler theories. With this prediction, you ma y be able to arrive at the answers for the two questions given above.

Answers 1. (d), 2. (b) Sample Passage10 The food we eat seems to have profound effects on our health. Although science h as made enormous steps in making food more fit to eat, it has, at the same time, made ma ny foodstuffs unfit to eat. Some research has shown that perhaps eighty per cent of all human illnesses are related to diet and forty per cent of cancer is related to the diet as well, esp ecially cancer of (Watermark)

94 Technical Communication the colon. People of different cultures are more prone to contact certain illnes ses because of the characteristic foods they consume. That food is related to illness is not a new discovery. In 1945, government rese archers realized that nitrates and nitrites (commonly used to preserve colour in meats) as well as other food additives caused cancer. Yet, these carcinogenic additives remain in our food, and it becomes more difficult all the time to know which ingredients on the packagin g labels of processed food are helpful or harmful. The additives that we eat are not all so direct. Farmers often give penicillin t o cattle and poultry, and because of this, penicillin has been found in the milk of treat ed cows. Sometimes, similar drugs are administered to animals not for medicinal purposes, but for financial reasons. The farmers are simply trying to fatten the animals in order to obtain a higher price on the market. In spite of the Food and Drug Administration, the pr actices continue. A healthy diet is directly related to good health. Often, we are unaware of detr imental substances we ingest. Sometimes, well-meaning farmers or others who do not reali ze the consequences add these substances to food without our knowledge. Questions 1. What is the best title for this passage? (i) Harmful and Harmless Substances in Food (ii) Improving Health Through a Natural Diet (iii) The Food You Eat Can Affect Your Health (iv) Avoiding Injurious Substances in Food 2. Which one of the following statements is true? (i) Drugs are always given to animals for medical reasons. (ii) Some of the additives in your food are added to the food itself and some ar e given to the living animals. (iii) Researchers have known about the potential hazards of food additives for m ore than forty-fi ve years. (iv) Food may cause 40 per cent of the cancer in the world. Analysis By skimming the given passage, you might have identified that the overall purpos e and the central idea are contained in the first paragraph. While the overall purpose is to elaborate on

the food we eat has profound effects on our health , the central idea of the passag e is certain illnesses are contracted by people because of the characteristic food they eat . T he author intends to illustrate the main idea of the passage by providing examples. Answers 1. (iii), 2. (i) Sample Passage 11 Mycorrhizal fungi infect more plants than do any other fungi and are necessary f or many plants to thrive but they have escaped widespread investigation until recently f or two (Watermark)

Reading Techniques

95

reasons. First, the symbiotic association is so well balanced that the roots of host plants show no damage even when densely infected. Second, the fungi cannot as yet be cultiva ted in the absence of a living root. Despite these difficulties, there has been importa nt new work that suggests that this symbiotic association can be harnessed to achieve more e conomical use of costly super phosphate fertilizer and to permit better exploitation of ch eaper, less soluble rock phosphate. Mycorrhizal benefi ts are not limited to improved phosph ate uptake in host plants. In legumes, Mycorrhizal inculcation has increased nitrogen ferti lizer alone. Certain symbiotic associations also increase the host plant s resistance to harmfu l root fungi. Whether this resistance results from exclusion of harmful fungi through competit ion for sites, from metabolic change involving antibiotic production or from increased v igour is undetermined. (Source: GRE Big Book, p. 210, ETS, NJ) Questions Which of the following most accurately describes the passage? (i) A description of a replicable experiment (ii) A summary report of new fi ndings (iii) A recommendation for abandoning a diffi cult area of research (iv) A refutation of an earlier hypothesis (v) A confi rmation of earlier research Analysis As the passage does not have any title and it contains only one paragraph, you m ight have grasped the main idea by concentrating on the beginning and the ending of the pa ssage to identify the topic sentence. The main idea is Mycorrhizal fungi have expressed wi despread investigation and the passage proceeds to talk about the new research. You need t o be careful in identifying the main idea as at times you may be beguiled by the repe tition of some words as in this case Micorrhizal fungi . Though the passage is about these fungi, it mainly focuses on the new research in this area. Answer (ii) Directions: Scan the passage given below in about 45 seconds in order to answer the following question: Question: How many times does the word colour in its various forms (coloured, colo urs,

etc.) appear in the passage? Sample Passage 12 About ten men in every hundred suffer from colour blindness in some way; women a re luckier only about one in two hundred is affected in this matter. There are different forms of colour blindness. In some cases, a man may not be a ble to see deep red. He may see red, orange, and yellow as shades of green. Sometimes, a person cannot tell the difference between blue and green. In rare cases, an unlucky man may see every thing in shades of green a strange world indeed! (Watermark)

96 Technical Communication In certain occupations, colour blindness can be dangerous, and candidates are te sted most carefully. For example, when fighting in a jungle at night, soldiers use co loured lights and flares to signal each other. A green light may mean advance and a red light ma y mean danger , keep back . You can see what will happen if somebody thinks that red is green . Colour blindness in human beings is a strange thing to explain. In a single eye, there are millions of very small things called cones. These help us to see things in brigh t light and tell the difference between colours. There are also millions of rods and they are used for seeing when it is nearly dark. They show us shapes but not colours. Birds and animals that hunt at night have eyes containing few or no cones at all ; so, they cannot see colours. As far as we know, bats and adult owls cannot see colours at all only light and dark shapes. Similarly, cats and dogs cannot see colours as well as we can. On the other hand, lizards have no rods in their eyes but they can see colours very wel l. The eyes of some insects are very strange. They have neither cones nor rods but consist of thousands of little eyes all joined together. Insects can see ultraviolet rays, which are invisible to us, and some of them can see X-rays. The wings of an ordinary moth may seem grey and dull to us, but to insects, they may appear beautiful, showing colours that we cannot see. Indeed, scientists know that there are other colours around us that insects can see but we cannot. One scientist experimented with some ants, which normally keep their eggs in the dark. When he put their eggs in the sunlight, the ants quickly dragged them into a dar k place. The eggs were then put in different coloured rays of light. When the scientist s hone an ultraviolet ray on the eggs, the ants quickly dragged them into a red light, thi nking that it was darkness. Answer It is important to remember the key words while scanning the passage and look fo r them in the passage. In the given passage, the word colour appears 14 times in the forms s uch as colour, colours, and coloured.

Identifying Topic sentence and Keywords In the following paragraphs, identify the topic sentence and the key words in th e topic sentence that the other sentences support. Paragraph 1 When assigning tasks to various team members, the team must consider not only th e quantity of work to be undertaken by an individual but also the nature of the work. For e xample, editing a document is rarely as interesting as drafting it. If someone is consis tently assigned the task of editing, they are liable to become bored (and thus ineffective). Whe re feasible, team members should rotate through both the less challenging and more interestin g tasks. But overburdening one individual will quickly lead to resentment and conflict. H ence, in order to minimize conflicts and increase efficiency, work must be divided equita bly among team members. Paragraph 2 In order to minimize conflicts and increase efficiency, work must be divided equ itably among team members. Overburdening one individual will quickly lead to resentment and c onfl ict. (Watermark)

Reading Techniques

97

In addition, when assigning tasks to various team members, the team must conside r not only the quantity of the work to be undertaken by an individual but also the nat ure of the work. For example, editing a document is rarely as interesting as drafting it. I f someone is consistently assigned the task of editing, they are liable to become bored (and thus ineffective). Where feasible, team members should rotate through both the less challenging and more interesting tasks. Answers 1. You would have observed that paragraph 1 has been developed with the help of an extended example, which ends with a general statement represented by the last se ntence of the paragraph. Hence, the last sentence is the topic sentence. Keywords confl ict, minimize, team, work, divided 2. As you would have guessed, this is a reversal of paragraph 1 and, hence, the paragraph starts with the topic sentence or a general statement, which is then supported b y an extended example. Sentence Sequence Rearrange the following sentences in a logical and sequential way so as to make a coherent paragraph: (i) The dual purpose bicycle has a permanent attachment and modified broad stand cum carrier. (ii) There are two types of pedal power devices in existence today. (iii) This modifi ed bicycle is called a dual-purpose bicycle. (iv) It can also be used to power a drill, a woodworking lathe, and a circular s aw. (v) The second type of pedal power device is a modified bicycle, which can be us ed both as a vehicle for transportation as well as power production. (vi) Some examples are paddy threshers, winnowers, groundnut shell removers, sma ll waterpumps, and grinders. (vii) This rotary motion can be used to operate machines such as threshers, winn owers, pumps, woodworking lathes, and metal lathes. (viii) The first type is a stationary one, in which bicycle parts such as the fr ame, crank, chain, and free wheel are used to produce a rotating notion. Answer The correct order of sentences is: (ii), (viii), (vii), (vi), (iv), (v), (iii), (i). See below:

There are two types of pedal power devices in existence today. The first type is a stationary one, in which bicycle parts such as the frame, crank, chain, and free wheel are used to produce a rotating notion. This rotary motion can be used to operate mac hines such as threshers, winnowers, pumps, woodworking lathes, and metal lathes. Some examp les are paddy threshers, winnowers, groundnut shell removers, small water-pumps, and gri nders. It can also be used to power a drill, a woodworking lathe, and a circular saw. T he second type of pedal power device is a modified bicycle, which can be used both as a ve hicle for transportation as well as power production. This modified bicycle is called a du al-purpose bicycle. The dual-purpose bicycle has a permanent attachment and modified broad stand cum carrier. (Watermark)

98 Technical Communication CHAPTER 16:THE ART OF CONDENSATION PRCIS WRITING SAMPLE 1 Original text Effective rational propaganda becomes possible only when there is a clear unders tanding, on the part of all concerned, of the nature of symbols and of their relations to the things and events symbolized. Irrational propaganda depends for its effectiveness on a gene ral failure to understand the nature of symbols. Simple-minded people tend to equate the sym bol with what it stands for, to attribute to things and events some of the qualities expr essed by the words in terms which the propagandist has chosen for his own purposes, and to ta lk about them. Consider a simple example. Most cosmetics are made of lanolin, which is a mixture of purified wool-fat and water beaten up into an emulsion. This emulsion has many v aluable properties: it penetrates the skin, it does not become rancid, it is mildly anti septic, and so forth. But the commercial propagandists do not speak about the genuine virtues of the e mulsion. They give it a voluptuous name, talk ecstatically and misleadingly about feminin e beauty, and show pictures of gorgeous blondes nourishing their tissues with skin food. Th e cosmetics manufacturers , one of their number has written, are not selling lanolin, they are selling hope . For this hope, this fraudulent implication of a promise that they will be t ransfi gured, women will pay ten or twenty times the value of the emulsion which the propagand ists have so skillfully related, by means of misleading symbols, to a deep-seated and almo st universal feminine wish the wish to be more attractive to members of the opposite sex. The p rinciples underlying this kind of propaganda are extremely simple. Find some common desire , some widespread, unconscious fear or anxiety; think out some way to relate this wish or fear to the product you have to sell; then build a bridge of verbal or pictorial symbols ove r which your customer can pass from fact to compensatory dream, and from the dream to the ill usion that your product, when purchased, will make the dream come true. We no longer bu y oranges, we buy vitality. We do not buy just a car, we buy prestige. And so with all the rest. In toothpaste, for example, we buy not a mere cleanser and antiseptic, but a rel ease from the fear of being sexually repulsive. In vodka and whisky we are not buying a po ison which,

in small doses, may depress the nervous system in a psychologically valuable way ; we are buying friendliness and good fellowship and brilliant, witty conversation. With our laxatives we buy the health of a Greek God, the radiance of one of Diana s nymphs. With the monthly bestseller we acquire culture, the envy of our less literate neighbours, and the respect of the sophisticated. In every case the motivation analyst has found some deep-seated w ish or fear whose energy can be used to move the consumer to part with his money and so, ind irectly, to turn the wheels of industry. Stored in the minds and bodies of countless indi viduals, this potential energy is released by, and transmitted along, a line of symbols carefu lly laid out so as to bypass rationality and obscure the real issue. Sometimes the symbols take effect by being disproportionately impressive, haunti ng, and fascinating in their own right. Of this kind are the rites and pomp of relig ion. These beauties of holiness strengthen faith where it already exists, and where there is no faith, lead to conversion. Appealing as they are only to the aesthetic sense, they do n ot guarantee the ethical value of the doctrines with which they have been, quite arbitrarily, associated. As (Watermark)

The Art of Condensation

99

a matter of plain historical fact, however, the beauties of holiness have often been matched and indeed surpassed by the beauties of unholiness. Under Hitler, for example, t he yearly Nuremberg rallies of the Nazi party were masterpieces of ritual and theatrical a rts. I had spent six years in St. Petersburg before the war in the best days of the old Rus sian ballet , writes Sir Neville Henderson, the British ambassador to Hitler s Germany, but for g randiose beauty I have never seen any ballet to compare with the Nuremberg rally . One thin ks of Keats beauty is truth, truth is beauty . Alas, the identity exists only on some ultim ate, supra-mundane level. On the levels of politics and theology, beauty is perfectly compatible with nonsense and tyranny. In commercial propaganda, the principle of the disproportionately fascinating sy mbol is clearly understood. Every propagandist has his Art Department, and attempts are constantly being made to beautify the boards with striking posters, the advertising pages o f magazines with lively drawings and photographs. Those are no masterpieces, for a masterpie ce appeals only to a limited audience, and the commercial propagandist is out to captivate the majority. For him the ideal is a moderate excellence. Those who like this not-too-good, bu t suffi ciently striking, art may be expected to like the products with which it has been associ ated and for which it symbolically stands. Children, as might be expected, are highly susceptible to propaganda. They are i gnorant of the world and its ways, and are therefore completely unsuspecting. Their crit ical faculties are undeveloped. In Europe, during and after the World Wars, soldiers used to be referred to as cannon fodder . Their little brothers and sisters have now become radio fodde r and television fodder. In my childhood we were taught to sing nursery rhymes and, in pious households, hymns. Today the little ones warble the singing commercials. I don t say that children should be forced to harass their parents into buying prod ucts they ve seen advertised on television, but at the same time I cannot close my eyes to the fact that it s being done every day. So the star of one of the many programmes beamed to a juvenile audience. Children , he adds, are living, talking records of what we tell t hem every day . And in due course, these living, talking records of television commercials w ill grow up,

earn money, and buy the products of industry. Think , writes Mr Clyde Miller ecstat ically, think of what it can mean to your firm in profits if you can condition a million or ten million children who will grow into adults trained to buy your products, as soldiers are trained in advance to respond when they hear the words Forward March ! (1040 words) Vocabulary: attribute to ascribe; lanolin extract obtained from sheep s wool used in ointments; emulsion milky liquid; rancid having a bad smell; ecstatically delightfully ; transfigured to change the outward form; nymph a semi-divine being, a lovely young girl; supramundane above the worldly; compatible impressible; captivate attract; susceptible impressionable; warble to sing; juvenile youthful, childish. Points 1. Symbols play a very prominent role in propaganda. If the symbols are rightly advertised and rightly understood, it helps the rational propaganda, but if they are wrongl y understood, it helps the irrational propaganda. 2. Simple-minded people are incapable of equating the symbol with the things it represents and propagandists take full advantage of the lack of understanding of the people . (Watermark)

100 Technical Communication 3. Most of the cosmetics which are nothing but wool-fat and water beaten up into emulsion are sold at many times their cost price. 4. The manufacturers take advantage of the public s weaknesses. They actually do n ot sell their products but sell hope and prestige. 5. People are prepared to pay heavy prices to overcome their fears, fulfil their hopes, and transform their dreams into reality. 6. Rites and pomp of religion also fall into the kind of symbols that appear dis proportionately impressive and captivating. They are responsible for creating faith where there is none and strengthening religious faith where it is present. 7. The beauties of unholiness many a time surpass the beauties of holiness; the yearly Nuremberg rallies of the Nazi party are an example. 8. Keats ideas of truth and beauty do not have any place in politics and theology , where beauty is attached with nonsense. 9. In commercial propaganda, the principle of disproportionately captivating symb ol is practised. Drawings and photographs are taken for this purpose as these appeal t o the masses, whose capture is the only aim of commercial advertisers. 10. Children are easy prey to these advertisers, as their critical faculties are undeveloped. They are the most sought-after target of manufactures, as they can be trained in to becoming adult purchasers of these products. Precis Commercial Value of Symbols Symbols have great propaganda value and play an important role in advertising. I f the symbols are rightly advertised and rightly understood, they help the rational pr opaganda, but if they are wrongly understood, then irrational propaganda stands to gain. S imple folks are incapable of equating the symbol with the things it represents, and propagan dists take full advantage of this lack of understanding. Most cosmetics which are nothing b ut wool-fat and water beaten up into emulsion are sold at exorbitant rates with the help of commercial propagandists, who, instead of talking of the natural virtues of emulsion, give it a fancy name and present the product being used by attractive females, in fascinating picture s, and as such, mislead the common man. The manufacturers actually take advantage of the n atural and universal wish of looking beautiful and attractive to the other sex, and of the fear of being sexually repulsive. By assuring the people of the fulfilment of hopes and promising release from their fears, they sell their products. So in reality, the manufactu res sell hope,

prestige, good fellowship, brilliant and witty conversation, and culture. People of course are misled and pay heavy amounts to overcome their fears, fulfil their hopes, and tr ansform their dreams into reality. The rites and pomp of religion also fall into this category of symbols. They are disproportionately impressive and captivating and are responsible for creating a nd strengthening faith. The beauties of unholiness are also not less impressive and the yearly Nuremberg rallies of Nazis were of this type. Keats ideas of truth and beauty hav e no place in political and theological propaganda, where beauty is attached with nonsense. In commercial propaganda, the help of captivating symbols such as beautiful draw ings and photographs is taken as these appeal to the masses, capturing whose attentio n is the only aim of manufacturers. Children, being ignorant and unfamiliar with the ways of the (Watermark)

The Art of Condensation

101

world, fall into their trap easily. It is easy and extremely profitable to catch them young as their critical faculties are undeveloped and they can be conditioned to buy the products of industry when they grow up. (349 words) PRECIS WRITING SAMPLE 2 Original Text A blind reverence for the past is bad and so also is a contempt for it, for no f uture can be founded on either of these. The present and the future inevitably grow out of th e past and bear its stamp, and to forget this is to build without foundations and to cut of f the roots of national growth. It is to ignore one of the most powerful forces that infl ue nce people. Nationalism is essentially the memory of past achievements, traditions, and expe riences; and nationalism is stronger today than it has ever been. Many people thought that na tionalism had its day and must inevitably give place to ever-growing international tendenc ies of the modern world. Trade and commerce, easy communications and rapid transport, the r adio and cinema, all helped to create an international atmosphere and to produce the delusion that nationalism was doomed. Yet whenever a crisis has arisen, nationalism has e merged again and dominated the scene, and people have sought comfort and strength in th eir old traditions. (169) Vocabulary: reverence great respect; contempt hate; inevitably decidedly; bear stamp be influenced; had its day lost its importance; delusion a false belief; emerge come out. Points 1. The past should be neither blindly revered nor ignored. 2. The present and the future grow out of the past. 3. Nationalism is based upon past achievements and traditions. 4. It is the most powerful force to infl uence the people. 5. Some people thought it will be replaced by internationalism. 6. Nationalism emerges during a national crisis. 7. People seek comfort and strength in old traditions. Precise Nationalism versus Internationalism The past should neither be blindly glorified nor be neglected. The present and t he future grow out of it, forming the basis of nationalism, which symbolizes the culture, experiences, achievements, and traditions of a nation. As people seek comfort and strength in

old traditions during a crisis, nationalism has not been replaced by the much-talked modern internationalism. (57 words) PRECIS WRITING SAMPLE 3 Original Text The process of leading men s thought and imagination away from the use of force wi ll be greatly accelerated by the abolition of the capitalist system, provided it is no t succeeded by a (Watermark)

102 Technical Communication form of state socialism in which officials have enormous power. At present, the capitalist has more control over the lives of others than any man ought to have; his friends ha ve authority in the state; his economic power is the pattern for political power. In a world where all men and women enjoy economic freedom, there will not be the same habit of comman d, nor, consequently, the same love of despotism; a gentler type of character than that now prevalent will gradually grow up. Their circumstances, not born ready-made, form men. The bad effect of the present economic system on character and the immensely bet ter effect to be expected from communal ownership are among the strongest reasons for advoc ating the change. In the world as we have been imagining it, most economic fear and economic hope alike will be removed out of life. No one will be haunted by the dread of poverty or d riven into ruthlessness by the hope of wealth. There will not be the distinction of social classes which now plays such an immense part in life. The unsuccessful professional man will n ot live in terror lest his children should sink in the scale; the aspiring employee will no t be looking forward to the day when he can become a sweater in his turn. Ambitious young men will have to dream other daydreams than that of business success and wealth wrung out of the ruin of competitors and the degradation of labour. (281 words) Vocabulary: accelerated increased; pattern sample; consequently ultimately; despotism absolute power; immensely greatly; advocating supporting; haunted followed like a ghost; dread fear; ruthlessness cruelty; terror fear; sink in the sc ale come to a lower level; wrung out taken out by force; degradation lowering the status. Points 1. Abolition of the capitalist system will lead intelligent people away from the use of force. 2. It should not be replaced by state socialism in which offi cials have enormou s power. 3. Capitalists control people and politics through economic power. 4. Universal economic freedom will end despotism and generate a gentler characte r. 5. Capitalism has a corrupting influence while communal ownership gives better expectations of changing the character of people. 6. It will eliminate poverty, wealth-generated cruelty, and class distinction. 7. Competition for wealth and fear of lowered status will be replaced by constru ctive dreams. Precis Abolition of Capitalism

In a capitalist system, people and politics are controlled by economic power lea ding to despotism and competition for wealth. But state socialism, in which offi cials h ave enormous power, is not a better alternative. Communal ownership would be the best substit ute. The result would be universal economic freedom. Communal ownership generates gentler character in men and eliminates both poverty and the tyranny of wealth which cau se class distinctions. It allows young people to have more constructive dreams than amass ing wealth through the ruin of competitors and the degradation of labour. (89 words) (Watermark)

The Art of Condensation PRECIS WRITING SAMPLE 4 Original Text

103

As material civilization advances and the supply of available goods and services increases, men s needs correspondingly multiply. Advertising plays a key role in this never-e nding process by stimulating the public s desire for certain products, and by promoting the sales thereof, until it has, in effect, created new needs, real or supposed, where the re were none before. A familiar example is the motor car once a rare and costly novelty, now a ubiquitous and relatively inexpensive necessity. More recently, the television set has unde rgone the same transformation. While some people would deny that television is a necessity , the fact that sets are found in a majority of western homes shows that it answers, to a g reater or lesser degree, the need felt by millions of people for entertainment and information. A product, service, or commodity that the public needs, and knows it needs, ten ds, of course, to sell itself . We might therefore assume that, in such cases, advertising would be of minor importance. To some extent this is true. Meat-packers, vegetable and fruit growers, and dairy operators spend less on advertising, for instance, than manufacturers of cigarettes, liquors, cosmetics, and other items of this type. On the other hand, the competi tion that exists between rival brands means that the suppliers of such basic necessities as food, clothing, and housing must advertise their wares to stay in business. Significantly, the indus try that spends most on advertising turns out to be a product which almost everyone considers a necessity: soap. (247 words) Vocabulary: stimulating exciting; promoting increasing, advancing; transformation change; assume to take for granted, to think; wares products, articles for sale. Points 1. With the advancement of material civilization, human needs have multiplied. 2. Advertising acts as a stimulus to demand. 3. Many items have changed from luxuries to necessities because of advertising. 4. People dealing in luxury goods normally have to spend more on advertising. 5. However, to outpace the competition, manufacturers of daily necessities also have to spend on advertising. Precis Advertising and Material Civilization With the advancement of material civilization the human needs have multiplied. A dvertising

plays a prominent role in this. It changes the very nature of items from luxurie s to necessities. Luxury items need more advertising to boost sales. Far less advertising is neede d for the sale of essential commodities. But it has been noticed that business houses dealing i n necessities have to advertise as well to stay in business because of fi erce competition. (7 2 words) PRECIS WRITING SAMPLE 5 Original Text Most of all I should need a set of professors. I would only need a dozen of them , but they would have to be real ones: disinterested men of learning, who did not even know they were disinterested. And, mind you, these professors of mine would not sit in offi ces d ictating (Watermark)

104 Technical Communication letters on cases to stenographers, and only leaving their offices to go to committe es , and conferences . There would be no offices in my college and no committees , and my professors would have no time for conferences, because the job they were on woul d need all eternity and would never be fi nished. My professors would never be traceable at any fixed place except when they are a ctually giving lectures. Men of thought have no business in an office. Learning runs awa y from committees . There would be no check up on the time of the professors; there would be no hire and fire fi xed number of hours. or judge by results or standards or norms of work for them, nor any

But on the other hand, they would, if I got the ones I want, be well worth their apparent irresponsibility; and when they lectured, each one would be, though he would not know it, a magician with such an interest and absorption that those who listened would catc h the infection of it, and hurry from the lecture to the library, still warm with thou ght. It must be understood that the work of professors is peculiar. Few professors, r eal ones, ever complete their work: what they give to the world are fragments. The rest re mains. Their contribution must be added up, not measured singly. Every professor has his life work , sometimes he manages to fi nish it, and sometimes he dies before fi nishing it. (284 words) Vocabulary: eternity permanence; hire appoint; fire dismiss; norms principles; apparent visible; catch the infection impressed; fragments pieces. Points 1. The writer needs a few disinterested professors. 2. They will have no offi ce work nor will they attend committees and conference s. 3. They will be available only when giving lectures. 4. Learning runs away from conferences. 5. They will not be judged by results and will have no fi xed working hours. 6. They may look irresponsible but actually will be magicians inspiring students for learning. 7. A real professor s life work may never be completed. Precis Real College Professors The writer needs a dozen selfless devoted professors for his college. They will have no administrative work and will not attend conferences, as such activities detract them from

their main occupation. They will be available only when giving lectures. Their w orth will not be judged by results and so the question of dismissal does not arise. There will be no fi xed hours for them. Such a professor may look irresponsible but will lecture like a magician, inspiring students to learn more. Real professors never complete their work. The y give only fragments to the world. The rest remains. (97 words) PRECIS WRITING SAMPLE 6 Original Text Denudation of forests is an old story in this country. Notwithstanding the loss of natural wealth and ecological disturbances, it has continued for more than a century. So me of the (Watermark)

Introduction to Communication

105

rare species of animals have also been lost. Of late mountain slopes and hilly t racts have been the target of so many agencies. The problem, of course, is similar to that of ur banization. While urbanization has a single plateau transfer of people from the villages to ci ties, creating unmanageable urban concentration stripping the mountains of trees for dif ferent purposes poses many problems ecological and otherwise. The mountains have been a source of inspiration since time immemorial. They have been the abodes of gods and saints. Mountain lakes are like eyes on Mother Earth. The trickling water from beneath the rocks changing into brooks creates a happy sensation in t he heart. Such brooks criss-cross the verdurous hillsides like children playing in the mag ic land. The assault on the mountains deprives the hills of their natural beauty. The absence of fl ora and fauna makes them as dull and drab as the urban settlements. The emotional appeal is lost. Little do the people in the plains think of the loss they will have to sustain i f they deprive the hills of their greenery. It is the rains that sustain life the extra rains of the mountain flowing down to the people in the valley and beyond. They just think in terms of money and change the hillside into a hill resort a tourist centre. Agriculture and forestry have been relegated to the background and the only thriving industry is tourism. The money craze is so intense that many of the hillsides have been laid bare and hotels have come u p. Private buildings too have been constructed in large numbers. (301 words) Vocabulary: denudation destruction of all plants; ecological relationship between living objects and environment; tracts areas; urbanization concentration in cities; plateau surface without much change; poses creates; fl ora plants; criss-cross move across; assault attack; verdurous full of greenery; fauna animals of a region; sustain suffer, endure; deprive take away forcibly; relegated removed to inferior position; thriving successful; craze exaggerated enthusiasm. Points 1. Despite ecological disturbances and loss of natural wealth, cutting of trees in the mountains has continued for a century. 2. Some rare animal species are lost. 3. Mountain flora, brooks, and greenery have emotional appeal. Their absence mak es mountains dull and drab. 4. Urban people do not realise the loss cutting of trees has created. 5. Mountain rains sustain life in cities too. 6. Due to money craze, people have ignored agriculture and forestry by changing

hillsides into tourist centres, constructing hotels and buildings after cutting trees. Precis Denudation of Mountains Cutting trees in the forests has caused ecological disturbances and loss of natu ral wealth and extinction of rare animal species. The damage has continued for a long time. Den udation has created many problems. Mountain flora, brooks, and greenery have an emotional ap peal. Their absence makes mountains dull and drab. But urban people have continued the assault on mountains little realizing that mountain rains sustain life in cities too. In their craze for money, they have ignored agriculture and forestry by changing hillsides into tou rist centres by constructing hotels and other buildings after cutting trees. (94 words). (Watermark)

106 Technical Communication CHAPTER 17: LETTERS, MEMOS,AND EMAILS Table C17.1 Various courtesy titles Clarity and Conciseness: Examples Courtesy and Consideration: Appropriate Phrases Credit Letters Exhibit C17.1: Credit request Exhibit C17.2: Thanks for prompt response to credit enquiry Exhibit C17.3: Stern collection letter Exhibit C17.4: Solicited Letter of Enquiry Reply to Enquiry Letters Exhibit C17.5: Reply to enquiry letter 1 Exhibit C17.6: Reply to enquiry letter 2 Exhibit C17.7: Reply to enquiry letter 3 Tender Letters Exhibit C17.8: Tender letter 1 Exhibit C17.9: Tender letter 2 Exhibit C17.10: Tender letter 3 Order Placement Letters Exhibit C17.11: Order placement letter 1 Exhibit C17.12: Order placement letter 2 Exhibit C17.13: Claim Letter Adjustment letters Exhibit C17.14: Adjustment letter Exhibit C17.15: Instruction Letter Persuasive Letters Exhibit C17.16: Inverted pyramid style persuasive letter Cover Letters Useful Openers Exhibit C17.17: Cover letter accompanying feasibility report Exhibit C17.18: Cover letter accompanying Exhibit C17.19: Cover letter accompanying Exhibit C17.20: Cover letter accompanying Exhibit C17.21: Cover letter accompanying Exhibit C17.22: Cover letter along with a Exhibit C17.23 Scannable resume Offi cial letters Demi-offi cial letters Exhibit C17.24 Demi-offi cial letter 1 Exhibit C17.25 Demi-offi cial letter 2 Government Letters Exhibit C17.26 Government letter 1 Exhibit C17.27 Government letter 2

a technical a resume a resume a resume a resume resume 1 2 3 4

Letter to Authorities (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

107

Exhibit C17.28 Letter to authority 1 Exhibit C17.29 Letter to authority 2 Other Formal Letters Letters to the Editor Exhibit C17.30 Letter to editor 1 Exhibit C17.31 Letter to editor 2 Exhibit C17.32 Letter to editor 3 Permission Letters Exhibit C17.33 Permission Letter 1 Thank You/Follow-up Letters Exhibit C17.34 Thank You Letter (Modifi ed Block Layout) Exhibit C17.35 Interview Follow-up Letter Acceptance and Rejection Letters Exhibit C17.36 Acceptance Letter Exhibit C17.37 Rejection Letter Exhibit C17.38 Job acceptance letter Exhibit C17.39: Rejecting a Job Resignation Letters Exhibit C17.40: Resignation letter Memos Structure and Layout Exhibit C17.41: Memo template Memos Style Exhibit C17.42: Exhibit C17.43: Exhibit C17.44: Exhibit C17.45: Emails Email Jargon Exhibit C17.46: Exhibit C17.47: Exhibit C17.48: Exhibit C17.49: Exhibit C17.50: Exhibit C17.51: Exhibit C17.52: (Watermark) Memo Memo Memo Memo 1 2 3 4

Email Email Email Email Email Email Email

window 1 2 3 4 5 6

108 Technical Communication TABLE C17.1 Various courtesy titles Audience Courtesy title (Watermark) Sir Mr Professor, Dr, Captain, Father, Reverend, Justice, Brigadier, etc. (as the case may be) Madam Ms Mrs or Ms (as per the individual s preference) Professor, Dr, Captain, Reverend, Justice, Brigadier, etc., (as the case may be) Messers (Messers Ram and Company) His/Her Excellency, His/Her Highness, His/Her Holiness (as the case may be) Designation of the officer concerned (The General Manager, Bharat Petroleum Limited) No title Men All Professional Women (Unmarried or marital status is unknown) Married Professional Firm Dignitaries (President, Prime Minister, Governor, Chancellor, Religious Heads, Royalty) Limited Company Firms with name element (Sardar Balwant Singh and Brothers) CLARITY AND CONCISENESS: EXAMPLES Examples on how to avoid: Long, involved sentences Sentences revealing over-enthusiasm Verbosity or wordiness Redundancy or use of low information content (LIC) words Original Revised 1. It is evident that the company s request for measuring equipment to be kept in the laboratory has become rather important inasmuch as this demand is prioritized in our Managing director s most recent letter. (Involved sentence)

2. Regardless of their seniority or union affiliation, all employees who are expecting that they would be promoted are expected to continue their education either by enrolling in the special courses to be offered by the company, which are scheduled to be given after working hours beginning next week, or by taking approved online courses chosen from the list which are kept in the training division. (Involved sentence) As mentioned by our Managing Director in his recent letter, we need to give priority to the company s request for measuring equipment. Regardless of their seniority or union status, all employees anticipating a promotion are expected to continue their education in either of the two following ways: They may enrol in special courses to be offered by the company. They may refer to the list in the training division, select and take approved online courses.

3. I strongly believe that Mr Ram s employment record seems to show that he may be absolutely capable of handling even extremely difficult situations. (Overemphasis) 4. I am very sure that each one of you will be unquestionably happy to hear the extraordinarily good news that our truly sincere efforts have been duly recognized by the Governmental agencies. (Overemphasis) 5. Our Chairman is of the opinion that only the Personnel Manager can handle this situation. (Wordiness) 6. In spite of the fact that the bill remains unpaid, they placed another order. (Wordiness) 7. It will be noted that the records of the earlier years show a steady increase in special appropriations. (Redundancy) 8. By acting now, we can finish sooner than if we wait until a later date. (Redundancy) (Watermark) Letters, Memos, and Emails 109 Mr Ram s employment record shows that he may be able to handle any diffi cult situation. All of you will be glad to know that the Governmental agencies have recognized our sincere efforts. Our Chairman believes that only our Personnel Manager can handle the situation. Although the bill remains unpaid, they placed another order. The records for the earlier years show a steady increase in special appropriations. By acting now, we can fi nish sooner. The italicized phrases in Examples 7 and 8 are redundant. They serve no purpose and contain little information. Removing such phrases from official or technical wri ting will make communication more effective. COURTESY AND CONSIDERATION: APPROPRIATE PHRASES Here are certain phrases which may help you in expressing courtesy and considera tion: Many thanks for your letter dated Kindly respond to our request for Please refer to our order dated You are correct Ms Varma in saying that You will be pleased to know that

Please do not forget to send us the original as . We appreciate your prompt response to our We are sorry that we may not be able to grant you But remember to avoid artifi cial and angry expressions like the ones given belo w: Please permit me to say that Please be advised that It has come to my attention that We beg to state that Never has there been, nor there will be, a customer as good as you We have no intention of allowing this state of affairs to continue. I simply cannot understand your negligence.

110 Technical Communication CREDIT LETTERS EXHIBIT C17.1 Letter requesting for enhancing credit period (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

111

EXHIBIT C17.2 Thanks for prompt response to credit enquiry 10 November 2010 Manager HRD Alfred Industries Ltd 30/2nd Cross, Adyar Road Chennai 600050 Sir SUB: LOAN APPLICATION OF LOKESH JAIN Thank you very much for your prompt reply. This will really help us to process f urther the loan application of Mr Jain. We appreciate your cooperation in this regard. Cordially, Manager, Retail Credit Oracle Global Finance Ltd 345, Indraprastha Enclave, Pandu Nagar, New Delhi 110023 Phone: 43609500 (Watermark)

112 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.3 Stern collection letter OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Letters, Memos, and Emails 113 EXHIBIT C17.4 Solicited letter of enquiry OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

114 Technical Communication REPLY TO ENQUIRY LETTERS EXHIBIT C17.5 Reply to enquiry letter 1 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Letters, Memos, and Emails

115

EXHIBIT C17.6 Reply to enquiry letter 2 24 March 2008 Kartik Gupta Shastri Nagar Co-operative Society Shastri Nagar Ajmer 332301 Dear Mr Gupta: This is in reference to your letter to Mr Rakesh Tavatia dated 15 February 2008 regarding the maintenance contract for your colony. Mr Tavatia had forwarded your letter to us. Our NGO specializes in spreading awareness about the Right to Information Act. It can be used as a potent weapon against any government, non-government, public, or private organization. As you have mentioned in your letter that your new maintenance contractor is not heeding any complaints made by the colony residents, you can file an RTI application against the contractor. This will force him to divulge the details about the contract and his responsibilities, and will assist you in holding him accountable under the terms agreed upon. It will also help you to locate the root cause of the problems you are facing. The RTI application form is available at our office free of cost and we will be glad to assist you in the process. Yours truly, (Akshay Khanna) Chief RTI division JAAGOEmpowering the common man 249 Ashoka Bhawan, Kendriya Nagar, Ajmer 333031 (Rajasthan) Phone: 0145-43508686 (Watermark)

116 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.7 Reply to enquiry letter 3 (semi-block form) 20 September 2008 Mr Anil Nath 249 Ashok Bhawan BITS, Pilani 333031 Dear Anil: Thank you for your interest in a career with Generation Next Technology. To submit an online application and CV or resum, please follow the simple steps given below. The LOKESH TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS online application process is our sole method of ensuring a prompt and professional review of your background and qualifications. 1. Log on to http://www.lts.com/careers/. 2. Select How do I get a job at LTS? 3. Select Apply for a position. You can apply for the following positions. Field engineers work on land and sea, in arctic cold, and in desert heat to deli ver services to our customers. While challenging, it is one of the most rewarding an d respected jobs in the industry. Required: bachelor's or master's degree in engin eering or applied science. Research & Development scientists and engineers create, design, and develop Schlumberger's industry-leading equipment, technology, and software worldwide. Required: master's or doctorate degree in engineering or applied science. These professionals and engineers specialize in the manufacture and deployment o f our industry-leading equipment and technology around the world. Required: bachel or's or master's degree in engineering, manufacturing, or supply chain and logistics. A local recruiter will review your application and contact you as soon as possib le to inform you about any suitable positions currently available within LTS. Best regards, (Rajesh Gupta) The LTS Recruiting Team Field engineers Research & Development Scientists and Engineers Manufacturing, Supply Chain and Logistics Professionals and Engineers LOKESH TECHNOLOGY SOLUTIONS Where innovation meets vision Whereinnovation meetsvisionWhere innovation meets vision 12 Barakhamba Road, New Delhi Phone: 011-23327584, www.lts.com (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails TENDER LETTERS

117

Tender letters are also known as quotation letters or offer letters. A tender le tter is written by a prospective seller to the prospective buyer stating various terms and conditio n for the sale of the product manufactured or dealt with by the seller. The terms and condition s should have all the details regarding quality, quantity, price, delivery time, etc. It may include mode of transportation details, packing and forwarding charges, discount rates, etc. It should include Name and product specifi cation Price Quantity Delivery time Other terms and condition Exhibits C17.8 C17.10 are examples of tender letters. (Watermark)

118 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.8 Tender letter 1 (Watermark) Excel Technovation Pvt Ltd 3 June 2010 Professor N.V. M. Rao Dean Educational Hardware Division BITS, Pilani Rajasthan Subject: Quotation of 1KVA UPS Reference: EHD/BITS/MS/ESD/10-11/262 Dated 20.05.2010 Dear Sir: This has reference to your letter No.-EHD/BITS/MS/ESD/10-11/262 dated 20.05.2010 and above mention subject please find our proposal for 1 KVA ups as per given below. 1. Vat Extra 5% 2. After Installation. 3. After confirm purchase order 3-4 days. 4. 05 days. 5. Two year on UPS and one year on Battery Please feel free to contact the undersigned in case of any technical or commerci al Clarification. Thanks and Regards, (Rajesh Singh) Director Excel Technovation Pvt Ltd Terms and Conditions: Taxes: Payment: Delivery: Validity: Warranty: ETPL/2010-11/BITS/36 Part Description Qty Rate 01. APC UPS off line 1KVA (Model No. BR 1000IN) 01 6500/ Total 6500/123 Ashok Bhawan, Delhi 110063, Ph: 25219020

Ref # FI / JPR / QUO / 0635 Dean Educational Hardware Division Birla Institute of Technology & Science Pilani REF: MA/32 SUB: Quotation for Purchase of HP Laser Printer Respected Sir: With reference to your enquiry regarding purchase of HP Laser Printer, please fi nd our price list for the required product. Please Note : Price of HP Color Laserjet CP 1518ni is not available. 1. Delivery: Within two weeks from the date of receipt of Purchase Order. 2. Payment Terms: Within Seven days from the date of Delivery. 3. Price is Inclusive of all Taxes & Onsite delivery. 4. Quotation is valid till further price revision by HP Thank you Regards, Rajeev Choudhary) Sr Sales Manager (Corporate Business) Terms and Conditions: ( Fortune Infonet 452, Lane No 3, Near Panchwati Circle Raja Park, Jaipur 302004 Mobile: 9982957503 M/s Fortune Infonet May 20, 2010 Ref # FI / JPR / QUO / 0635 Dean Educational Hardware Division Birla Institute of Technology & Science Pilani REF: MA/32 SUB: Quotation for Purchase of HP Laser Printer Respected Sir: With reference to your enquiry regarding purchase of HP Laser Printer, please fi nd our price list for the required product. Please Note : Price of HP Color Laserjet CP 1518ni is not available. 1. Delivery: Within two weeks from the date of receipt of Purchase Order. 2. Payment Terms: Within Seven days from the date of Delivery. 3. Price is Inclusive of all Taxes & Onsite delivery. 4. Quotation is valid till further price revision by HP Thank you Regards, Rajeev Choudhary) Sr Sales Manager (Corporate Business) Terms and Conditions: ( Fortune Infonet 452, Lane No 3, Near Panchwati Circle Raja Park, Jaipur 302004 Mobile: 9982957503 M/s Fortune Infonet May 20, 2010 Letters, Memos, and Emails 119

EXHIBIT C17.9 Tender letter 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE 1. HP LASERJET P 2055DN PRINTER Rs. 30,100.00 2. HP COLOR L ASERJET CP 2025DN PRINTER Rs. 43,600.00 3. HP COLOR LASERJET CP 2025N PRINTER Rs. 39,400.00 (Watermark)

120 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.10 Tender letter 3 (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

121

ORDER PLACEMENT LETTERS EXHIBIT C17.11 Order placement letter 1 (Watermark)

122 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.12 Order placement letter 2 10 July 2008 Your Ref: SCP/QU503 dated 05/06/03 Our Ref: VTI/OR322 Mr Manohar Lal Sales Manager Sleek Computers Pvt Ltd 51, Gandhi Park Road New Delhi 110051 Dear Mr Manohar Lal: Thank you for your letter with reference cited quoting the prices for colour pri nters and the USB hard drive and enclosing a copy of your latest catalogue along with the pric e list. As your prices and the terms of payment are agreeable to us, we would like to pl ace an order for three colour printers and one USB hard drive through Order No. 1450 enclosed with this letter. As already mentioned in our letter VTI/Q201 dated 16 May 2003, we need these ite ms urgently and hence would request you to arrange for immediate despatch. As per y our terms, we would make the payment within 2 months of the date of delivery. Thank you very much for your prompt response and we anticipate a similar respons e to our order as well. Sincerely yours, (Vikram Mehta) Purchase Manager PATEL MARG, SITAPURA NEW DELHI 110031 Telephone: 011-55667788 VICTORY TRAINING INSTITUTE (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails CLAIM LETTERS EXHIBIT C17.13 Claim letter

123

You are dissatisfied with the garments consignment you have received from a supp lier. Write a claim letter for the same and mention the details regarding the problem. Write the letter in a format of your choice and mention the format you have used. The following c laim letter has been written in semi-block format. 12 October 2008 Mr Dasgupta Head, Purchase & Sales Arvind Mills, Ahmedabad Sub: Low quality fabric Dear Sir: We have been dealing with your company for the last five years. Your firm has be en supplying us with the bulk of our raw material. However, the last consignment (Order no. 345), which we received last week, cont ained very poor quality fabric. Our customers were very dissatisfied with our products, as the quality did not meet their expectations. Since this is the festive season, the customers do not want to compromise on quality. We would like you to look into this matter with utmost priority. We would also r equest a compensation for the loss of goodwill and our customers' trust and confidence. Awating an early reply. Yours truly, (Lokesh Jain) MD, Fashion Flash 12 Connaught Circus, New Delhi 100006 Telephone: 23524210, 23524214 Fashion Flash Clothes and Accessories (Watermark)

124 Technical Communication ADJUSTMENT LETTERS Adjustment letters are letters written in reply to claim letters. An adjustment letter has the following twin objectives to achieve: to satisfy your customer to safeguard the reputation of your organization A satisfied customer brings additional benefits to a firm while angry or dissati sfi ed customers lead to the opposite effect. Indeed, the latter complain to anyone who will listen to them, thus creating a poor public impression of the company. It is worth remembering that when entering a business, claim letters should alwa ys be treated as golden opportunities to build customer loyalty and strengthen our rel ationship with them. Always have faith in the customer and assume that they would not take the trouble of requesting an adjustment unless they actually have a problem. Of cour se, we need to be cautious with those customers who repeatedly submit dubious claims or when the amount involved is very large. When a complaint is received, the problem has to be investigated fi rst to deter mine what went wrong and why. Also determine who is at fault: the company, the customer, o r a third party. There may be various reasons for the fault that has dissatisfi ed your cu stomers: Transport delay Poor packaging Lack of expertise Inadequate stock Nationwide shortage However, when the company is at fault and our response to a claim is positive, w e must protect the company s image and try to gain the customer s goodwill by referring to the company s errors carefully. Never blame an individual or a specific department. Av oid lame excuses such as mistakes do happen or nobody is perfect . Also do not promise the cus tomer that such mistakes would never happen in future. It is preferable to say that we will do our best to ensure that such mistakes do not recur . On the other hand when it is found that the customer is at fault, we can either refuse the claim or simply agree to it. If we wish to establish a good relationship with th e customer, we

should weigh the cost of making the adjustment against that of losing future bus iness from not only that particular customer but also some more customers by word of mouth. Sometimes, a party other than the company or the customer may be at fault. For e xample, the goods may have reached late because of a transporters strike or the goods mig ht have been damaged in transit. In such instances, simply honour the claim, but along w ith an explanation that the company was not at fault; the claimant may also be referred to the third party at fault, although this option may not be a good choice. Once we have investigated all the possibilities for the error and checked the de tails of the claim, we can write the adjustment letter (Exhibit C17.14) with the help of the following guidelines: 1. Thank the customer for bringing the mistake to your notice. In other words be gin with a positive statement providing necessary reference. (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

125

2. Apologize for the problem occurred, but remember not to use an overly dramati c tone. 3. Whether you agree/disagree completely or partially, tell the customer how the problem will be resolved. 4. Explain how the mistake would have occurred. 5. Admit the firm s fault carefully. Be tactful when explaining the claimant s role if any in creating the problem. 6. Explain what action would be taken to avoid such occurrences in future. 7. Remind the customer how their claim is being honoured. 8. Encourage the reader to look favourably upon the company or the product in qu estion in the future. 9. Clarify any actions that the customer must take. A company can also create a form letter to respond to customers who claim they h ave not received exactly what was ordered for. It can then be customized through word pr ocessing and individually signed. (Watermark)

126 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.14 Adjustment letter (modified block layout) 11 May 2010 Our Reference: MA/32 Your reference: TT/472 Sales Manager Steelco Furnitures 50, Lenin Sarani Kolkata 700031 Dear Madam: In keeping with our tradition of complete customer satisfaction, we accept your claim. We also agree to bear the transportation charges incurred by you for returning the soiled mattresses to us. As soon as we received your complaint, we investigated the matter and found out that some of the mattresses delivered to you last week did not have proper and adequate packa ging. Consequently, they have suffered these damages during the incessant rains when t he consignment was in transit. We have dispatched 65 new properly packaged mattresses to you today. We are once again extremely sorry for the inconvenience caused to you by the del ivery of soiled mattresses, but assure you of our best services in future. Please do send in your suggestions, if any, with regard to further improvement in our mattresses, upon receiving customer feedback in your area. Yours Sincerely, (S. Khurana) Sales Manager Thank you for your letter no. TT/472 dated 7 May 2010 wherein you have brought t o our notice the flawed consignment. We are very sorry to learn about the inconvenienc e it has caused you. Daryagunj,Vijay Nagar, New Delhi 110005, Telephone: 011-2345678 APEX MATTRESSES LTD (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails 127 INSTRUCTION LETTERS EXHIBIT C17.15 Instruction letter OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

128 Technical Communication PERSUASIVE LETTERS Persuasive letters or letters urging action are written when a favourable respon se has to be elicited from the recipient. Application, sales, complaint, and proposal letters fall in this category. Writing these letters is not an easy job, as it requires tact to motiv ate the other person. The writer uses a strategy to amaze the reader and raise their curiosity by citing some astonishing facts and figures, interesting stories, or anecdotes. The lette r indicates the benefits derived if the suggested action is taken. The main purpose of these let ters is to induce action by selling the idea. That is why they are called persuasive letters. The sales letter given in the textbook is an example of a persuasive letter. The purposes of persuasive letters are threefold. First, the letter should promp t the reader to act. Therefore, we must provide enough information so that readers know exact ly what to do, and we must anticipate and overcome any possible objections. Second, the let ter should build a good image of the writer s organization and the writer. Finally, the lette r should create or cement a good relationship between the reader and the writer. In order to meet these purposes and to write a good persuasive letter, one must be aware of four things: the details of what is being requested, facts about the reader, the specific action desired from the reader, and any possible objections the reader might have. The organization of a persuasive letter is like an inverted pyramid. Begin broad ly by capturing the reader s interest and stating common ground. Try to involve the read er in the problem or situation. Then, specifically detail the shared problem and its solut ion. If one feels that the reader might sense negative elements (and this is the norm), outl ine the benefi ts of acting. Subsequently, narrow the focus by telling what exactly is expected fr om the reader. See Exhibit C17.16. A very special type of persuasive letter is a direct mail. More commonly known a s junk mail , direct mails are common to sales and fund raising and usually ask readers t o part with their money. We get scores of this type of mail every year and usually toss them o ut. Yet, organizations continue to send them for one good reason. They work. Direct mails u sually contain an emotional and convincing appeal. The mailing lists are carefully comp iled and

monitored. Business mailers can be customized these days according to personal preferences or choices. For example, a person interested in jeep racks or SUV accessories shoul d not receive mailers on gold jewellery. How is this achieved? Using Web 3.0, a new paradigm, marketing organizations can get exact information about each individual s search patterns an d internet behaviour. If somebody continuously searches for home appliances, marketers cust omize their mailers to send them promotional material about home appliances and related accessories. This is an emerging trend and is gradually catching up. Further, the writing is thoughtfully crafted. Next tim e you receive direct mail, read it closely and try to identify the writer s intention. (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails 129 EXHIBIT C17.16 Inverted pyramid style persuasive letter OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

130 Technical Communication COVER LETTERS Useful Openers 1. I understand from Prof. Varma, one of your faculty, that there is an opening in your institution for the post of 2. Your advertisement in for the post of interested me as I possess the 3. At the end of this fiscal year, I would have completed my 8 years service as F inancial Analyst at . I am now looking for a change of employment which would widen my experience and at the same time improve my prospects. When I saw your advertisem ent in of it occurred to me that I might be able to offer my services to a reputed organization such as yours. 4. I wish to apply for the post of advertised in the on Exhibit C17.17 shows a cover letter accompanying a technical feasibility report. Exhibits C17.18 C17.21 show cover letters accompanying resumes. Exhibit C17.22 shows a cove r letter as well as the accompanying resume. Exhibit C17.23 shows a scannable resu me. (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

131

EXHIBIT C17.17 Cover letter accompanying a technical feasibility report (Watermark)

132 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.18 Cover letter accompanying a resume 1 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Letters, Memos, and Emails 133 EXHIBIT C17.19 Cover letter accompanying a resume 2 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

134 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.20 Cover letter accompanying a resume 3 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Letters, Memos, and Emails 135 EXHIBIT C17.21 Cover letter accompanying a resume 4 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

136 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.22 Cover letter along with a resume (Contd) OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Letters, Memos, and Emails 137 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

138 Technical Communication (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails 139 EXHIBIT C17.23 Scannable resume OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

140 Technical Communication OFFICIAL LETTERS Letters written by individuals, private organizations, and government agencies t o government organizations such as ministries, banks, government-run institutions, and indust ries within or outside the country are generally known as official letters. For instance, a letter from an officer in the Union Ministry of Agriculture to an officer in the Department of Agriculture of a state government can be called an official letter. Similarly, a letter from a resident of Kanpur to the District Collector can be classifi ed in this category. Similarly, a letter written by the chairman of an industry to the Minister of Commerce and Industry or a let ter from the Minister of External Affairs in India to his counterpart in Japan is an offi cial letter. Such letters are strictly formal in nature and therefore should always follow the sev en C s of letter writing, namely, clarity, conciseness, correctness, courtesy, conversational sty le, conviction, and completeness. They should be drafted to the point and be presented in a form al style. Offi cial letters are written for various purposes: provide/report information make requests congratulate/appreciate lodge a complaint express support Although all these purposes are served in business letters as well, the degree o f formality is more in official or government letters. Of course, business letters also foll ow a specifi ed format and are formal to a certain degree. However, more and more businesses, es pecially private companies, are resorting to communication via e-mail and hence do not st rictly follow the format. Even the print form of business letters use personal pronouns, such as I, me, you, your, we, and our in order to personalize and make it informal. In fact, even th ough business letters are written for a number of purposes, the underlying main objective is t o create and sustain the business relationship. On the other hand, official or government let ters are mostly written to achieve an immediate objective. In some contexts, even the vocabulary used in business letters and in government letters is different. For instance, the vocab ulary used in a business letter from the President of a large conglomerate to the Managing Dir ector of a multinational corporation will be different from that used in an official lett er from the

Minister of Law to the Defence Minister. The following forms of offi cial letters are discussed in this section: demi-offi cial letters government letters letters to authorities Demi-offi cial letters A demi-official (DO) letter is partly official and partly personal. However, it is to be noted that the word personal is different from private. Private letters are written to people who are close to you in your family or friend circles. DO letters mainly flow between of ficers of the same level or between officers who differ in ranks by one or two levels, to seek or provide additional information or to discuss some matter personally before proceeding fu rther and (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

141

arriving at a decision on some issue. DO letters can also flow between an indivi dual and an officer/a businessperson or managers of two business organizations. Demi-offi cial are different from formal government letters. The following are some characteristics of DO letters: Addressed to a particular officer by name and should directly reach him. It shou ld be ensured that nobody en-route open the letter. Addressee details are given at the end of the letter Always ends with the complimentary close Yours sincerely A personal note can be included at the end if the writer so desires Should not be quoted in offi cial letters unless they are included in the record s Used in urgent situations to draw the attention of a senior officer or to obtain some information from a subordinate When written by an individual to an officer who he is not familiar with, it shou ld be more formal and should not reveal any personal element Exhibits C17.24 and C17.25 are two sample DO letters. (Watermark)

142 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.24 Demi-official letter 1 (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails 143 EXHIBIT C17.25 Demi-offi cial letter 2 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

144 Technical Communication Government Letters Letters that flow between two government departments or two government organizat ions are called government letters. They are formal in structure, style, and layout. These letters can be written for purposes such as requesting for financial assistance, sending approval for a project, informing about a change in policy, etc. These letters always use the ir printed letterhead. Personal pronouns such as I, me, my, you, your, we, our, and ours ar e generally absent in government letters. Either passive voice or a combination of active an d passive voice is used. Reference number and date are mandatory in these letters. Usually , they are presented in the semi-modified block format. Paragraphs in the main text are ind ented. If copies have to be sent to any other persons, the names along with their addresse s are marked at the end. Exhibits C17.26 and C17.27 will facilitate your understanding of gov ernment letters. (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails 145 EXHIBIT C17.26 Government letter 1 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

146 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.27 Government letter 2 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Letters, Memos, and Emails Letters to Authorities

147

As the name indicates, these are letters written to authorities or officers in g overnment or private-sector organizations. For instance, the President of a Residents Welfare Association of a colony may write a letter of appreciation on a newly constructed modern bus stand or a letter of complaint about the ineffi cient sewage system in the locality to th e chairperson of his municipality. Similarly, the CEO of a business house may write a letter to t he manager of a bank for enabling the company to use electronic money transfer for its employe es. These letters adopt a formal style and structure. Exhibits C17.28 and C17.29 will enab le you to understand the strategy of writing such letters. (Watermark)

148 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.28 Letter to authority 1 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Letters, Memos, and Emails

149

EXHIBIT C17.29 Letter to authority 2 (Watermark)

150 Technical Communication OTHER FORMAL LETTERS Apart from the letters we have studied so far, there are several other categorie s of formal letters. We will discuss some important types in this section. Letters to the Editor A letter to the editor is a letter sent by readers of a publication, such as a n ewspaper, to the publication, mainly covering issues perceived important by the reader. Some of t he important points one must keep in mind while writing it are mentioned below: Be specific When commenting about an article in the newspaper, mention the day an d page number of that article. Also restate any stated political quotes in the art icle. For Example: I agree with Mr Vir Sanghvi s stance on the rise of moral policing in Ind ia (Pa12, 9/30/09). Compare and contrast For instance when you are giving your views on the candidatur e or two contestants in an election, reason why one candidate is better than the o ther in a particular area. Originality Make your own statement. Be different. Politeness Even if you do not subscribe to the views of the articles, you should b e polite in writing about why you disagree. Read instructions Most publications provide guidelines for writing a letter to edi tor; strictly adhere to those norms. Be concise write your letter in brief, clever statements. Don t make superfl uous statements. Personal details Editors often require this information for verifying your identit y. Grammatically correct Be sure whether your statements are grammatically correct or not. Facts and fi gures Quote the logistics specifi c to the article of your choice. A letter to the editor can be used to change behaviour/correct a statement deliver a message generate coverage of issue impact policy See Exhibits C17.30 C17.32. (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

151

EXHIBIT C17.30 Letter to editor 1 Dear Editor, In your March 1 issue of NTR, you have stated that our organization has been los ing money ever since we launched our new product line, Mixus, and we were on the brink of bankruptcy. The truth of the matter is we have shown a profit in six out of the past eight quarters. In no wa y has the Mixus line been our downfall, as you imply. Our revenue for this product has been just slightly under our projections during this period of product introduction to our customers. As you are aware, such implications of impending bankruptcy directly affect our relationships with suppliers and distributors. We insist you immediately print a statement that cor rects this misinformation. Yours truly, (Watermark)

152 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.31 Letter to editor 2 Dear Editor, The undertreatment of pain in this country is a well-documented public health di saster, which is driven by the fear generated by this sort of media hysteria. Your reporting of this sto ry is not responsible, because it entirely overlooks the larger and more compelling issue. It is a fact that thousands of patients die each year from the effects of undertreated pain, which causes more preventab le disability than heart disease and cancer combined. The way you are reporting this story is irresponsible and harmful, because you a re unwittingly (I hope) playing into the Drug War propaganda machine, which is desperately trying to pro p up its disastrously failed War on Drugs, at the expense of pain sufferers everywhere. This will resu lt in more suffering. What doctor do you think will be foolish enough to try to treat suffering patien ts, in the environment of regulatory oppression this sort of story promotes? Regards, (Rajendra B. Prasad, MD) (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails 153 EXHIBIT C17.32 Letter to editor 3 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

154 Technical Communication Permission Letters Not only students but also professionals often have to seek permission from seni ors or higher officials. Permission letters require the skill of writing a persuasive and conv incing letter, which may help derive the desired results. Read the following letter: Respected Sir, I am very happy to tell you that my cousin is getting married on the 24th of thi s month. However, I was shocked to fi nd out that you have announced an assignment for SP M on the same day. But sir, my cousin and I share a very good relation from childhood and he has said that I must attend his wedding. So I guess you understand how important it is fo r me to be there? So, is it possible to arrange the test after 28th? Thank you. Sincerely, Manish Sharma What do you think will be the reaction of the professor upon reading the above p ermission letter? One must take care of certain important points while writing a letter to seek permission for anything: Do not waste the time of the authority by unnecessarily forming a prologue; dire ctly approach the point. Explain clearly the purpose of seeking permission, if asking for a leave or a re scheduling of an exam; mention very clearly the reasons for your absence. Attach the necessary documents for a proof of the reasons/purpose and mention it in the letter. Withdraw after thanking and obligation pleasantries. Using these guidelines, the earlier letter given can be rewritten as follows: Respected Sir, As I need to attend the wedding of my cousin I will be out of the campus from 22 nd to 25th February. So, I will not be able to appear for the internal lab assignment (cour se no, ES C242: Structure and Properties of Materials) scheduled for the 24th. I, therefore, request you to kindly consider my case and arrange to conduct the lab assignment on any day after 27th. I have attached a copy of the marriage invitation card an d a fax from my father for your ready reference, and I will meet you immediately upon my return.

I once again request you to consider my case. Regards, Manish Sharma We may have to ask permission for carrying out a project, undertaking a survey, starting a research, introducing a new plan in the organization, etc. All these letters req uire the use of persuasive language to convince the reader of the writer s genuineness. It is alwa ys better to be direct and to the point. Exhibit C17.33 is an example of a permission letter for in-plant training. (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

155

EXHIBIT C17.33 Permission letter 1 24 September 2010 The Dean The Training Division BITS Pilani Rajasthan 333031 Respected Sir, SUBJECT : PERMISSION FOR AN INTERNSHIP I am John Mather, a 3rd year student pursuing my B.E. in Civil Engineering of ou r Institute. I had applied for an internship at the TIFR (Tata Institute of Fundamental Research) M umbai during this summer and I am glad to inform you that I have been offered this internship. Hence I request you to kindly permit me to take up this internship and issue a l etter in this regard. Please find enclosed the offer letter from TIFR. Regards, (John Mather) (ID: 2005A2PS001) Enclosure: Offer Letter (Watermark)

156 Technical Communication Thank You/Follow-up Letters Thank you letters are critical to succeed in a job search, and interviews are no t the only occasions to send thank-you and follow-up letters. A thank you letter can also b e written when a contact has been helpful on a telephonic conversation or e-mail, when som eone provides necessary information, when someone helps at a career fair, when visiti ng a contact at their work site, and any other reason for which we want to express gratitude and to develop a good relationship. See Exhibit C17.34. (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails 157 EXHIBIT C17.34 Thank you letter (modifi ed block layout) OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

158 Technical Communication Review the interview follow-up letter in Exhibit C17.35. Notice how the letter s personalized and mentions what happened at the meeting. The letter follows proper etiquette nd appropriate manners . It shows how a letter can create a positive impression, hat Elaine has exceptional follow-up skills and consideration for the interviewer s time. s note creates yet another opportunity for Elaine to sell her skills. EXHIBIT C17.35 Interview follow-up letter (block layout) OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

i a and t Thi

Letters, Memos, and Emails

159

Acceptance and Rejection Letters Accepting and Declining Invitations Invitations are an important part of the modern world s day-to-day functioning. In vitations are inevitable, whether personal or professional, and one has to be at either en d of them (sender or receiver) quite often. Since they are such an essential part of life, one must exercise utmost care and sensitivity when dealing with invitations. Whether accepting an invitation or declining one, use of a proper tone and language is very important. Accepting an invitation is often easier than a rejection. However, while accepti ng, some guidelines must be followed: Express gratitude and pleasure at accepting the invitation. Confirm your presence in a clear statement without using any ambiguous terms suc h as may be or probably. Specify the time, place, and other details and ask to clear any doubt in a conci se manner. Ask for any facility, if required, in an explicit manner to avoid any discomfort later. Express enthusiasm for the event and what you hope to gain from it. Finally, wish the sender success of the event (a way to be humble). An acceptance letter on the above lines is given in Exhibit C17.36. (Watermark)

160 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.36 Acceptance letter Dear Mr Raj Thank you for your kind letter inviting me to speak at the conference on 22 Febr uary on the topic 'the present education system in India'. I am really pleased in accepting your invitation, and confirm that I shall requi re overnight accommodation on 22 February. I will indeed be most happy to attend your conference and give a talk on the top ic suggested by you. Participating in such a conference will give me an opportunity not only to talk about the subject of my interest, but also to interact with other people from the same area. I look forward to meeting you and other members of your society at the conferenc e and wish you every success. Sincerely, Prof. D. Kumar (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails Many a y not be ive or within

161

time, due to some previous engagements or unforeseen circumstances, we ma able to accept an invitation. One must not avoid replying, be it affirmat negative, the given time. Not replying to an invitation is considered very rude.

The key point while rejecting an invitation is to be polite. Not even the slight est of disinterest should be hinted in the reply. Some of the points to be cared for wh ile writing a letter of rejection are as follows. As in the former case, express sincere gratitude and pleasure at receiving the i nvitation. Mention pleasantries such as it would have been an honour to attend the event. Expressing deep regret, state clearly that you would not be able to attend the e vent due to a prior engagement. Offering a specific explanation or reason will add genuin eness and sincerity to the letter. Wish success for the event. Also mention that you would love to be a part of a similar endeavour in future. A sample rejection letter is shown in Exhibit C17.37. (Watermark)

162 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.37 Rejection Letter Dear Mr Raj Thank you for your kind letter inviting me to speak at the conference on 22 Febr uary on the topic 'the present education system in India'. It would indeed have been a great pleasure for me to speak at your conference an d meet my friends and honourable guests. But I am extremely sorry to inform you that I would not b e able to attend the event due to my prior commitment to my institute for the felicitation ceremony. I wish you and your institute the very best of luck and success for the event. Sincerely, Prof. D. Kumar (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

163

These are the few points to be borne in mind while responding to invitation lett ers. The format may vary depending on the situation, but the basic guidelines remain the same. Accepting or rejecting job offers If one is offered a job, it is appropriate to formally notify the employer of th eir decision. In the acceptance letter, one should specify the job being accepted and the name of the supervisor. One should also review the starting salary, basic job responsibilities, and the date on which one will commence work. In a rejection letter, one should tactfully state the re asons for not accepting the job. It is beneficial to convey appreciation for the interview and the employer s time because we may want to work for the same employer in the future. Exhibits C 17.38 and C17.39 provide sample letters of acceptance and rejection. (Watermark)

164 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.38 Job acceptance letter (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails

165

EXHIBIT C17.39 Rejecting a Job Hamilton College 198, College Hill Road NY 13223 30 April 2005 Mr Adam English Manager/Owner Artmosphere 516 La Peninsula Blvd. Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33167 Dear Mr English: Thank you for offering me the position of Spanish teacher at the Windsor School. The offer is very appealing and I appreciate your giving me extra time to make a decision. After much consideration, I have decided to decline your offer. The decision was very difficult, but I have accepted a teaching position at the Hotchkiss School. The opportunity to wo rk with a mentor teacher with a reduced teaching load seems to be the most appropriate course of action for me as I begin my career in independent school teaching. Perhaps our paths will cross again in the future. Thank you again for your interest. Your consideration has been greatly appreciat ed. Sincerely, Theresa O'Leary (Watermark)

166 Technical Communication Resignation Letters Many job seekers do not understand the importance of a carefully worded resignat ion letter. When an individual resigns, it is imperative that they do not burn the br idges to the organization. The sample resignation letter provided (Exhibit C17.40) is ver y carefully worded. The person concerned (Randy) actually disliked his supervisor s attitude a nd demeanour and had very little respect for him. The letter, however, does not con vey Randy s actual opinion. (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails 167 EXHIBIT C17.40 Resignation letter OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

168 Technical Communication MEMOS STRUCTURE AND LAYOUT EXHIBIT C17.41 Memo template (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails MEMOS STYLE EXHIBIT C17.42 Memo 1

169

12, Gandhi Marg, Ahmedabad Date: 20 August 2009 To: Public Relations Manager From: Labour Welfare Officer Subject: STAFF WELFARE FUND You may recall that when I talked to you over phone yesterday, you agreed to my suggestions to create a Staff Welfare Fund to extend financial assistance to our employees and their fam ilies in times of prolonged illness or premature death. I have discussed the matter with the Finance Manager. Though in principle he end orsed the idea, he has suggested that detailed guidelines should be prepared for the operation of this fund. Hence I suggest that we may constitute a three-member committee consisting of the following officers to work out the details: Human Resource Manager (Convener) Labour Welfare officer Budget Officer I am awaiting your approval to proceed further. P.K. Singh Feathertouch Foam Industries Ltd (Watermark)

170 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.43 Memo 2 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Letters, Memos, and Emails EXHIBIT C17.44 Memo 3 (Watermark) RK Home Furnishers Limited Hyder Chowk Hyderabad

171

Date: 31 July 2009 To : Personnel Manager From: Vice President, Marketing Subject: DETAILS FOR SALES MEETING As we discussed in my office today, please get the necessary details pertaining to the expenses for holding our annual sales meeting at the Ashoka Hotel, Mumbai. As we are planning to begin the meeting on the morning of Monday, 4th September, we should reach the venue on 3rd Septem ber. We will leave after a short morning session on 6th September. Send me the following information: l. Travel costs for 25 participants, including air travel to Mumbai and travel betw een the airport and our lodge. I have enclosed the list containing the names and addresses of all th e participants. 2. Room and board costs for the three-day period including cost with and without dinner. As you know, we may allow participants to have their dinner outside. 3. Costs for recreational facilities at the hotel. 4. Costs for meeting room spacious enough to accommodate 25 participants, and ne cessary equipment such as projectors, lecterns, computers, etc. I would like to have the information by 10th August. You can contact me at x841 or raju@hotmail.com in case you need any further information. Rajesh Enclosure: List of participants

172 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.45 Memo 4 Gemini Circle Chennai Date: 31July 2009 To: All Wardens From: Chief Warden Subject: WATER CONSERVATION To help us save water in student hostels, the following conservation measures ar e to be enforced with immediate effect: l. Washing more than four clothes per student will be prohibited. 2. All taps will be checked for leakage. 3. Float valves will be checked to avoid overflowing of water. 4. Wardens will have a meeting with all students to create awareness about conse rving water. I am confident that these measures will reduce the wastage of water and I will g reatly appreciate your efforts in enforcing them in your respective hostels. Best Institute of Management Cc: Dean, Students Welfare Division Ganesh (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails EMAILS Email Jargon

173

Spam Unsolicited email sent to many people simultaneously, usually commercial, b ut occasionally political. Bounce A message that was returned to the sender, either because the email addre ss was incorrect, the receiver s mailbox was full, or because there was a confi guration problem on the receiver s end. Can also be a verb: I tried sending email to my Aunt Mary, b ut it bounced. I guess she doesn t work there anymore. Distribution list A single email address that resends to many others, allowing a discussion to continue easily among a quasi-stable group of participants. Also called email ing lists or listservs (from LIST SERVers). Bot A piece of software that acts on behalf of and in place of a remote human (f rom roBOT). Mailbot A piece of software that automatically replies to email. Listbot A piece of software that manages distribution lists. Also called a lists erver or majordomo (after the name of a common list server) Post Send to a distribution list or Usenet newsgroup, i.e., to a quasi-stable gr oup of people. Flame An electronic message that is particularly hostile. Can also be a verb. Lurk To read messages anonymously (in either a mailing list or Usenet newsgroup) without posting. Ping Test to see if the other person is there/awake/available. (This comes from a Unix test to see if a machine, or its net connection, was active or not.) Lunch tomorr ow? I may be busy with a client. Ping me at eleven thirty or so.

(Watermark)

174 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.46 Email window (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails 175 EXHIBIT C17.47 Email 1 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

176 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.48 Email 2 (Watermark)

Letters, Memos, and Emails EXHIBIT C17.49 Email 3 (Watermark)

177

178 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.50 Email 4 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Letters, Memos, and Emails EXHIBIT C17.51 Email 5 (Watermark)

179

180 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C17.52 Email 6 OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Reports

181

CHAPTER 18: REPORTS Inductive and Deductive Methods of Opening a Report Sample Inspection Report Sample Memo Report Sample Letter Report Sources of Information Library Search Personal Observation Interviews Questionnaires Exhibit C18.1: Covering letter Exhibit C18.2: Questionnaire on attitude towards smoking Web-based Surveys (Internet Surveys) Sample Sample Sample Sample Incident Report Laboratory Report Project Report Analytical Report

INDUCTIVE AND DEDUCTIVE METHODS OF OPENING A REPORT Inductive approach Deductive approach The automobile sector in India seems to have made tremendous headway in the last ten years. Company X has produced three models of cars. However, with the entry of new players in the market the company is facing stiff competition. There is also a slump in the market with excessive production and insufficient demand. The current study analyses the growth prospects of Company X vis--vis its competitors. The study focusses attention on the following three questions: 1. Who are the competitors? 2. Will Company X be able to face stiff competition from other companies? 3. What are the prospects of growth? The report attempts to analyse . . . (Watermark) The automobile sector in India seems to have made tremendous headway in the last ten years. Company X has produced three models of cars. However, with the entry of new players in the market, Company X is facing stiff competition. There is also a slump in the market with excessive production and insufficient demand. The current study analyses the growth prospects of Company X vis--vis its competitors. It can easily be concluded that: 1. Company X is facing severe competition

from companies Y and Z. 2. Unless and until Company X brings down its price to match that of the competitors, it will not be able to corner a substantial market share. It is recommended that an additional feature such as power steering be introduced as an extra facility or a reasonable reduction in price be carried out. Further, it is recommended that Company X target students pursuing professional courses, with a lowered price and basic strip down model, so that it appeals to their taste and fits their budget. The conclusions arrived at and recommendations made are based on the following study. Five sample automobile companies were taken . . .

182 Technical Communication SAMPLE INSPECTION REPORT EXCEL Technovation Pvt. Ltd Ph. No. 377919 Fax: 0141-37978 CUSTOMER CALL FEEDBACK REPORT Call Registration Number: Date : Customer: Location: Sys. Model: Sl.No.: Peripheral/Add-on Model: Sl. No.: Service Type Warranty/AMC/IRB/ Product Home PC/Desktop/Server/ Chargeable/Others Sun/IBM/Datacomm/ SW/Peripheral/Others Call Type Ins/CM/PM/Proj/Upj/Upg/Siteinsp/Others Call Category HW/SW Problem Reported: Event Date Time Event Date Time Call Reported Start of Service Call Assigned End of Service Travel Time Engineer Hands on Time Action Taken: ________________________________________________________________________________ ______ Call Status: Closed Pending for Spares Pending for Customers Pending for Others Part Replaced:Yes No Under observation Part Number Part Description Quantity Part Serial No. Part Replaced Part Removed For Customer s Use: Please rate this call by ticking an option: Extremely Dissatisfi ed Dissatisfied Neither Satisfied nor Dissatisfi ed Satisfied Extremely Satisfi ed Customer s Feedback: User Name : Engineer Name : Email ID/Tel.No : Signature : Signature : Date : Date : (Watermark)

Reports

183

SAMPLE MEMO REPORT (Watermark) MODERN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR (RAJASTHAN) INTEROFFICE MEMORANDUM To: Dean, Students Welfare Division From: Chief Warden Date: 15 October 2003 Subject: Negative effects of Internet facilities Please refer to your letter No. SWD/IM/2003 in which you have asked me to study the negative effects of Internet facilities provided by the Institute. I would like to present my findin gs and recommendations. Findings The data for the report was collected by interviews with wardens, Mess Managers and the Chief of Information Processing Centre. Also, the medical records of the students were collected from the office of the Chief Medical Offi cer. Physical Problems A preliminary look into the medical records shows that about 75% of the students owning a computer and regular users of the IPC have complained about some physical problem or the othe r during the past one year. Dr R.K. Sen, Chief Medical Officer, told me that these were the symptoms of Carp al Tunnel Syndrome (CTS), a deadly disease that affects many computer users all over the globe. He also ex plained that these were due to excessive time spent in front of the computer, improper sitting posture, and the lack of physical exercise amongst the students. Also lack of proper sleep is a cause of this fast growing disease. Academic Performance Another disturbing trend has been the decline in academic standards of the stude nt. Most of the wardens and teachers have complained about the declining academic output of the students sin ce the facility was provided to the students. From the talks with Dr T. Bansal, Chief, IPC, I have concluded that most of the students make improper use of the Internet facility. The most common use is for chatting and w atching movies over the Web. Though listening to music is also attributed as a problem, one may say that musi c is good for the students as it has a soothing effect. This abuse of the facility hampers the mental developm

ent of the student. Many have got so hooked to it that they live in a virtual world and the only friends they have are chat friends. This is an alarming fact and the trend must be stopped from growing. Food Habits The food habits of the students have also been a cause of concern lately. Most M ess Managers agree that the attendance for meals has gone down considerably since the last year, after the i ntroduction of the computer centre. Also, the growing use of junk food by the students is a cause of concern , according to Dr Sen. Recommendations Given below are a few suggestions which may help in tackling the problem in ques tion: The amount of time spent by a student in the computer lab should be fixed to no more than 4 hours. This can be easily implemented according to the IPC Chief. Undesirable sites should be blocked. Awareness should be raised among students about CTS and also how to prevent it. Considering Dr Sen s advice, chairs in the computer centre should be changed to sp ecially designed ones for more comfort. Student participation in sports and cultural activities must be encouraged to sh ift their attention from computers. The computer lab must be shut down between 12 PM and 9 AM to give students prope r rest. I hope that this report will give you an insight into the nature of the problem and also its possible solutions. I would be glad to provide any clarification or additional informatio n required in this regard. Amit Goyal Chief Warden

184 Technical Communication SAMPLE LETTER REPORT (Watermark) SINLEY DISTRIBUTING COMPANY 3204 Jawaharlal Marg, New Delhi Mr S.S. Moondra September 27, 2003 Akshay Supermarket Vidya Vihar Pilani, Rajasthan Dear Mr Moondra: Subject: Advantages of Fully Stocked Shelves As inquiries are increasing from several supermarket executives concerning groce ry and drug shelf stocking, I have undertaken an investigation to determine the effect of fully stocked shelves on sales. This survey has been made considering representative grocery and drug products, with attention given to percentage inc reases through mass stocking. Effect of Diversi cation Seven supermarkets were surveyed, with several brands of products checked for a two-week period under normal shelfstocking conditions, and then for two more weeks under fully stocked shelf condi tions. Enclosed is the complete result of the survey: below is a simple breakdown: Table 1: Sales in Relation to Number of Items Stocked On Total Grocery On Total On All Product Sales Drug Sales Products Number of items checked 128 69 197 2 weeks unit sales under normal conditions 8,404 607 9,011 2 weeks unit sales when shelves were kept fully stocked 10,287 902 11,189 Change in percentage +22.4% +48.5% +24.2% If you notice the change in the percentage of sales resulting from fully stockin g the shelves, it is obvious that this procedure is of tremendous value: Grocery product sales . 22.4 per cent increase Drug product sales ..... 48.5 per cent increase All products sales ....... 24.2 per cent increase Margin and Turnover We all know that it is the desire of every supermarket to offer goods at the low est possible prices. This can be accomplished only by reducing markup and increasing stock turnover. Now, if you can increase sales on all products by 24.2 per cent merely by fully stocking your shelves, it is apparent that you will be able to reduce m arkups and offer merchandise at lower prices. By your giving maximum exposure to different commodities, the consumer has the o pportunity to see more and as a result is motivated to purchase something that would never have entered his mind if cer tain brands had not caught his eye. The rise in the general standard of living has caused a proportional increase in the demand for service. By our very nature, we cannot offer personalized service; therefore, we must do the next bes t thing give intensive exposure to a large variety of brands. That is, substitute displays and printed selling appeal s of various manufacturers for personal selling. The consumer is still our livelihood, and the more he sees, the more he will buy.

Recommendations I suggest that you keep your shelves fully stocked at all times to increase sale s of merchandise. It has always been our policy to sell through our retailers, which has been brought to light by the sur vey. Yours sincerely M.K. Hingle President

Reports

185

SOURCES OF INFORMATION Library Search In reports on subjects of a general nature, library research may be useful. This includes reference to standard reference books and past as well as current issues of news papers, trade publications, research journals, and magazines. Examples: Report on the analysis of online marketing strategies Report on recent trends in software industry Nowadays, many online library catalogues may assist one in identifying the appro priate books, journals, or periodicals quickly and easily. When reading to secure information for a report, you may fi nd the following sug gestions helpful: Visualize the facts. Connect words to the facts to which they refer. Understand the dictionary meanings and connotations of the words. Examine factual statements and fi gures for their accuracy and logic. Distinguish between vague and definite statements, between hasty generalizations and careful judgements, between opinion and fact. Scan the material for important points found in topic sentences. To evaluate and fi nalize your sources, ask yourself the following questions: Does the source have a reputation for honesty and reliability? Is the source potentially biased? What is the purpose of the material? Is the author credible? Where did the source get its information? Can you verify the material independently? Is the material current? Is the material complete? Do the claims of the source stand up to scrutiny? Internal Records Most of the relevant information is already contained in the old files of the in stitution. Sometimes there are precedents, and old findings and recommendations may be of considerable help. Hence, it is very important to go through the old files of th e organization. Declining sales or rising cost of production are recurring phenomena. And their causes are also usually similar. In these cases, old fi les may provide some valuable infor mation. Examples: Report on the history and growth of XYZ Institute Report on the admission pattern adopted by ABC University Database Search One can collect data for a report by surfing various databases, the addresses of which are

obtained through Internet search. But ineffective and inefficient searching may result in information overload or wastage of time. The following guidelines will enable on e to carry out a quick and purposeful database search: (Watermark)

186 Technical Communication Choose appropriate databases: One may want a good technical/business/academic database. However, journals on the topic may be in a database that also includes journals on other subjects. Use multiple search engines: One should not depend on a single search engine, es pecially when looking for a less popular topic. The research can be tried on several engi nes by using metacrawlers, special engines that search several search engines at once. Use keywords and phrases: For instance, if you want to write a report on Importan ce of artificial intelligence in decision making , you would select the keywords or phra ses such as artificial intelligence, decision making, management, and corporations. Use s ynonyms or word equivalents whenever possible, and use quotation marks around phrases to look for the entire phrase instead of separate words. Use appropriate order: Search engines look for the words exactly as they are key ed in. If the words occur, but not in the same order, the relevant hints may be missed. Avoid stopwords: Stopwords are those words the computer disregards and will not search for. Common ones are: a, an, the, of, by, with, for, and to. Use variations of the terms: Use abbreviations (MD, CEO), synonyms (primary, major), related terms (group, team, collaboration), different spellings (fi ber, fi bre), singular and plural forms (analysis, analyses), and nouns and adjectives (enviro nment, environmental). Use appropriate search operators: Narrow or broaden your search by including AND , OR, AND NOT, WITHIN, NEAR, or ADJ. They can help you create complex, precise search strategies. (Examples: poverty AND crime AND gender; radiation NOT nuclea r; endangered ADJ species; phylogeny NEAR ontogeny; orchids AND growing OR planning.) Refine the search if necessary: If more than 60 or 100 results appear to sort th rough, the search should be refined. Entering inadequate or too few words may also give som ewhat irrelevant results. Also, attention needs to be paid while searching in the titl e, subject, or document of the database. Each will yield different results. Personal Observation Observation is seeing with a purpose. Personal observation is used as a method o f data collection for securing first-hand information for a report. It is based on our sensory perception and memory and often combined with other methods of data collection. While observing personally, we not only observe but also form a mental impressio n of what we had perceived. In other words, our observation appeals to our senses. Fo r example,

when you conduct an experiment in a laboratory, you use this method to collect d ata for your lab report. Examples: All laboratory reports Report on fi re incidents The two kinds of observation are (i) controlled observation and (ii) uncontrolle d observation. The former is generally used in scientific research where scientists carry on an experiment and record findings. Scientists, for example, may conduct a particular experimen t under specific conditions of temperature and pressure. They set the stage and then obs erve. On the (Watermark)

Reports

187

other hand, in uncontrolled observation, the observer views things as they are. For instance, you would resort to uncontrolled observation when you collect data for writing a report on the working conditions prevalent in a particular factory. Given below are some tips for successful personal observation: Be focussed on what to observe. Be objective and unbiased in your observation. Do not rely entirely on your memory. Carry paper and a pen to make notes. Note down all observations on the spot. Make a clear distinction between what you have seen and what you have felt. Check the accuracy of facts. Interviews An interview is an interaction or conversation with a purpose. It is an effectiv e method for collecting primary information directly from an expert. It allows for a direct e xchange of information, and the interviewee s voice, facial expression, gestures, and general behaviour all contribute to this exchange of information. The answers we receive are influ enced by the types of questions we ask, by the way we ask them, and by our subject s cultural a nd linguistic background. Interviews conducted with the purpose of collecting data for a report are called data collection interviews. They can be either face-to-face/in-person or telephonic. In general, data collection interviews are conducted for the following specifi c purposes: to gather facts or subjective data such as attitudes, preferences, opinions, tas tes, or emotional reactions to determine facts known to a single individual or group of people to substantiate the data collected through other sources A successful interview requires careful planning and organization to ensure that one gets the desired information. Preparing Questions By going prepared with a set of questions will make us confi dent and will save both our and the respondent s time, thus creating a better impression of us on the respondent. There are four basic types of interview questions: Open-ended questions invite the interviewee to offer an opinion, not just a yes, no, or other one-word answer, help us learn the reasons behind a decision rather than j

ust the facts, and diminish our control of the interview. Example: What do you think are the major reasons for the employees unrest? Guidelines for planning and conducting a face-to-face interview and also for pre paring questions for the same (Watermark) Planning Get an appointment Prepare a list of questions (open-end) Be clear about the purpose Visualize opening and last question

188 Technical Communication Carry pen, note pad, and recording accessories Dress appropriately Get an appointment Prepare a list of questions. (open end) Be clear about your purpose Visualize opening and last question. Get prior permission for recording Reach on time Be ready with a strategy to bring the respondents to focus, if they deviate Conducting the interviews Briefly explain the purpose Be flexible Exhibit active listening Do not get unnerved Be accurate in recording Finish in time Don t enter into an argument Assure confidentiality Assume a subordinate position Avoid embarrassing questions. Avoid too many interruptions Thank the respondent L Be tactful Keep the lines of communication open Direct open-ended questions give the interviewee some freedom but give the inter viewer more control. Example: What is your role in bringing back normalcy among the employees? Close-ended questions require yes/no, short answers, produce specific informatio n, save time, require less effort from the interviewee, and eliminate bias and prejudice in answers. They limit the respondent initiative and are not very useful for extracting info rmation. Example: Do you feel the unrest among the employees will continue for a week? Restatement questions mirror a respondent s previous answer and invite the respond ent to expand on that answer. Example: You said that the union leader would be meeting the employees this even ing. Is that information correct? While preparing the personal interview sheet containing the list of questions to be posed during the interview, remember the following guidelines: Prepare about twenty questions if your interview time is 30 minutes. Prepare questions with adequate focus on the topic. Think about sequence. Ask intelligent, smart questions. Use a mix of question types. Edit your questions. The face-to-face data collection interview has both advantages and limitations. Advantages Provides qualitative data as we can seek further clarification, if necessary, on any answers Enables us to observe the reactions of the respondent Can be effective and effi cient if we go ready with a set of questions (Watermark)

Reports

189

Limitations: It is expensive and time-consuming if we have to meet people located at various places. We cannot contact a large number of people and hence the data may not be representative. As the answers are detailed and not in tabular form, we may fi nd the analysis d iffi cult. Telephone Interview Sometimes interviews are conducted over the telephone. Such interviews are usefu l for opinion polls, when a limited number of questions are to be asked, and are usual ly more expensive than a personal interview. The telephone interview permits wide covera ge of either particular or general groups, and uses a representative or random sample. The fo llowing lists summarize the merits and limitations of telephone interviews: Merits: The telephone interview is the quickest of the survey techniques. The refusal rate is usually low among people who are reached by phone. The cost per completed interview is low for the sample covered. For studies of middle- and high-income groups the telephone interview may be satisfactory because most of the interviewees will have phones. Interviews may be scattered over a wide area within a city without adding to the cost. As compared with a mail questionnaire, the telephone survey is preferable becaus e it usually costs less per return. Returns are higher on first solicitation, and the y can be more effectively controlled from the point of neighbourhood distribution. Limitations: Detailed data cannot be gathered by this method because the informants soon beco me annoyed or impatient. If the schedule is too lengthy, the informant may either h ang up or give unreliable answers. As it is not possible to observe the body language of the informant, the intervi ewer may not be able to modify the strategies during the interview. It is diffi cult to secure privacy on party lines. Misinformation is hard to detect and check in short inquiries. A disturbed line may make it difficult to hear properly and record the answers accurately. Questionnaires One of the best methods of collecting primary information is to ask people with relevant experience and opinions (known as survey). When prepared and conducted properly, surveys can tell us what a cross-section of people think about a given topic. A survey i s reliable if it produces identical results when repeated. A survey is valid if it measures what

it is intended to measure. Surveys are generally conducted for the following purposes: to collect data from a large number of people scattered over a wide geographical area to secure information on behaviour characteristics to gather opinions on attitudes to obtain facts (Watermark)

190 Technical Communication One of the most crucial elements of a survey is the questionnaire. We may begin with a list of points we need to determine. Then we can break these points into specifi c questions, choosing an appropriate type of question for each point. The following guideline s will help you produce results that are both valid and reliable. Ask only those questions relevant to your study. Provide clear instructions on how to fi ll out the questionnaire. Keep the questionnaire short and easy to answer. Formulate questions that provide easily tabulated or analysed answers. Avoid leading questions. Ask only one thing at a time (avoid double-barrelled questions). Pre-test the questionnaire. Let us now discuss certain important aspects of questionnaire preparation, e.g., the types of questions we may include, how to prepare them, how to sequence them, and also the types of sampling available. Question Types Open-ended questions elicit descriptive answers. To enable the respondent to wri te his/her answer, provide adequate space. Example: What is your opinion on establishing a gymnasium in our campus? Close-ended questions require a definite answer such as yes/no, adequate/inadequ ate, satisfactory/unsatisfactory, suffi cient/insuffi cient, etc., as framed in the q uestion. Example: What do you feel about the availability of space for establishing a gym nasium in our campus? adequate/inadequate Multiple Choice type questions require the respondents to choose an option from the given choices. Example: Which of the following time slots do you feel would be appropriate for the new gymnasium? (choose any two) (a) 5.30 a.m. to 6.30 a.m. (b) 6.00 a.m. to 7.00 a.m. (c) 5.00 p.m. to 6.00 p.m. (d) 6.30 p.m. to 7.30 p.m. Ranking type questions require the respondents to rank the items given from 1 to 5. Example: Rank the following timings in the order of your preferences, from 1 (mo st preferred) to 5 (least preferred):

(a) 5.30 to 6.30 a.m. (b) 6.00 to 7.00 a.m. (c) 7.00 to 8.00 a.m. (d) 5.00 to 6.00 p.m. (e) 6.30 to 7.30 p.m. Short answer type questions require answers of a few words or phrases. The answe rs are shorter than those for the open-ended questions. Example: How often would you like to use the gymnasium per week? (Watermark)

Reports

191

Preparing Questions Whatever may be the type of questions, you need to follow these guidelines: Provide clear instructions. Explain how to fill out the questionnaire: whether to check the box, write somet hing, rank, etc. Keep the questionnaire short and easy to answer. Ask only such questions that are specific to your report topic; limit short answ er questions. Formulate questions that provide easily tabulated and analysed answers. Respondents will find it easy to mention numbers and facts than to summarize the ir opinions. Avoid leading questions. If you ask Do you feel that hydrochloric acid is good for clogged drains? , it is a leading question as you give the readers a clue. They may answer yes even without applying their mind. Instead, if you ask Which acid, in your opinion, is good for clogged drains ? and give options, they are forced to choose one of the options. Ask about only one aspect at a time. Do you feel this experiment can be done under low-pressure and high-temperature conditions? this is a double-barrelled question. You have to separate the issues o f pressure and temperature and ask two questions. Pre-test the questionnaire. You can get better results if you select a group of ten people and ask them to f i ll out the questionnaire before you send it to your actual respondents. If you are mailing rather than administering it in person, include a return post age-paid envelope along with a persuasive cover letter that explains why you are conducti ng the survey. It should convince your readers that responding is important. You will get a maximum of 10 20% response even in the best circumstances. Sequencing To enable a continuous flow of thought, questions should be sequenced appropriat ely. Either a logical or a psychological order can be followed. A logical sequence gives ful l consideration to the subject matter of questions, which must be covered thoroughly, and the ch ain of thought moves continuously from one question to the next. The psychological orde r, on the other hand, gives full consideration to the psychology of the respondent. Th

e fi rst few questions may be easy and then the reader may proceed to more difficult ones. To sustain the readers interest, some transitions are used between questions. Personal questions are buried in the middle of the questionnaire. Similarly, questions that may reflect the re spondent s intelligence and those that are likely to be of little interest to him/her also find a place in the middle. Sampling When we want to contact a large number of people, mailing the questionnaires to everybody may not be possible. (Watermark)

192 Technical Communication We can choose a part of the group for sampling on the assumption that a represen tative number of responses indicate the whole. Two major aspects need to be considered in planning: Type Size Types of Sampling: Depending on the method of selection, sampling may be categor ized as random, stratified, or proportionate. For instance, if you go for an employee survey, you can get the payroll list containing names of all employees and can select indivi dual names at equally spaced intervals, such as every fifth or tenth name. That would be rando m sampling. For the same survey, if you divide the employees into categories and select name s from each group, that will fall under stratified sampling. The last method, namely pr oportionate sampling, is used only when a specific class will affect the responses or conclu sions. Here, you control the selection in such a way that characteristics of the whole group are represented proportionately. Size: The purpose of the survey determines the size of the sample whether it is la rge or small. But an adequate sample is one that is large enough for generalization abo ut certain characteristics. The normal percentage of returns on most mail questionnaires is from 10 to 15 pe r cent. With a carefully selected mailing list and a questionnaire of general interest, returns often will reach 75 per cent or more. When they reach approximately 80 per cent, the f i ndings are reliable without further testing because answers from those not responding would have little effect on the total responses. Covering Letter

Generally all mail questionnaires are accompanied by a covering letter (Exhibit 18.1), which should be short and tactful. Its contents are: Purpose of the study Brief description of the questionnaire General instructions pertaining to the questions Request to fi ll in and return the form Assurance of confi dentiality and follow-up Sources for Mailing List Telephone directories List of voters List of customers Schools and colleges Professional directories Censuses Automobile registration Advantages and Disadvantages Like other means of data collection, a questionnaire also has its own advantages and disadvantages. (Watermark)

Reports Advantages

193

Less expensive than the other methods. Specifi c segments of population can be reached. More reliable than interviews because people generally take care in filling out written information. Questions can be answered at the convenience of the respondent. All respondents will receive the same questionnaire and hence the bias of the in terviewer is eliminated. The respondent need not be identifi ed. The respondent has a chance to deliberate and look up information. Analysis is easier. Disadvantages There may be diffi culty in securing replies. The data obtained may not be representative if a large number of people do not r eply. Often questions may be inadequately answered or left unanswered. It is diffi cult to get complex or confi dential information through a questionn aire. Exhibit C18.1 shows a sample covering letter. Exhibit C18.2 shows a sample quest ionnaire. (Watermark)

194 Technical Communication EXHIBIT C18.1 Sample covering letter (Watermark) October 10, 2009 Ravi Kumar Best Institute of Technology Agra Dear friend SUBJECT: Data for survey on smoking I am conducting a survey on smoking habits prevalent among the students of Best Institute of Technology. This survey is a part of my project work under the guidance of Prof. Raman. I would like to collect data that can be worked out into a report.As a student member of the project team I have offered to assist in collecting information from my friends. In this connection, I have prepared a questionnaire containing twenty-one questions pertaining to the smoking habits of students. You will be helping my project team, and me, if you answer the questions that appear on the enclosed questionnaire. I have also enclosed a stamped, addressed envelope for your convenience in answering, and a courtesy copy of the questionnaire that you may keep. Your answers are important for me in analysing the subject of the project we have taken up.Answering the questions will take but a few minutes of your time and will be of real value to me in completing this survey. I assure you that the information you provide through your answers will be kept confidential and will be used for research purposes only. Please send the filled out questionnaire before October 30, 2009. I appreciate the time and effort you are sparing for me and I thank you for the same. Yours sincerely, Ravi Kumar Enclosed: One questionnaire

Reports

195

EXHIBIT C18.2 Questionnaire on Attitudes Towards Smoking Questionnaire Age: Sex: M/F 1. Do you smoke? Yes No 2. If your answer to Q1 is Yes, You started smoking when you were _________________ years. 3. How many cigarettes do you smoke per day? Only occasionally (Not everyday) Less than 5 per day Between 5 and 10 per day More than 10 per day Not applicable. 4. Do you know that the major cause of lung cancer is smoking? Strongly agree Agree Not agree Strongly disagree Not sure 5. Even though I smoke, and I am aware that smoking and lung cancer are related, I personally feel that it is not going to happen to me . Yes No Not Applicable 6. Does anyone in your family smoke? Father Mother Brother Sister Others No one 7. Do you think that people pay attention to the Statutory Warning on cigarette packs that Cigarette smoking is injurious to health ? Yes No 8. If you smoke, which of the following apply to you? I have already quit smoking successfully. I tried to quit but was unsuccessful. Page 1 (Watermark)

196 Technical Communication I will quit sometime later. I will continue to smoke as I enjoy it. I will continue to smoke, as I don t worry about the ill effects of smoking. 9. Do you feel smoking has serious effects on non-smokers? Yes No 10. If you are not a smoker, it is because Your parents will never like it. You never felt any need to experiment with smoking. You strongly believe that smoking is dangerous to one s own health. Other, specify __________________________ . 11. Do you think nicotine in cigarettes is addictive? Yes No 12. Do you strongly feel that girls should not smoke? Yes No 13. Passive Smoking is related to respiratory problems among non-smokers. (Passive smokers are people who do not smoke themselves but inhale the smoke in the environment because of other smoker/s.) Strongly agree Agree Disagree Strongly disagree 14. According to you, My friend started smoking _______________ To experiment Because friends smoke To relieve himself/herself from anxieties To look smart Describe in your own words. _______________________________ _________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________ Page 2 (Watermark)

Reports

197

15. Do you strongly feel that smoking affects men more? Yes No 16. I have heard of many people who smoked heavily but lived to a ripe old age, so smoking is not all that bad. Do you agree to this notion? Yes No 17. Do you strongly feel that smoking affects women more? Yes No 18. Do you strongly feel that men give up smoking easily when compared to women? Yes No 19. Do you strongly feel that women give up smoking easily when compared to men? Yes No 20. Do you feel that most lung cancer is caused by air pollution, automobile fumes, etc. ... not smoking? Yes No 21. With reference to smoking and public health, which of the following measures do you support: Smoking should be banned in public places. Cigarette advertisements in mass media should be banned. Sponsoring of sport events by cigarette manufacturers should be banned. Awareness campaigns on health hazards of smoking in colleges should be carried out. Others, specify Page 3 (Watermark)

198 Technical Communication Web-based surveys (Internet surveys) Several surveys/opinion polls are conducted every day by popular newspaper websi tes. Internet is a medium through which we can contact thousands and thousands of peo ple simultaneously and conduct surveys. These surveys have several advantages as lis ted below: Most modern means of surveying Cheaper to conduct Reach a large number of people instantly, economically Can improve survey response rates Can be made more attractive by using graphics and animation (Watermark)

Reports

199

SAMPLE INCIDENT REPORT (Watermark) An Incident Report on AYODHYA VERDICT By Simran Kaur The much-awaited Ayodhya verdict was announced at 1400 hours on 30th September, 2010. The Ayodhya debate is a political, historical and socio-religious debate in Indi a on a plot of land in the city of Ayodhya, Faizabad district, Uttar Pradesh. The main issues revolve around access to a site traditionally regarded as the birthp lace of the Hindu God Rama, the history and location of the Babri Mosque at the site, and whether a previous Hindu temple was demolished or modified to create the mosque. The Babri Mosque was destroyed by hardline Hindu activists during a political rally which turned into a riot on December 6, 1992. A subsequent land title case was lodged in the Allahabad High Court, the verdict of which was pronounced on September 30, 2010. In the landmark hearing, the three judges of The Allahabad High Court ruled that the 2.77 acres of Ayodhya land be divided into 3 parts, with 1/3 going to construction of the Ram temple, 1/3 going to the Islamic Sunni Waqf Board and the remaining 1/3 going to the Hindu religious denomination Nirmohi Akhara. It is clearly said in the court verdict that the disputed structure was constructed on the site of old structure after demolition of the same. The Archaeological Survey of India has proved that the structure was a massive Hindu religious structure. Reacting to the verdict, all the three parties, including the Uttar Pradesh Sunn i Wakf board announced that they will appeal against the division of disputed land among three parties in the Supreme Court of India. All the three parties, howeve r, conceded that this judgment was an important step forward, towards resolution of a long pending dispute. A day after the Ayodhya court verdict was pronounced; the nation remained calm today with no untoward incident reported from any part, as tens of thousand s of security personnel kept a hawk s vigil. Security drills in sensitive areas across the country will continue for a few mo re days to thwart any law and order problem with authorities saying it will not be

relaxed for now. Thousands of potential trouble makers and anti-social elements were also rounded up as a preventive measure in several parts of the country. Since security was tight, there was no report of any celebration or protests fro m any part of the country.

200 Technical Communication SAMPLE LABORATORY REPORT (Watermark) Cross-Circulation Drying Objectives 1. To study the drying characteristics of porous & non-porous solid under forced dr aft condition with cross ow of air. 2. To determine the critical moisture content. 3. To calculate the total drying time. Theory Drying of solid generally means removal of small amounts of liquid from solid ma terial to reduce liquid content to acceptably low value. There are several distinct periods in the dryin g curve as moisture content of the solid is reduced from high initial value to its nal value. Period O. An initial period during which drying rate may increase or decrease ra pidly from an initial value. Period I. An early stage of drying during which drying rate remains at constant value. Period II. During this period, the drying rate decreases more or less linearly w ith continued decrease of water content. Period III. The drying rate in this zone decreases further, but generally in a n on-linear fashion with moisture content. The total time of drying tT is determined from following equation: tT = [(xE xC)] + XcIn ] ms = mass of bone dry solid A = area of drying Rc = rate at rst critical point X = free moisture content X = XT X* X = total free moisture content X* = eql free moist. content Xc = free moisture content at rst critical point X1 = initial free-moisture content X2 = nal free moisture content Requirements Dryer assembly, blower, beaker, water, brick particles (porous), glass beads (no n-porous), heater,

physical balance, digital anemometer, thermometers. Procedure 1. Empty pan of dryer was weighed. 2. The pan was taken out of dryer and after lling it with brick particles, it wa s placed back in the drying chamber. The weight of pan was noted. 3. The water cups for wet bulb temperature (WBT) thermometer were taken out from dryer. 4. Heater and blower were switched on. The value on inlet line was adjusted to give air velocity of 4 ms. It was measured with digital anemometer. 5. Air was blown for 30 min. for the system to reach steady state. The dry bulb temperature and weight of pan at this state was noted. 6. The brick particles were soaked in water for about 10 min. in beaker. Then we t particles were spread over pan uniformly. Page 1

(Watermark) 7. One cup with water in cup holder and one WBT thermometer each were put at the inlet and outlet ports of the dryer. 8. The pan was placed back in the drying chamber. 9. Dry bulb & wet bulb temp. at inlet & outlet and the weight of the pan were re corded. These are reading at time t=0. 10. Readings initially at intervals of about 2 min. and later at intervals of 5 min. were taken. 11. The process was continued until there was a signi cant change in the weight o f the pan. Observations Weight of bricks = 250 gms. Tin dry = 60 C Tout dry = 62 C V= 4 m/s For Brick Particles: Time Weight of Pan, Inlet Temperature Outlet perature and Wet Solid, W Dry Bulb (C) Wet Bulb (C) Dry Bulb (C) Wet Bulb C) 0 328 gm 61 46 61 4446 2 318 63 53 61 47 4 314 63 54 61 48 6 310 64 54 60 54 8 307 65 54.5 61 54 13 298 66 55 62 56 18 291 66.5 55 62 56 23 283 66.5 52.5 62 57 28 278 66 51.5 62 57 33 272 65 50 62 57 XT = 0.312 X2 = 0.0008 Sl.No. Weight of Wet Solid, W3 (gms.) XT T (min.) Slope 1 328 0.312 0 0.02 2 318 0.272 2 0.008 3 314 0.256 4 0.008 4 310 0.24 6 0.006 7. One cup with water in cup holder and one WBT thermometer each were put at the inlet and outlet ports of the dryer. 8. The pan was placed back in the drying chamber. 9. Dry bulb & wet bulb temp. at inlet & outlet and the weight of the pan were re corded. These are reading at time t=0. 10. Readings initially at intervals of about 2 min. and later at intervals of 5 min. were taken. 11. The process was continued until there was a signi cant change in the weight o f the pan. Observations Weight of bricks = 250 gms. Tin dry = 60 C Tout dry = 62 C V= 4 m/s For Brick Particles: Time Weight of Pan, Inlet Temperature Outlet perature and Wet Solid, W Dry Bulb (C) Wet Bulb (C) Dry Bulb (C) Wet Bulb C) 0 328 gm 61 46 61 4446

2 318 63 53 61 47 4 314 63 54 61 48 6 310 64 54 60 54 8 307 65 54.5 61 54 13 298 66 55 62 56 18 291 66.5 55 62 56 23 283 66.5 52.5 62 57 28 278 66 51.5 62 57 33 272 65 50 62 57 XT = 0.312 X2 = 0.0008 Sl.No. Weight of Wet Solid, W3 (gms.) XT T (min.) Slope 1 328 0.312 0 0.02 2 318 0.272 2 0.008 3 314 0.256 4 0.008 4 310 0.24 6 0.006 Reports 201 Sample Calculations: (i) tT = ms/Arc [ (X1 Xc) + Xc ln Xc/X2] X* = 0.006= 250/(0.0245X0.008) [ (0.03060.24) + ln 0.24/0.008] Xc = 0.306 XT2=0.068 0.006 = 30.4 min. Result For Brick Particles: Page 2

202 Technical Communication (Watermark) For Glass Beads: Wt of empty pan = 204 gms. Wt of glass beads = 102 gms. V = 4 m/s Tin dry = 64.5 C Tout dry = 60 C. Time Weight of Wet Inlet Temperature Outlet Temperture (min.) Solid, W3 (gms.) Dry Bulb (C) Wet Bulb (C) Dry Bulb (C) Wet Bulb (C) 0 118 62 40 60 37 2 114 65 49 61 41 4 112 66 51 62 42 6 111 66 53 62 44 8 109 66 54 63 47 13 106 66 54 63 53 18 104 67 55 63 52 Sl.No. Weight of Wet XT Time (min.) R Solid, W3 (gms.) 1 118 0.1568 0 0.0196 2 114 0.1176 2 0.0098 3 112 0.098 4 0.0049 4 111 0.0882 6 0.0098 5 109 0.0686 8 0.00588 6 106 0.0392 13 0.00392 7 104 0.0196 18 Sl.No. Weight of Wet Solid, W3 (gms.) XT T (min.) Slope 5 307 0.228 8 0.0072 6 298 0.192 13 0.0056 7 291 0.164 18 0.0064 8 283 0.132 23 0.004 9 278 0.112 28 0.0088 10 272 0.068 33 X2 = 0.0046 Sample Calculation: (i) tT = ms/Arc [ (X1-Xc) + Xc ln (Xc/X2)] = 0.102/(0.0245x0.0049) [(0.1418-0.0882)+0.0.882 ln(0.0882/0.0046)] = 4.19 min. Page 3 Result For Glass Beads: X* XT X1 X1 X2 = = = = = 0.015 0.1568 0.1568 0.015 0.1418 0.0196 0.015

Reports

203

(Watermark) Result Humidity Chart for Brick Particles Time (min.) Humidity (Inlet) (Kg) Humidity (Outlet) (Kg) 0 0.038 0.032 2 0.076 0.045 4 0.085 0.046 6 0.094 0.055 8 0.094 0.065 13 0.094 0.096 18 0.093 0.095 Discussions and Conclusions The practical value of equilibrium moisture content of glass beads should be zer o. In our experiment we got the value as 0.015, which can be assumed approximately equal to zero. The total time of drying of brick particles from calculation is 30.5 min. which is comparable to observed time of 33 min., but for glass beads the calculated time was found to be 4.19 min. wh ile the observed time was 18 min. The reason may be the amount of glass beads taken, which was less than nece ssary. Nevertheless, the whole surface area of pan was considered, though these beads did not cover the w hole surface area. The humidity was found to be constant with time for brick particles but not for glass beads. BIRLA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE, PILANI CHEMICAL ENGINEERING GROUP LABORATORY DATA SHEET Expt. No. 3 Title: Cross-circulation Drying Section 3 Group 2 Date: 16-9-2001 Name: G Amudhu ID.No. 1999A1PS444 1. V = 4 m/s Wt of empty pan = 202 gms. Tin dry = 60 C Bricks = 250 gms. Tout dry=62 C Page 4 t Weight Tin, dry Tin, wet Tout, dry Tout, wet 0 min. 328 gm. 61 C 46 C 61 C 46 C 2 318 63 53 61 47 4 314 63 54 61 48 6 310 64 54 60 54 8 307 65 54.5 61 54 13 298 66 55 62 55 18 291 56.5 55 62 56 23 283 66.5 52.5 62 57 28 278 66 51.5 62 57 33 272 65 50 62 57 2. V = 4 m/s Wt of empty pan = 204 gms. Tin dry = 64.5 C Glass beads = 102 gms. Tout dry= 60 C Time (min.) Humidity (Inlet) (Kg) Humidity (Outlet) (Kg) 0 0.062 0.062 2 0.061 0.096 4 0.094 0.098 6 0.095 0.097

8 0.096 0.097 13 0.095 0.095 18 0.095 0.096 23 0.091 0.097 28 0.09 0.097 33 0.087 0.097 For Glass Beads:

(Watermark) 204 Technical Communication SAMPLE PROJECT REPORT A REPORT ON Low Cost Concrete using locally available materials (Marble Slurry) BY Name of the student ID.No PIYUSH GUPTA 2005A2PS344 PRANKUR GUPTA 2005A2PS379 Under the supervision of: Dr. Anshuman Assistant Professor Civil Engineering Group BITS-Pilani BIRLA INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY & SCIENCE, PILANI (1st semester, 2007-08)

Reports

205

(Watermark) ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We sincerely express our profound gratitude and indebtedness to our guide Dr. Anshuman, Assistant Professor, Civil engineering Group, BITS Pilani, Rajasthan for his precious guidance and co-operation in completing the project work. We are extremely grateful to Professor Rajiv Gupta, Dean, Engineering Services Division, Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani for providing us with the required amount of materials and the help. We express our sincere gratitude to Dr. S.B. Singh , Group leader, Civil engineering Group, BITS Pilani, Rajasthan for providing all the necessary lab facilities which helped us in completing the project work. We express our special thanks to Dr. A. Vasan, Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering department, BITS PILANI, who encouraged us to take this project and for being our well-wisher and sparing his valuable time even during odd hours without any hesitation. We express our sincere thanks to Mr. Sandeep, Mr. Suresh, Mr. Shivpal , Mr. Ratan Sharma and all the division members of civil engineering group for their invaluable support. We also express our deepest thanks to all the faculty members of BITS Pilani and our friends for their support and belief in us during the project work.

206 Technical Communication TABLE OF CONTENTS Chapter name Page no. 1. Introduction 1 2. Literature Review 1 3. Mix Design 4 4. Characteristics of Concrete 5 5. Tests on concrete and their procedure 6 6. Test Results 8 7. Analysis of Results 10 8. References 11 (Watermark)

Reports

207

(Watermark) 1. INTRODUCTION Concrete is a construction material that consists of cement (commonly Portland c ement), aggregate (generally gravel and sand), water and admixtures. Concrete is used mo re than any other manmade material on earth. As of 2005, about six billion cubic meters of c oncrete are made every year, which equals one cubic meter for every person on the planet. With construction going on our country in full swing, one of the main challenges confronting the concrete industry is to meet the challenges posed by this enormous infrastru cture need. The major portion of the cost of concrete goes for purchasing cement. Moreover, if w e keep the cost factor aside, with the shrinkage of natural resources to produce ordinary Portla nd cement, more and more use of suitable industrial waste materials that can replace cement clin ker is one of the ways to meet this challenge. One of the main challenges now confronting the concrete industry in India is to meet the challenges posed by enormous infrastructure needs, such as power plants, roa ds and ports, due to rapid industrialization. With the dwindling of natural resourc es to produce Ordinary Portland Cement (OPC), more and more use of suitable industrial waste materials with cementitious characteristics that can replace cement clinke r is being proposed as one of the ways to meet the challenge. Marble slurry is one su ch waste produced during fi nishing of marble and is currently disposed of in landf i lls. It is essential that the utilization of Marble slurry in useful applications increase dramatically, to reduce the use of land for waste disposal. The positive effects of using marb le slurry in concrete are related to the following, Better quality of concrete; Better rheology, Higher strength, Enhanced durability. Eco-friendly; Minimizing greenhouse gas emissions associated with the manufacturing of OPC, Environment friendly disposal of millions of tones of marble slurry.

Preservation of resources; Saving in energy requirements in the production of OPC, Preservation of limestone and coal reserve. 2. LITERATURE REVIEW 2.1 General Based on the excellent results of in-house trial tests, positive inputs received from the Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB), experience of other global organizations in the use of fly ash concrete for NPP construction and limited use of micro silica in concrete for the construction Reactor Building inner containment structures by NPCIL in its e arlier Page 1

208 Technical Communication (Watermark) power plants has provided the adequate confi dence to NPCIL for inducting fl y a sh as a part cement-replacing ingredient of concrete for construction of NPP structures. As the use of fly ash in concrete is a relatively new trend in Indian constructi on industry in general and NPP construction in particular, therefore not much data was available on it till very recently. After the successful use of fly ash in c oncrete in the ongoing power projects of NPCIL, enough data is now available to evaluate it s performance vis--vis its use in construction of NPP structures. Fly ash has now been used extensively for production of both traditionally place d and self-compacting concrete at RAPP-5&6 and KAIGA-3&4, for production of selfco mpacting concrete in limited quantity at TAPP-3&4 and for making concrete blocks at KKNP. Besides this, AERB has also executed its R & D activities through ACC a nd Jadavpur University regarding performance of fl y ash concrete. 2.2 Details of R & D Work AERB sponsored the following two projects on high performance concrete (HPC), scope of which include the work on fl y ash concrete, 1) ACC Project 2) Jadavpur University project Based on the results obtained from these projects, further work was carried out on the life assessment of concrete mixes with mineral admixtures especially with fl y ash concrete. Some of the outcomes of the R&D work carried out by AERB are presented in subsequent sections covering the following areas, Performance of fl y ash vis--vis other pozollans Fly ash based concrete mixes, and Life assessment of fl y ash concrete mixes. 2.3 Utilization for Construction of NPPs 2.3.1 Background Use of fly ash concrete started in NPCIL in December 2002 at RAPP 5 & 6 with its maiden use for bedding concrete under foundations. Subsequently, fly ash concret e has been used at RAPP 5 &6, KAIGA, TAPP 3&4 and KKNPP its structural concrete and also making masonry blocks. Approximately 42000 cu.m. of fly-ash concrete ha s been used in all the on going NPPs till now. The use of fly ash in concrete has contributed significantly in terms of enhance ment of its properties in both fresh and hardened states.

Following improvements in the concrete properties have been observed with the addition of fl y ash. Page 2

Reports

209

(Watermark) Use of fl y-ash concrete has benefi ted in the following ways. Increased durability on account of significant reduction in permeability, even against penetration of chloride ions. Lower generation of heat of hydration due to low cement content, resulting in feasibility of construction of large concrete pours with minimum number of construction joints. Low permeability and improved resistance to sulfates and chlorides enabling concrete suitable for severe exposure conditions. Also improving the waterproofi ng characteristics of the structural elements, such as basements and roofs. High segregation resistance due to excellent cohesive properties, enabling concr ete pouring in larger lifts/heights. Improved pump-ability enabling pumping of concrete to distant locations from a common feeding station. Excellent flowability characteristics enabling flow of concrete in to the remote st zones and most congested reinforcement areas, thus eliminating possibility of presence of cavities or honey combs inside the structure. Excellent surface finish resulting into reduced requirements of finishing work a nd surface preparation for taking up painting work. Prolonged initial setting time and longer workability retention thus gives more open time for concrete and improving the ease of concrete pumping. Economical on account of reduction in cement content and also reduction in quantity of water, further resulting into reducing of admixture. 2.3.2 Project-Wise Details of Fly-Ash Concrete Utilization 2.3.2.1 RAPP 5&6 At RAPP 5&6 about 26000 cu.m. of structural concrete at 10,000 cu.m. of plain cement concrete has been used in various Nuclear buildings (except reactor build ing containment structure) and conventional buildings. The various grades of fl y-as h concrete used in projects are M10, M25, M50 and M 35. 2.3.2.2 TAPP 5&6 At TAPP 3&4, fly-ash concrete used up till now is about 400 cu.m., as structural concrete in CCW pump house, screed concrete in SFSB and concrete for sealing of SW system lines. Various grades of concrete used for the above works are M40, M2 5 and M15 respectively. 2.3.2.3 KAIGA 3&4 At KAIGA 3&4 a total of about 4000 cu.m. of concrete has been used for the const ruction Page 3

210 Technical Communication (Watermark) of main plant structures/buildings other than reactor building and IDCT structur es. Concrete grades of M30 & M45 have been used for the above said buildings. 2.3.2.4 KKNP At KKNP, a total of about 2000 cu.m of concrete has been used for making of soli d concrete blocks of grade M10 has been used. 2.3.3 Observations & Precautions 2.3.3.1 Observations It has been observed at all the NPP project sites that fly-ash concrete has cons istently met the requirements of specifications in fresh and hardened states. The permeab ility of concrete as determined from rapid chloride penetration test has been observed to be reduced significantly as compared to normal concrete without addition of fly ash . The surface fi nish of formed surfaces has also been found to be improved considerab ly. 2.3.3.2 Precautions The site has observed that following precautions are necessary during the produc tion and post placement stages of fl y-ash concrete. During Production Stage The mixing time of concrete has to be increased marginally as compared to normal concrete. During Post Placement Stage Protection of green concrete from sun and winds immediately after fi nish. Prolonged wet curing 3. MIX DESIGN Mix design is the process of selecting suitable ingredients of concrete and dete rmining their relative proportions with the object of producing concrete of certain mini mum strength and durability as economically as possible. Strength of concrete is limited by the strength of the paste, since the mineral aggregate are far stronger. Four variable factors in mix design are: 1. Water-cement ratio. 2. Cement content or cement-aggregate ratio. 3. Gradation of the aggregate. 4. Consistency. Page 4

Reports

211

(Watermark) 4. CHARACTERISTICS OF CONCRETE This section deals with the properties concrete should have after hardening and in fresh state. During hydration and hardening, concrete needs to develop certain physica l and chemical properties. Among other qualities, mechanical strength, low moistur e permeability, and chemical and volumetric stability are necessary. 4.1 Workability Workability is the ability of a fresh (plastic) concrete mix to fill the form/mo ld properly with the desired work (vibration) and without reducing the concrete s quality. Wor kability depends on water content, aggregate (shape and size distribution), cementitious content and age (level of hydration), and can be modified by adding chemical admixtures. Excessive water will lead to increased bleeding (surface water) and/or segregati on of aggregates (when the cement and aggregates start to separate), with the resul ting concrete having reduced quality. 4.2 Curing Because the cement requires time to fully hydrate before it acquires strength an d hardness, concrete must be cured once it has been placed and achieved initial se tting. Curing is the process of keeping concrete under a specific environmental conditi on until hydration is relatively complete. Good curing is typically considered to provide a moist environment and control temperature. The effects of curing are primarily a funct ion of geometry (the relation between exposed surface area and volume), the permeabi lity of the concrete, curing time, and curing history. Improper curing can lead to se veral serviceability problems including cracking, increased scaling, and reduced abras ion resistance. 4.3 Strength Concrete has relatively high compressive strength, but significantly lower tensi le strength (about 10 per cent of the compressive strength). As a result, concrete almost al ways fails from tensile stresses even when loaded in compression. The practical implication of this is that concrete elements subjected to tensile stresses must be reinforced with materials that are strong in tension. Concrete is most often constructed with the addition of steel

or fi bre reinforcement. 4.4 Elasticity The modulus of elasticity of concrete is a function of the modulus of elasticity of the aggregates and the cement matrix and their relative proportions. The modulus of elasticity of concrete is relatively linear at low stress levels but becomes inc reasingly nonlinear as matrix cracking develops. The elastic modulus of the hardened paste may be in the order of 10-30 GPa and aggregates about 45 to 85 GPa. The concrete composite is then in the range of 30 to 50 GPa. Page 5

212 Technical Communication 5. TESTS ON CONCRETE AND THEIR PROCEDURE Due to availability of testing instruments in the laboratory and time constraint s the major tests done are:1. Compressive strength 2. Density 3. Slump 4. ph measurement 5.1 Compressive strength Shape of specimen: Cube Size of specimen: 150 x 150 x 150 mm Age at Test: 3, 7, 28, 56, 356 days Specifi cation: IS: 516-1959: Method of tests for strength of concrete 5.2 Density Shape of specimen: Cube Size of specimen: 150x150x150 mm Age at Test: 3, 7, 28, 56, 356 days Specifi cation: IS: 1199-1959: Method of sampling & analysis of concrete 5.3 Slump Specifi cation: IS: 1199-1959: Method of sampling & analysis of concrete. 5.3.1 Apparatus The apparatus shall be in accordance with EN 12350-2 except as detailed below: i. Base plate, made from a flat plate with a plane area of at least 900 mm x 900 mm on which concrete can be placed. The plate shall have a flat, smooth and non-absorb ent surface with a minimum thickness of 2 mm. The surface shall not be readily attac ked by cement paste or be liable to rusting. The construction of the plate shall be such as to prevent distortion. The deviation from flatness shall not exceed 3 mm at a ny point when a straight edge is placed between the centers of opposing sides. ii. The centre of the plate shall be scribed with a cross, the lines of which ru n parallel to the edges of the plate and with circles of 200 mm diameter and 500 mm diamete r having their centers coincident with the centre point of the plate. See Figure 1 . iii. Rule, graduated from 0 mm to 1000 mm at intervals of 1 mm. iv. A stopwatch measuring to 0.1 s. Page 6 (Watermark)

Reports

213

Figure 1 Base Plate for Slump Flow 5.3.2 Procedure The sample shall be obtained in accordance with EN 12350-1. Prepare the cone and base plate as described in EN 12350-2. Fit the collar to the cone if being used. Place the cone coincident with the 200 mm circle on the base plate and hold in position by standing on the foot pieces (or use the weighted collar), ensuring that no concrete leaks from under the cone. Fill the cone without any agitation or rodding, and strike off surplus concrete from the top of the cone. Allow the filled cone to stand for not more than 30s; during this time remove any spilled concrete from the base plate and ensure that the base plate is damp all over but without any surplus water. Lift the cone vertically in one movement without interfering with the fl ow of concrete. Without disturbing the base plate or concrete, measure the largest diameter of t he flow spread and record as dm to the nearest 10 mm. Then measure the diameter of the flow spread at right angles to dm to the nearest 10 mm and record as dr t o the nearest 10 mm. Check the concrete spread for segregation. The cement paste/mortar may segregate from the coarse aggregate to give a ring of paste/mortar extending several millimeters beyond the coarse aggregate. Segregated coarse aggregate may also be observed in the central area. Report that segregation has occurred and that the test was therefore unsatisfactory. 5.4 ph measurement Specification: IS: 3025- Methods of Sampling and Test (Physical & Chemical) for Water & Waste water (part II). Page 7 (Watermark)

214 Technical Communication (Watermark) 5.4.1 Reference i. Progress Report for Laboratory Testing of Concrete Properties at Elevated Temperatures, Civilian Radioactive Waste Management System Management & Operating Contractor, February 9, 1999, U.S. Department of Energy ii. IS:3025 Method of sampling & test for water and waste water part: II 5.4.2 Procedure i. A 100 gms (minimum) sample of hardened concrete shall be taken from the remnants of a concrete cylinder previously tested in unconfi ned compression. ii. These remnants (concrete fragments from near the middle of the cylinder) sha ll then be crushed to a size fi ner than a No. 10 sieve (2 mm). iii. This crushed and pulverized material shall then be mixed with an equal part by weight of de-ionized water. Eight ounce glass jars shall be used for the mixing and subsequent ph measurements. The mixing shall be accomplished by a plastic stirring rod which shall be inserted through a hole in the plastic lid of the gl ass jar the plastic stirring rod shall be attached to an electric drill for the 30 minut es of continuous stirring. The mixture shall then be allowed to stand for 10 minutes. iv. The ph of the supernatant liquid above the settled solids shall then be meas ured using IS 3025: Method of sampling and test for water and waste-water (Part II). v. The ph measurements shall be determined using a commercially available ph meter. 6. TEST RESULTS Casting of the cubes was done in the first two weeks of November and the differe nce in days of casting was tried to keep as minimum in order to avoid effects of cli mate and temperature changes. 6.1 Marble slurry specifi cations Marble slurry was ordered from a mining site in Banswara in order to get the proper results and use them for construction purposes other than laboratory results. The important measures taken in order to use marble slurry are: 1. The slurry was oven dried for 2 days to remove the water absorbed by it. 2. It was then sieved from IS Sieve of diameter 150 micrometer. 3. Material which is passed through 150 micrometer sieve was used. 6.2 Test results The test results are tabulated as given below: Page 8

Reports

215

6.2 Results of concrete with only cement as binder Trial Mix No. Mix Density(kg/m3) Compressive strength (N/mm2) designation at age in days 3 7 28 56 365 3 7 28 56 365 TM 001 C 10 2450 2460 2466 2466 10.88 15.55 24.88 27.11 TM 002 C 10 2440 2440 2456 2466 11.44 16.77 24.66 27.44 TM 003 C 10 2450 2450 2438 2460 11.22 16.88 25.22 26.23 Trial Mix No. Mix Density(kg/m3) Compressive strength (N/mm2) designation at age in days 3 7 28 56 365 3 7 28 56 365 TM 001 S 10 2510 2520 2510 2520 12.55 17.88 21.44 23.11 TM 002 S 10 2530 2520 2520 2520 12.22 17.88 21.88 22.22 TM 003 S 10 2540 2490 2510 2510 13.11 18.54 22.22 24.11 Page 9 6.1 Results of concrete with 10% cement replacement level of marble slurry (Watermark)

216 Technical Communication 7. ANALYSIS OF RESULTS The results for the 56-day strength are coming out to be satisfactory. For check ing durability analysis of strength of concrete after one year is required. Going by the current results of 28-days strength concrete with 25% cement replacement by marble slurry is coming out to be the optimum proportion of replacement. With 25% replacement the reduction in cost of concrete comes out to be 17.691 %. The amount of material used is Total number of cubes casted: 15* 2 * 6= 180 Total amount of Fine Aggregate used: 13.85 * 30 = 415.5 kg Total amount of Coarse Aggregate used: 30.15 * 30= 904.5 kg Total amount of Cement Aggregate used: 9.75 * 15 + 9.75 *2.5 *(.9 + .8 + .75+ .7 + .65 + .60) = 253.25 kg Page 10 (Watermark)

(Watermark) Reports 217 REFERENCES 1. Srinivasan P., Tiwari A.K., Banchhor A., Suitability of HVFAC Concrete Pavements , The Indian Concrete Journal, Vol. 78, No. 11, pp. 58 61. 2. Desai J. Construction of HVFA Concrete Pavements in India: Four case studies , The Indian Concrete Journal, Vol. 78, No. 11, pp. 67 71. 3. , Indian Standard: Plain and Reinforced Concrete Code of Practice , IS 456, 4th revision, September 2000. 4. Shetty M.S., Seetharamaiah R.V., Reddy S.A., Pai B.V.B., and Kaushik S.K., High strength Cement State of the Art report, International Symposium on Innovative World of Concrete , Bangalore, India, 1993. 5. , Standard Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete , ASTM C 157/C157M-199. 6. AITCIN, P.C., High Performance Concrete, 1st edition, 1998, E & FN Spon. 7. Basu, Prabir C., High Performance Concrete: Mechanism and Application , ICI Journal, April June 2001, Vol. 2, No. 1, Indian Concrete Institutes, pp. 15 26. 8. IS 12269. 9. Road Note No4, Road Research Laboratory (RRL), UK. 10. IS 10262. 11. Basu Prabir C., NPP Containment Structures: Indian Experience in Silica Fume Based HPC , The Indian Concrete Journal, Special Issue on use of silica fume in concrete, Vol.75, October 2001, No. 10, pp. 656 64. 12. , Standard Terminology Relating to Concrete and Aggregates , ASTM C125 02. Page 11

218 Technical Communication SAMPLE ANALYTICAL REPORT Cover page A REPORT ON ROLE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF RURAL AREAS BY ANOOP KADYAN SECRETARY THE RAJASTHAN STATE COUNCIL FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR (RAJASTHAN) 15 NOVEMBER 1996 (Watermark)

Reports

219

Title Page Version 1 A REPORT ON ROLE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF RURAL AREAS PREPARED FOR THE CHAIRMAN RCST, JAIPUR BY ANOOP KADYAN SECRETARY THE RAJASTHAN STATE COUNCIL FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR (RAJASTHAN) 15 NOVEMBER 1996 (Watermark)

220 Technical Communication Title Page Version 2 (Watermark) THE RAJASTHAN STATE COUNCIL FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY JAIPUR (RAJASTHAN) ROLE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF RURAL AREAS A REPORT PREPARED BY ANOOP KADYAN SECRETARY FOR THE CHAIRMAN RCST, JAIPUR Approved by Maneesh K Vice Chairman RCST, Jaipur 15 NOVEMBER 1996

Reports

221

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL The Rajasthan State Council for Science and Technology Jaipur (Rajasthan) Ranjan Sankha November 15, 1996 The Chairman RCST Jaipur 314 004 Dear Sir I have great pleasure in submitting the report on Role of Science and Technology in the Development of Rural Areas. I would like to express my thanks to my colleagues for their constant support an d encouragement. They have been very generous in extending their cooperation and help and this has enabled me to carry out this study properly. Unprecedented growth of science and technology has brought about many radical ch anges in society. Science and technology have become so enmeshed with every activity of our societ y today that they can be regarded as a major input variable in today s society. The impact of science and t echnology is refl ected in transportation, communication, health conditions, energy, automation, quality of life, environment, and so on. Since the major population of India resides in rural areas, to promote the use o f Science and Technology in this area will be greatly beneficial. It is needless to say that you can make ri ght decisions and policies if you develop a perspective of science, technology, and society dynamics in rural area s. The chairman of RCST has initiated me as the Secretary to write an interpretative report on The Role of Science and Technology in the Development of Rural Areas. The study is based on the information received f rom the department on the percentage distribution of expenditure for five years, i.e., from 1990-91 to 199 4-95. Rajasthan s rich culture and heritage attract a large number of tourists to this s tate. The lack of infrastructure and development is a negative mark of the state; therefore, the need for develop ment in the state was felt in early 90s. For proper development, RCST allocated a large amount of funds throug h the use of science and technology. The present study gives an overview of the distribution of expenditure over the last five years, i.e., 1990 to1995, in the areas of undertaking major projects in the development of potable water: devices, fuel-efficient devices, initiating programmes for development of bio-mass gasifi er, fly-ash ba sed building projects, funds allocated on Secretarial and Travel Building and equipment. Science and technology certainly play a pivotal role in the development of socie ty as these are closely knit with all activities. The present study will certainly help you to take further d ecisions on the allocation of more funds.

I hope the study will prove useful for making proper recommendations. With regards Yours faithfully Anoop Kadyan Secretary, RCST (Watermark)

222 Technical Communication REPORT CONTENTS Letter Of TransmittalCerti cateAcknowledgementsAbstract1. Introduction 2. Overview of Expenditure Pattern 3. Major Projects 4. Programmes 5. Secretariat and Travel 6. Building and Equipment 7. Overall Pattern 8. Conclusions (Watermark) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4

Reports

223

1. Introduction There is a growing need for promotion of science and technology all over India, especially in the rural areas. A rich and resourceful state like Rajasthan has always been known for its culture and tradition. Every year Rajasthan sees a large number of tourists coming from all over the wo rld to experience the flavour of India and its culture. While tourism is becoming one of Rajasthan s big gest revenue earners, the infrastructure and the development in the state is not world-class. It is no t such that it can provide an even greater boost to tourism. The need for development in this area was felt in the early 1990s and this was planned through the promotion of use of science and technology in the state. Hence, annually, large amounts of funds were allocated for this purpose. The present report attempts to give an overview of the distribution of expenditu re over the last fi ve years, i.e., from 1990 to 1995, in the areas of undertaking major projects in developme nt of water and fuel-efficient devices, starting programmes for development of bio-mass gasifi er, fly-ash-base d building projects, building & equipment, and secretariat and travel. The data for this report was collected fr om the records of the Council s Financial Division. It is hoped that the analysis and conclusions drawn would he lp bring about more fund diversion for promoting science and technology in the state. Since the report an alyses the expenditure only for five years, it cannot give any recommendation. Moreover, in the everchanging world of technology, it is difficult to foresee the developments required even two or three years hence. Besides the Introduction, the report contains seven sections. Section 2 gives an overview of the expenditure pattern, the next four analyse the trends in different fields of development, wh ile the last two sum up the discussion and show results of study. 2. Overview of Expenditure Pattern During the last five years there have been variations in the percentage of distr ibution of expenditure in (Watermark) different fields, as shown in Table I. TABLE I Percentage distribution of expenditure during 1990 1995 Particulars/Years 1990-91 1991-92 1992-93 1993-94 1994-95 1. Major Projects (development of portable water devices, fuel effi cient devices) 2. Programmes (development of biomass gasifi er, fly-ash-based building projects). 3. Secretariat & travel 4. Building & equipment Total 44.87 28.56

19.62 6.95 100.00 36.7 36.41 23.13 3.76 100.00 32.43 56.62 14.74 0.21 100.00 40.55 50.35 8.63 0.47 100.00 44.43 48.39 6.50 0.68 100.00 The variations as indicated by the data presented above are correlatable to the instability in the state and central government, and also (external) foreign reasons, such as the US Stock Exchange c rash and the Gulf War during this period of five years. In the discussion that follows, the expenditur e pattern has been analysed. Page 1

224 Technical Communication 3. Major Projects (Development of Water & Fuel-ef cient Devices) There has been a decline in the expenditure in this field in the first three yea rs, i.e., up to 1993, which again increased in 1993-94 & 1994-95 (see Figure 1 below). Initially when water-and fu el-efficient devices were proposed, the idea was not welcomed, and hence less emphasis was given to it. But with the occurrence of Gulf War in 1992-93, and the resultant shortage of fuel and inflation of fuel prices, the ne ed for developing non-conventional energy devices was realized. Hence expenditure increased in this field. M A J O R P R O J E C T S % 1990 91 92 93 94 95 44 40 38 36 34 32 Figure 1 Expenditure on major projects 4. Programmes (development of biomass gasi er, y-ash-based building projects) As Figure 2 indicates, there has been a rise in expenditure till 1993, after whi ch the expenditure in this fi eld started declining. Upon talking to the officials in the Department of Science & Technolo gy, it was found out that this was because these developmental programmes required a heavy one-time initial investm ent. Once the infrastructure was set-up, the expenditure was incurred only for its maintenance and operation. Hence, for the projects in this field, almost the whole infrastructure was set up by 1993. However, after 1993, the expenditure declined in this field due to only operational and maintenance cost incurred in this field. Figure 2 Expenditure on developmental programmes Page 2 (Watermark)

Reports

225

5. Secretariat and Travel There is a lot of random variation in this segment. This can be attributed to th e large-scale planning and huge infrastructural development going on in the state during 1990 1992. See the line g raph shown in Figure 3. The personnel from the secretariat had to spend a large sum on travel for holdin g discussions, conducting meetings, survey of the site, and project survey. Hence expenditure was high dur ing this period. But gradually, after 1992, with the infrastructure almost complete, travel-related expenses dip ped year after year. Now, travel is required only for inspection and is no longer frequent. 25 20 15 10 5 0 1990 1991 1991 1992 1992 1993 1993 1994 1994 1995 Figure 3 Expenditure on Secretariat and Travel 6. Building and Equipment In this field the expenditure was initially high but reduced later and again sta rted increasing nominally (see Figure 4 below). This is attributed to the fact that the initial investment in building , construction, and infrastructure was high as the projects were in their nascent stage and they needed a strong infras tructure to support them (such as lab, corporate office, equipment, etc.). Once these were set up, gradually th e infrastructure cost started declining as lesser amount was now spent on building and equipment (one-time inv estment). Hence, in 1993, this cost was almost reduced to null, i.e., a nominal 0.21%. However after 1993, the building & equipment now demanded maintenance for their efficient operation; hence, the expenditure a gain began to increase, though nominally (0.68% in 1995). 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6.95 3.76 0.21 0.47 0.68 1990 1991 1991 1992 1992 1993 1993 1994 1994 1995 Figure 4 Expenditure on Building and Equipment Page 3 (Watermark)

226 Technical Communication 7. Overall Pattern The overall pattern that emerges from the above discussion is presented in the b ar graph given in Figure 5. The year-wise pattern of expenditure in different areas comes out clearly. 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 1990 1991 1991 1992 1992 1993 1993 1994 1994 1995 Major Project Programmes Secretariat & Travel Building & Equipment Figure 5 Distribution of expenditure by rcst during 1990 1995 When we compare the distribution of expenditure in the four headings, namely maj or projects, developmental programmes, secretariat and travel, and building & equipment, we find that excep t for the expenditure pattern on the last heading, the other three do not show a continuous decrease. Speciall y, the first two items show a lot of variations in the expenditure trend, that is to say, there is no unifor m trend of increase or decrease. Particularly, the amount spent on development programmes during 1992 1993 is the h ighest among all expenses during the total period of 1990 1995 under debate. Similarly, the expendi ture on building & equipment in the same year, 1990 1991, is the least of all. The last section, namely Conclusions, tabulates the inferences drawn from the an alysis. These inferences may lead to some fruitful decisions in future. 8. Conclusions This report has clearly analysed the expenditure done by the council on the prom otion of use of science and technology for development in the state. The preceding discussion highlights the following facts: 1. The general pattern has been that the expenditure incurred was high up to 199 2-93, as the developmental process was in its nascent stage and huge amounts had to be invested for its set -up. 2. Initially, devices based on non-conventional sources of energy were given les s importance. But after the Gulf War, they were also given high importance. 3. The initial costs were high and increasing largely, but after the initial set -up, the expenditure was only for operation and maintenance or inception of any new technology. 4. A further study and detailed review can throw more light on the factors affec ting this pattern and can subsequently help in future analysis. Page 4 (Watermark)

Technical Proposals

227

CHAPTER 19:TECHNICAL PROPOSALS Sample Proposal 1 Sample Proposal 2 Sample Proposal 3 (with Covering Letter) SAMPLE PROPOSAL 1 A Project Proposal on Controlled Curing for Quality Concrete Submitted by Dr. Rajiv Gupta Associate Professor, Civil Engineering and Mr. M.K. Bhatt Assistant Lecturer, Civil Engineering Submitted to Secretary Ministry of Transport and Rural development Government of Rajasthan Birla Institute of Technology & Science BITS, Pilani (Raj.) 333 031 October 2010 (Watermark)

(Watermark) 228 Technical Communication DRAFT CONTRACT Project Title: CONTROLLED CURING FOR QUALITY CONCRETE Broad Subject: Civil Engineering Sub Area: Concrete Technology Duration: 2 yr. Total Cost: Rs. 2,53,200 Principal Inv.: Dr. R.Gupta Designation: Assoc. Professor Department: Civil Engineering Inst. Name: Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani (Rajasthan) Address: Group Leader, Civil Engg. Group, BITS, Pilani (Raj.) 333 031 email: rajiv@bits-pilani.ac.in Date of Birth: 31.05.1963 Telephone: Off. 01596-45073*277 Res. 01596-42252/45030 Sex: M Co-Investigator: Mr M.K. Bhatt Designation: Asst. Lecturer Department: Civil Engineering Inst. Name: Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani, (Rajasthan) Address: Civil Engg Group, BITS, Pilani (Raj) 333 031 email: bhatt@bits-pilani.ac.in Sex: M Date of Birth: 23.04.1969 Telephone: Off. 01596-45073*254 Page 2

Introduction to Communication

229

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY A large number of sealing compounds have been developed in recent years. The ide a is to obtain continuous seal over the concrete surface by means of firm impervious fil m to prevent moisture in concrete from escaping by evaporation. These films have been produce d or used at the interface of the ground and concrete to prevent the absorption of water b y the ground from the concrete. Materials like bituminous compounds, polythene, waterproofi n g paper, and rubber compounds can be used. Bituminous compounds, being black in colour, a bsorb heat when applied to the top surface of the concrete, resulting in increase in t emperature of the body of concrete, which is undesirable. For this reason, the experimental pr ocedure uses polythene compounds like coloured plastics so as to reduce the above effect. For the proposed project, different light, impervious coloured polythene films w ill be used for the concrete curing in different, extreme, environmental conditions. Th e coloured polythene films will reflect/refract/absorb a particular fraction of light rays. This different light fraction will have different energy. The objective of the proposed project is to obtain the coloured films which are best suited in different existing conditions. The initi al tests will be conducted for the number of permutations and combinations (like, red, green, blu e, violet, and their combinations). From the initial observations, some combinations will b e chosen for detailed experimental studies. The outcome of the project is envisaged in terms of the reduction of quantity of water used in curing and re-use of polythene fi lms/bags for the production of quality conc rete. Keywords (Max-six): Quality, Concrete, Curing, Polythene fi lms, Reuse. Page 3 (Watermark)

230 Technical Communication (Watermark) BODY OF THE PROPOSAL a. Origin of the proposal Curing means creation of an environment which is favourable to the setting and hardening of the concrete. The desirable conditions are: a suitable temperature as it governs the rate of chemical reaction or action involving setting and hardeni ng, a provision of sufficient moisture or the prevention of loss of moisture, and the avoidance of premature stressing or disturbance. Curing has pronounced effect upon the str ength of concrete. The methods of curing normally used nowadays are: 1. Water curing a. Immersion b. Ponding c. Spraying d. Wet covering 2. Membrane curing 3. Application of heat a. Steam curing at ordinary pressure b. Steam curing at high pressure c. Curing by infra-red radiation d. Electrical curing 4. Chemical curing (calcium chloride) In the normal curing methods like water curing, a large amount of water is required, and wastage of water is unavoidable. In Rajasthan, where the temperatu re varies to both extremes, and where there is scarcity of water in most places, we need a method of curing that can be used during both the extreme climatic seasons wit hout using much of water and wasting much of heat energy. So we would like to find a medium other than water which can be used as a curing material and give the concrete th e same properties like reducing shrinkage, accelerating strength gain, minimizing creep , and improving properties like abrasion resistance, impermeability, etc. We know that the quantity of water normally mixed for making concrete is more than sufficient to hydrate the cement, provided this water is not allowed to go out from the body of concre te. For this reason, concrete could be covered with a membrane which will effectively se al off the concrete. For a membrane we can provide polythene or coloured polythene as i t does a good job for the above purpose and is also reusable. b.

Statement of the Problem Curing can be described as keeping the concrete moist and warm enough so that hydration of cement can continue. More elaborately, it can be described as the p rocess of maintaining satisfactory moisture content and a favourable temperature in con crete during the period immediately following placement, so that hydration of cement may continue until the desired properties are developed to a sufficient degree t o meet the requirement of service. Page 4

Technical Proposals

231

(Watermark) In hot places or extreme climates as in Rajasthan, the quick surface drying of c oncrete results in the movement of moisture from the interior to the surface. This steep moisture gradient causes high internal stresses which are responsible for internal microc racks in the semi-plastic concrete. Concrete, while hydrating, releases high heat of hydration. This heat is harmful from the point of view of volume stability. If the heat generated is removed by some mean s, the adverse effect due to the generation of heat can be reduced. This can also be do ne by membrane curing. Sometimes, concrete is placed in some inaccessible, difficult, or far-off place. The curing of concrete placed over cannot be properly supervised. The curing is enti rely left to workers, who do not quite understand the importance of regular un-interr upted curing. In such cases, it is much safer to adopt membrane curing rather than to leave the responsibility of curing to workers. Compounds used for membrane curing: 1. bituminous compounds 2. polythene or polyester fi lm 3. waterproof paper 4. rubber compounds 5. wax 6. combination of wax and resin We would like to specifically go into the polythene or polyester filming of the concrete surface by taking into account heat, radiation, humidity, and all other atmosphe ric and natural factors that could affect curing of the specimen. Over the years, resear chers have used white pigment or colourless paper (polythene) as a curing medium but we wou ld like to introduce coloured polythene/paper, such as red, green, and blue, as a c uring compound. c. Objectives Comparison of the strength of concrete adopting curing by normal methods Reduction in quantity of water for curing Reuse of polythene fi lms/bags Production of quality concrete in prevailing environmental conditions d.

Work-plan Initially a literature survey will be carried out. Simultaneously, the required material will be procured. Cubes, beams, and cylinders will be cast during the year at differe nt climatic conditions. The different curing conditions will be imposed. After a specific pe riod of time, destructive and non-destructive testing of cubes, beams, and cylinders wil l be conducted. Based on observations and analysis, results and conclusions will be drawn. Page 5

(Watermark) Covering with colourless polythene sheets Covering with colourless polythene she ets 232 Technical Communication e. Methodology We would like to cast concrete cubes and beams for all different grades of concr ete (M20, M25, M30) and for beams taking mild steel and tor steel and curing by all method s presently used today and also by the present method of study, after which we wou ld like to test the beams and cubes for fl exure and compression. Tests on the specimen Curing procedures 1. Compression testing 1. Ponding 2. Flexure testing 2. Water spraying 3. Non-destructive testing 3. Wet hessian curing 4. Resonance method 4. 5. Pulse Technique method 5. Covering with coloured polythene sheets (red, blue, green, violet, red + violet, etc.) f. Time schedule A. Literature survey 60 days B. Procurement of material 30 days C. Casting of cubes (800 in no.) 365 days D. Casting of beams (400 in no.) 365 days E. Casting of cylinders (400 in no.) 365 days F. Testing of cubes and beams 500 days G. Observation, results, and analysis 60 days H. Preparation of reports 90 days Total duration 2 years g. Suggested plan of action for utilization of research outcome The outcome of the project is envisaged in terms of the reduction of quantity of water for curing purpose and reuse of polythene films/bags for the production of quality c oncrete. Seminars at national level will be conducted for practising professionals to imp art the knowledge. The outcome of the project will also be brought out in printed form. Page 6

Technical Proposals

233

TOTAL BUDGET ESTIMATES: SUMMARY (In Rupees) Items Budget 1st Yr. 2nd Yr. Total Recurring 1. Salaries/Wages 54,000 54,000 1,08,000 2. Consumables* 40,000 25,000 65,000 3. Travel 15,000 25,000 40,000 4. Other costs 20,000 20,000 40,000 Total 1,29,000 1,24,000 2,53,000 * Please refer to Appendix C BUDGET FOR SALARIES/WAGES (in Rupees) Designation Monthly Budget (number of persons) Emoluments 1st Yr. 2nd Yr. Total JRF (1) Full-time 2000/2100 24,000 24,000 48,000 (1)Semi-skilled, full-time 1500 18,000 18,000 36,000 (1)Unskilled, full-time 1000 12,000 12,000 24,000 Total 4,500 54,000 54,000 1,08,000 The wages will be revised as per the norms of Rajasthan Govt. 1. JRF: The person will supervise all the laboratory tests. 2. Semi-skilled: The person will be fabricating cubes, cylinders, and beams and helping in testing. 3. Unskilled: The person will be helping in transporting materials and in fabric ating cubes, cylinders, and beams. Budget For Consumable Materials/Equipment (in Rupees) Budget Head 1st Yr. 2nd Yr. Total 1. Material* Q B 40,000 25,000 65,000 Total 40,000 25,000 65,000 * Please refer to Appendix C Q Quantity/number B Budget Page 7 (Watermark)

234 Technical Communication (Watermark) Budget For Travel (in Rupees) Budget Item 1st Yr. 2nd Yr. Total 1. Collection of literature 5,000 5,000 10,000 2. Attending conferences, seminars, 10,000 20,000 30,000 symposium, workshop, etc. Total 15,000 25,000 40,000 The Institute has adequate library facilities. Most recent journals and books ar e also available. However, to update the knowledge/information, some recent literature is needed. For updating the knowledge, gathering the latest information, presenting papers to impart the knowledge, and sharing the views with other experts in the field, authors will a ttend various seminars and conferences. Budget For Other Costs (in Rupees) Budget Item 1st Yr. 2nd Yr. Total a. Contingencies 10,000 10,000 20,000 b. others (typing reports, papers, etc.) 10,000 10,000 20,000 Total 20,000 20,000 40,000 In such work, inflation of material cost, labour cost, and other contingency hav e to be taken into account. Reports and other printed material are needed for others to refer to the work in future. Time Schedule Activities Bar Diagram A. Literature survey 60 days B. Procurement of material 30 days C. Casting of cubes (800 in no.) 365 days D. Casting of beams (400 in no.) 365 days E. Casting of cylinders (400 in nos.) 365 days F. Testing of cubes and beams 500 days G. Observation, results and analysis 60 days H. Preparation of reports 90 days Total duration 2 years Page 8

Technical Proposals

235

List of facilities that will be extended to the investigator(s) by the implement ing institution for the project Infrastructure Facilities (Tick The Appropriate Box) H G F E D C B A Item Yes No. NR a. Workshop facilities .... .. b. Water & electricity .... .. c. Standby power .... .. d. Laboratory space & furniture .... .. e. Air-conditioned room for equipment .... .. f. Telecommunication .... .. g. Transportation .... .. h. Administrative & secretarial support .... .. i. Library facilities .... .. j. Computational facilities .... .. k. Animal .... .. l. Any other ...... NR: Not required Page 9 (Watermark)

236 Technical Communication (Watermark) Available Equipment And Accessories To Be Utilized For The Project Availability Remarks Sr. No. Name of equipment and accessories Model & make a. Available within investigation group 1 Testing equipment (compression, flexural, etc., non-destructive testing m/c, vibrators, moulds, mixer, etc.) Aimil b. Available in the investigator s dept. 2 N.A. c. Available elsewhere in the Institution or in the region 3 Library 4 Workshop facilities 5 Local conveyance 6 Computing facilities Page 10

Technical Proposals

237

(Watermark) APPENDIX A Biodata Of Investigator(S) Principal Investigator (i) Name Rajiv Gupta (ii) Date of Birth 31.05.1963 (iii) Institution Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani (iv) Whether belongs to SC/ST No (v) Academic (MSc or BE onwards and professional career degree) Sr. No Degree University/Institute Year (passed) Specialisation 1. B.E. (Hons) Birla Institute of Technology & Science, Pilani 1983 Civil Engineering 2. M.E Birla Institute of Technology & Science, Pilani 1989 Civil Engineering 3. Ph.D. Birla Institute of Technology & Science, Pilani 1995 Fluid-Structure Interaction Publications (Number only) Books, research papers, reports, general articles, pat ents, others: around 30 The investigator has guided around 100 students at graduate and undergraduate le vel for (vi) different projects. (vii) List of Publications: Refer to Appendix B Co-investigator (i) Name M.K. Bhatt (ii) Date of Birth 23.04.1969 (iii) Institution Birla Institute of Technology and Science, Pilani (iv) Whether belongs to SC/ST No (v) Academic (MSc or BE onwards and professional career degree) Sr. No. Degree University/Institute Year (passed) Specialisation 1. B.Tech. Pantnagar University, UP 1991 Civil Engineering 2. M.E. University of Roorkee, Roorkee 1996 Concrete Page 11

(Watermark) Publication (Number only) Books, research s, others: one The investigator has guided 2 students at ifferent Nil Publication (Number only) Books, research s, others: one The investigator has guided 2 students at ifferent Nil 238 Technical Communication Technology (vi) projects.

papers, reports, general articles patent graduate and undergraduate level for d papers, reports, general articles patent graduate and undergraduate level for d

(vii) List of Publications: Refer to Appendix B RESEARCH PROJECT(S) (INCLUDING DST PROJECTS) WITH THE INVESTIGATORS (use separate sheet for each project): Any Other Relevant Matter Not Discussed Elsewhere:Nil Page 12

Technical Proposals

239

(Watermark) APPENDIX B Sr. No. Title of paper/book Author(s) Name & Vol. of Journal & year Page No. 1. Construction,Planning Gupta, R. CBS Publishers, 1994 and Technology 2. Detrimental Effects Gupta, R., & Civil Engineering & of Admixtures Murlikrishna, R Construction Review May, 1997 3. Structural Evaluation Bhandari, N.M., Proceedings of the workshop 181 198 of Concrete Masonry Kumar,V., and on recent advances in Masonry Composite Columns Bhatt, M.K. Construction, Institution of Engineers, Roorkee, 1998 4. Construction Quality Gupta, R., & Third National Conference on Management through Debas Construction Globalization Systems Approach Challenges for the INDIAN CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY, 10 11 Feb. 2000 (Accepted) 5. A Laboratory Manual Moondra, H.S., CBS Publishers, for Civil Engineering Gupta, R. New Delhi, 1992 6. Building Materials P.N. Rao, DLPD notes Technology Gupta, R. 7. Human Settlement Gupta, R. DLPD notes Studies & Habitat 8. Direct shear and Ravi Prakash, Indian Geotechnical Ultrasonic testing S. Ghoshal, Journal (Submitted and of Pilani soil Kamlesh Kumar, under review) Gupta, R. 9. System Approach for Gupta, R., Passive Solar Architecture. Passive Solar Mukerjee,A. One day workshop at BITS, Architecture Design Pilani, 23.2.1999. 10. Extended Use of Linear Rajiv Gupta, Journal of Hydraulics Division, Graph Theory for Pipe T. Devi Prasad ASCE. (Accepted for Network Analysis publication) 11. Determination of T.D. Prasad, Published as technical 81 83 Optimal Loss Rate Gupta, R., note in Journal of Hydrologic Parameters and S.P.Agarwal Engineering Division,ASCE. Unit Hydrograph 12.

Design of a Water T. Devi Prasad, J. of Institution of Engineers, 12 15 Distribution Network Gupta, R. Calcutta,Vol. 80,Aug., 1999 with Rider of a Single Diameter Pipe in a Line 13. Extended Linear Murlikrishna R., Journal of Institution of Graph Theory in Gupta, R. Engineers,Calcutta, 1994 Structural Engg. Page 13

25. Computing Aspects Gupta, R., & of GIS Rohil, M.K. Page 14 25. Computing Aspects Gupta, R., & of GIS Rohil, M.K. Page 14 240 Technical Communication (Watermark) 14. Fuzzy Linear R.K. Singh, Programming Based Gupta, R., Optimization of Water Shiv Prasad Distribution System 15. Study of Hydrodynamic Gupta, R. Coeffs for Rough Inclined Cylinder 16. Introduction to System I.J. Nagrath, Gupta, R. 17. Total Quality Control V.K. Deshpande of Instruction Through & Gupta, R. Computer Aided Instruction 18. End Effects on Hydro- Ghoshal, S. dynamic Coeffs for Rough and Inclined Cylinders 19. Charateristics of North Ghoshal, S., Eastern Rajasthan Soil Moondra, H.S., Gupta, R., S.Apurva 20. Measurement K.E. Raman Techniques II et al. 21. Applications of Ghoshal, S., Micro-processor Gurunarayana, in Civil Engg. S., Gupta, R. 22. Linear Theory Gupta, R. 23. Waste Water Treatment Gupta, R., & and Disposal Singh,A.P. 24. GIS and its Application Gupta, R., & Gupta, C.P. Was accepted for 18th Intl. conf. on S&T,Alena chemicals, Canada, 1995ISTAM,Vishakapatnam, Dec. 1994DLPD & EDD notes

(Text material for on-campus course) Total Quality Mgt in Tech. Edu., VarnanagarIRSC, Pune JNTU, Hyderabad EDD notes (Text material for on-campus course) Conference at BITS, PilaniUGC sponsored Seminar at BITS, Pilani National Seminar and Intensive 301 357 Course on Environmental Pollution and its Control, March, 99, BITS, Pilani National Seminar and Intensive 358 378 Course on Environmental Pollution and its Control, March, 99, BITS, Pilani EDD Notes (Text material for on-campus course)

Technical Proposals

241

APPENDIX C Parameters: Concrete Mix M20, M25, M30 Environmental Condition extreme summer, extreme winter Types of Curing ponding, water spray, wet hessian, colourless polythelene sheets, covering with coloured polythelene sheets (red, blue, green, violet, red+violet, etc.) Strength 1, 3, 7, 28, 60, 90, 180 days Testing Destructive & Non-destructive Total Quantities of Materials required: Quantity of Sr. No. Element Dimensions (mm ) Total number concrete (m3) 1 Cubes 150*150*150 800 2.7 2 Cylinders f 150 *300 400 2.12 3 Beams 150*150*700 400 6.3 Total quantity of concrete = 11.12 m3 Taking 10% wastage, total quantity of concrete = 12.23 m3 Total quantity of steel = 0.02*6.3*7850 = 900 Kgs Polythelene sheets (coloured) = {0.15*0.15*6*685} + {3.14*.15*.3*350} +{.6*.7*350) =288.95 m2 Concrete cost = 2700*12.23 = Rs. 33021 Steel cost = 19* 900 = Rs. 17100 Polythene sheet = 10*288.95 = Rs. 2889.5 Transportation charges = Rs. 10,000 Total = Rs. 63,010 Page 15 (Watermark)

242 Technical Communication (Watermark) APPENDIX D organization: Page 16 Names and addresses of experts/institutions who may be interested in the subject /outcome of the project 1. Central Building Research Institute, Roorkee 2. HUDCO, New Delhi 3. Structural Engineering Research Institute, Ghaziabad 4. Structural Engineering Research Institute, Chennai 5. BARC, Bombay Exhibit 15.3 shows a short project proposal submitted by students to a governmen t

Technical Proposals SAMPLE PROPOSAL 2

243

Project Proposal On DEVELOPING MULTIMEDIA STRATEGIES FOR EFFECTIVE COMMUNICATION Submitted to DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY Rajasthan By T. Krantikiran 1997B4A3920 V. Ravindra 1998A6C6489 Bina Shetty 1998A2PS401 C. Srividya 1998A2PS822 Under the guidance of Dr. MEENAKSHI RAMAN Languages Group Birla Institute of Technology & Science Pilani August, 2001 (Watermark)

244 Technical Communication (Watermark) STUDENT PROJECT PROGRAMME 1. Title of the project: Developing Multimedia Strategies for Effective Communication 2. Name of the students: Name ID No. (i) T. Krantikiran 1997B4A3920 (ii) V. Ravindra 1998A6C6489 (iii) Bina Shetty 1998A2PS401 (iv) C. Srividya 1998A2PS822 3. Class/Year of the students: (i) 4th year. (ii), (iii), (iv) 3rd year. 4. a. Name of the Project Guide Dr. Meenaskhi Raman, Assistant Professor b. Experience of the Guide: Teaching at various levels for the past 14 years; taken up projects in multimedia courseware development c. Address of the Guide: Dr. Meenakshi Raman Languages Group Faculty Division I BITS, Pilani-333031 Telephone: Offi ce: 45073-Extn. 307 Residence: 42238/44736 d. Broad Area/Field of the Guide: Communication. 5. a. Name of the institution: Birla Institute of Technology and Science b. Address of the institution: BITS, Pilani Rajasthan - 333031 Ph. 45073 - 307 6. a. Project Summary This project aims at developing through multimedia certain strategies for effect ive communication, which is vital for the growth of an individual as well as the soc iety. Effective communication strategies, if developed through multimedia, can be easi ly grasped even by the lower strata of the society. Moreover, these strategies may prove to be indispensable for education institutions and professional organizations of an y kind. This multimedia package would incorporate strategies for both verbal and nonverb al communication. The main focus would be on the significant aspects of oral communication such as body language, voice modulation and audience awareness, an d the illustrative aspect of written communication namely, graphic aids. The package would not only be user-friendly but also be informative, thus enabli

ng the users to develop better communication skills. Page 2

Technical Proposals

245

(Watermark) b. Technical details of the project Since effective communication is indispensable for the progress of any society, the project will focus on developing strategies for the same. Though the Internet and other audio-visual a ids like audio and video cassettes, etc. throw some light on techniques for developing language skills, t hey do not deal in detail with the various aspects of communication. Even though there are many aspects of communication, the project would limit its elf only to certain aspects of oral and written communication. The project would require the followi ng: Software Requirements Multimedia development kit Adobe Photoshop Hardware Requirements A personal computer with Pentium II processor Multimedia kit (speakers, sound care, fl oppy, CD-ROM drive) 32 MB RAM Internet connection (preferable for research and analysis of the existing produc ts and to download latest software to compress audio and video fi les, e.g. MP3 format) Recent publications (literature) on multimedia 7. Introduction of the project a & b. Definition and origin of the proposal The development of any society largely depends on the interaction among its peop le. This interaction is essential for the ideas, facts, feelings, and courses of action to be transmi tted and interchanged. But without adequate communication skills, it would be diffi cult for the people to interact effectively. In a country like ours where illiteracy is still prevalent among the lower strat a of many societies, oral and visual communication can greatly help the flow of interaction in a society. To achieve effectiveness in communication, people need to follow certain strategies. There is no doubt th at these strategies can be developed in various ways. We feel that multimedia is the most effective of all and hence designing effecti ve communication strategies through this medium would be of great help to the students, professio nals, and laymen. For example, strategies for effectively using the various means of body language suc h as posture, gesture, eye contact, etc. would certainly prove to be of immense help for all these cate gories of people. They can use each of these means of non-verbal communication according to the situati on in which they

communicate. For instance, people working in an organization may have to deliver many short or long presentations or participate in meetings, etc. during their professional career; students may have to give several presentations such as seminars and talks, or participate in group d iscussions and interviews during their academic career; laymen need to communicate their ideas, decisions, etc. to others. Hence developing effective communication strategies is vital for the overall progress of any society. c. Objective This project aims at developing multimedia strategies for effective communicatio n (both verbal and nonverbal). It would mainly focus on: 1. All aspects of body language, voice modulation, and audience awareness pertai ning to non-verbal communication Page 3

246 Technical Communication (Watermark) 2. Graphic aids, which are vital for both oral and written communication d. Work plan For effective scheduling of time among students and for convenience, the project will be split into two broad phases of four months each. In the first phase, the package development wi ll focus on the written form of verbal communication, and certain aspects of non-verbal communication su ch as personal appearance and posture, gestures. The various patterns of communication within a n organization will also be dealt with. In the second phase, the oral aspect of verbal communication, facial expression, eye contact, and space distancing of non-verbal communication will be developed. Management of in formation within the organization, audio-visual aids on business correspondence, reports, group d iscussion, meetings, seminars, and conferences will also be dealt with. e. Methodology Literature survey Collection of materials Scripting Developing strategies Designing strategies through multimedia f. & g. Organization of work element and time schedule Phase I 4 months (approximately) Phase II 4 months (approximately) as per work plan 8. Details of facilities to be provided by the institution Library Computer hardware Software for the use of multimedia Recording Internet access 9. Budget Estimate: I. Minor Equipment 1. Consumables Rs. 8,000.00 2. Report writing Rs. 1,000.00 3. Contingency & other costs Rs. 1,000.00 Total Rs. 10,000.00 10. Utilization of the outcome of the project The multimedia package developed in this project will be informative as well as user-friendly. It will not only create an awareness among the public about the various aspects of effective communication, but also enable them to modify and develop their communication strategies. This in t urn will prove to be

benefi cial for the progress of the society at large. Page 4

Technical Proposals

247

SAMPLE PROPOSAL 3 (WITH COVERING LETTER) Multi-modal Gymnasium Varanasi-221004 March 14, 2002 Mr Anuj Sharma Chairman Diesel Locomotive Works Varanasi-221004 Re: Project proposal for setting up of a multi-modal gymnasium in DLW Dear sir The attached document, Proposal for Setting Up of a Multi-modal Gymnasium in DLW I nstitute , outlines our project for a modern gym. Reduced man-days and associated costs due to medical problems of the DLW staff and officers has been a long-standing issue. Our propo sal aims to suggest a remedy for these problems.The project is also expected to satisfy the long-pen ding demand of DLW staff for setting up of a gymnasium with multifarious facilities. This proposal provides you with an overview of the proposed plan, an outline of the work plan along with the cost estimate, and the suggested plan of action for utilization. This proposal also explores the alternative facilities provided and the utility of each. The authenticity of the proposal is supported by the fact that many leading orga nizations in the world including Intel, IBM, GE,TATA, and others have implemented this concept su ccessfully. If you have any questions or concern about our proposal, please feel free to contact me over my mobile 9830038796 or by e-mail at anirudh@vsnl.com. Yours truly Anirudh GautamDy Chief Personnel OfficerDLW Enclosure: proposal for multi-modal gymnasium (Watermark)

248 Technical Communication PROJECT PROPOSAL ON SETTING UP OF A MULTI-MODAL GYMNASIUM IN DLW SUBMITTED TO CHAIRMAN DLW BY ANIRUDH GAUTAM DY CHIEF PERSONNEL OFFICER/G DIESEL LOCOMOTIVE WORKS VARANASI 221004 (UP) March 2002 (Watermark)

(Watermark) SETTING UP OF A MULTIMODAL GYMNASIUM IN Anirudh Gautam, Dy Chief One-time Cost: Rs 9 million Expected Annual Income: Rs SETTING UP OF A MULTIMODAL GYMNASIUM IN Anirudh Gautam, Dy Chief One-time Cost: Rs 9 million Expected Annual Income: Rs Technical Proposals 249 STAFF WELFARE PROGRAM Draft Contract Project Title DLW INSTITUTE Name & designation of proposer Officer Personnel Postal address of the proposer DLW, Manuadih,Varanasi Name of the institute in which the gymnasium is proposed to be set up North DLW Institute Time required for 6 months commencement of the project on receipt of approval Duration of the project 6 months Amount of money required approximately Recurring Expenses: Rs 2.2 million 2.0 million Page 2

250 Technical Communication (Watermark) This proposal is about setting up of a multi-modal gymnasium in DLW. Last year DLW Hospital registered about 150 heart ailment cases. This year, the fi gure ha s risen to 200. Similarly, there has been phenomenal increase in the high blood pressure, depression, and anxiety cases. In addition, other stress-related medic al problems have shown a rising trend, notably that of the cardio-vascular systems, digestive, and the nervous systems. Total cost incurred by DLW due to lost worki ng days and also due to the cost of medical treatment was calculated to be Rs 57 la kh for last year alone. This year, the fi gure is expected to be at least double th at of the previous year. In order to arrest these alarming trends through preventive means, it is propose d to set up a multi-modal gymnasium at DLW for use by staff and officers, and thei r families. Contrary to popular belief, a multi-modal gymnasium offers varied heal th and fitness programmes, ranging from iron-pumping machines to Yoga therapy and Chinese acupuncture. This technical proposal enumerates the suggested outline of the proposed gymnasium, conventional and non-conventional programmes proposed to be offered, and the consequent benefits due to the same. The proposa l also brings out the estimated time schedules for completion and the cost likely to be incurred. The outcome of this project is envisaged in terms of reduction in lost working EXECUTIVE SUMMARY of a multifarious gymnasium in DLW. days and associated costs due to medical problems of DLW staff and offi cers. Al so, the project is expected to fulfil a long-pending demand of DLW staff for setting up Page 3

Technical Proposals

251

TECHNICAL DETAILS OF THE PROJECT A conventional gymnasium conjures images of weight benches, trestles, parallel b ars, balance beams, tread mills, and weight machines. This was true about gymnasiums about 20 years ago. The modern gymnasium offers a wide range of fi tness regimen s, ranging from the conventional ones to alternative therapies based on traditional health-care systems. Gold s Gym, a world leader in health and fitness facilities, offers a wide variety of programmes, including injury prevention and care, nutrition an d supplementation, weight loss and gain, and anti-aging and senior health, amongst others. The traditional dhyan yoga, acupuncture, pranayam , reiki, and other programmes are all offered under one roof. The current proposal for setting up a multi-modal gymnasium in DLW visualizes provision of a wide variety of health and fitness programmes as mentioned above. It is proposed to set up modern cardio-vascular fitness machines such as treadmills, s tairclimbers, elliptical gliders, upright and recumbent bicycles, and rowing machine s. Concurrently, setting up of an ambient Yoga Centre with the help of local expert ise is also proposed. Upgrading the existing badminton, squash, tennis, and swimming facilities are also planned. Page 4 (Watermark)

252 Technical Communication (Watermark) BACKGROUND In the year 1962, when DLW was set up with American collaboration, the stadium, the golf course, the indoor badminton courts, the squash courts, the tennis cour ts, and the basketball courts were constructed with the aim of making the fi tness f acilities available to the DLW employees. It can be said with some pride that DLW employee s and their children have excelled in a number of sports and some of them have eve n found place in the national teams. Availability of adequate and wide variety of sporting facilities has been primarily responsible for a healthy atmosphere in D LW as the number of lost working days due to sickness have been low compared to oth er production units of Indian Railways and also IR as a whole. The recent years have, however, seen a rise in the working pressures as DLW has strived to compete with the global market. There have been demands on DLW system to bring out new designs of locomotives in less cycle times and at reduced costs . The competition from Chinese and other Asian suppliers have had a telling infl uence on DLW s operating ratios. Amidst the rumours of possible privatization and a reducin g budget from the Railway Board, DLW has not only been able to survive but has made a place for itself in the Mid-east, South East, and African markets. Export s to countries like Bangladesh, Tanzania, Jordan, Sri Lanka, Vietnam, and Malaysia ha ve been successfully executed. Uncertainty and diversity of production have had a detrimental effect on the mental and physical health of its employees. The number of cases of cardiovascul ar diseases has almost doubled in the last three years. The number of lost working days due to sickness has also significantly increased in the past few years. There ha s also been a general increase in grievance levels of the employees with regard to thei r future, especially when they compare themselves with other government department s, which are still insulated from the market economies. The Staff Welfare Committee during its last meeting with the Chairman, DLW, had recommended certain steps to alleviate the troubles of employees. Setting up of a multifarious gymnasium fi g ured as one of the recommendations. On this basis the Chairman had asked the Personne l Department to put up a proposal for setting up of a multifarious gymnasium in

DLW. Page 5

Technical Proposals

253

STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM Figure 1 shows a year-wise break-up of sickness cases registered by DLW hospital . Figure 1 Year-wise break-up of registered sick cases in DLW hospital As can be seen, there has been a gradual increase in the number of registered ca ses over the past ten years. Year 2000 shows a slight reversal in the number of case s, mainly because of a large number of retirements during that year. The above figure only refers to the in-patients department cases. If the out-patients reporting is also added , then the problem assumes larger proportions. The trend, however, remains the same. Given in Figure 2 is the break-up of the cases in 1991. The corresponding positi on in year 2001 is given in Figure 3. Figure 2 Break-up of registered cases in Year 1991 Figure 3: Break-up of registered cases in the Year 2001. Figure 4 shows the working days lost in the last year due to medical problems and the associated total costs. This is compared with the projections for the ye ar 2002. Page 6 (Watermark)

Page 7 Page 7 254 Technical Communication Figure 4 Working days lost and total cost incurred due to medical problems As can be seen, the associated total costs on account of sickness are projected to double in the current year. The actual expenditure due to lost working days and due to medical treatment is expected to touch Rs 120 million in the current year. The share of cardiovascular diseases has increased signifi cantly. More signifi cantly, this has had an adverse effect on the morale of the employees. Objectives The main objective of setting up the gymnasium is to ensure fitness for the employees through sports, exercises, healthy food habits, relaxed life style, and meditation. A multi-modal gymnasium will act as a counselling centre for employees with tailor-made fi tness programmes. It is also proposed to maintain a health database of the employees in associatio n with the DLW central hospital. The bottom line is to have more satisfi ed and healthy employees with consequent reduction in lost working days and medical (Watermark) expenditure.

Technical Proposals

255

(Watermark) WORK PLAN Phases For scheduling purposes it is proposed to split up the project into three phases . In the first phase, it is envisaged to set up the cardio-fitness centre. The second phase is aimed at establishing the Cybex circuit weight-training area. In the fi nal p hase, the meditation hall and upgrading of the tennis courts and the swimming pool are planned. Coordinator As a first step, a full-time coordinator needs to be selected. The minimum qualifications and the work experience of the Gymnasium Coordinator have to be determined and the emoluments which can be offered have to be decided. The coordinator shall be responsible for looking after the management of assets worth Rs 10 million and shall also be responsible for effective management of the gymnasium. Therefore, selection criteria are required to be approved by the Chairman. Location It is proposed to locate the cardio-centre and the weight centre of the gymnasiu m in the North Institute of DLW. The Yoga and meditation centre is intended to be put up at the Officers Club. The location of the courts and the swimming pool remains the same but the skirting area around these is planned to be concreted and tiled. Area The cardio-centre and the weight-training centre require an area of about 20,000 square feet. The area has already been surveyed and the vacant stretch in front of the basketball court in the North Institute premises can be used for constructio n of the building. For the Yoga centre, the space near the Officers Club is propose d for building the main hall and the annexe. The area in front of the swimming poo l is planned to be utilized for construction of wash rooms. Types of Equipment The cardio-centre is envisaged with the following equipment: a. Treadmills Page 8

256 Technical Communication (Watermark) b. Stair Climbers c. Elliptical gliders d. Upright & recumbent bicycles e. Rowing machines The weight-training centre is proposed to be equipped with the following equipment: a. Weight benches b. Wall bars c. Parallel bars d. Incline boards e. Balance beams f. Trestles g. Weight machine centre The Yoga centre needs no specific equipment, but requires a hall with proper ventilation. There are plans to have a tie-up with the Art of Living Foundation for meditation courses. Human Resource It is estimated that a skeletal staff of about five shall be required for proper administration. For this purpose no additional staff is planned to be recruited, rather volunteers from the existing class C screened. Charges For DLW staff and officers, the charges shall be deducted from the salary at a f l at rate of Rs 500/- per month. For external members the fee shall be Rs 2000/- per month. Timings On Saturday and Sunday the gymnasium is proposed to remain open from 7:30 hrs to 17:30 hrs. On working days the timings need to be decided in consultation with the staff council and the officers association. However a timing of 6:30 to 8:30 in the morning and 16:00 to 19:00 in the evening appears to be convenient. Page 9 and D categories shall be

Technical Proposals

257

(Watermark) Methodology For civil construction works, it is first proposed to draw up the detailed layou ts in association with DLW s civil engineering wing. The specifications of the buildings also need to be firmed up. Thereafter, potential supplier assessment of reputed civil contractors will be done after floating limited tenders. Electrical works shall be clubbed with the civil works. For purchase of the equipment, it is intended to buy these on single tender basi s from Gold s Gym who are the leading manufacturers of gymnasium equipment. Organization of work elements and time schedule Given below in Table 1 is the list of activities and the expected durations for each. The detailed Gantt chart shall be worked out after the approval of the proposal. The expected completion time after paralleling of activities has been worked out to be about six months from the date of commencement of work. TABLE 1: List of Activities and Expected Durations ACTIVITY DURATION Getting approval for the technical proposal 10 days Discussion with staff council & officers association 5 days Nomination of core group 3 days ACTIVITY DURATION Briefing of the core group 5 days Budget approval 15 days Forming of specification for civil work 10 days Forming of specification for equipment 10 days Freezing criteria for co-ordinator selection 5 days Civil contractor survey 15 days Discussions with Gold s Gym regarding equipment 10 days Calling of volunteers from staff 10 days Tender for civil works 30 days Single tender for equipment 25 days Selection of coordinator 30 days Selection of other staff 25 days Completion of civil works 90 days Installation of equipment 90 days Tie-ups for Yoga centre 30 days Suggested plan of action for utilization Page 10

258 Technical Communication There is a requirement to increase fi tness and health awareness amongst DLW s employees. DLW s internal cable TV shall be used to promote the gymnasium. Schools and colleges shall be given sets of fliers for distribution. It is propo sed to organize weight-lifting and body building competitions for children as well as f or adults to attract interest of DLW s employees. In association with the DLW hospital, dedicational and physical therapies shall be worked out for some volunteers. This shall give an impetus to popularizing th e concept of fitness. It is expected that the full capacity of the gymnasium will be on the lines similar to that of the DLW golf course. It is proposed to have separate timings for family members. This shall ensure active participation by ladies and children. This experiment has already been successfully tried out with the swimming pool. It is expected that a few success stories in terms of improved fi tness levels among the staff shall impart momentum to the whole concept of gymnasium. Budget Estimate Given below in Table 2 is an estimate of cost likely to be incurred in setting u p the gym facilities. The recurring costs shall be additional to this estimate and have been worked out separately. Also indicated are the expected earnings/support annually. TABLE 2: Expected Expenditure and Earnings for the Gymnasium S no. Category of Expenditure Cost in Rs million One-time cost 9.0 1 Civil Construction 2.5 2 Electrical Works 0.5 3 Equipment 3.0 4 Selection process 0.5 5 Core team expenses 0.5 6 Travel expenses 0.5 7 Misc expenses 1.5 Recurring Expenses/Year 2.2 1 Salaries and wages 0.5 2 Maintenance 0.7 3 Contingencies 1.0 Page 11 (Watermark)

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis

259

Expected Income/Year 2.0 1 DLW members 0.5 2 Non-DLW members 1.5 It is anticipated that with the setting up of systematic fi tness facilities suc h as a gymnasium, the overall health levels of the employees and their families shall improve. This is supported by the fact that many leading organizations in the world including Intel, IBM, GE, TATA, and others have successfully tried and implemented this concept. The Chairman is therefore requested to accord approval to the setting up of a multifarious gymnasium at DLW. Page 12 (Watermark)

260 Technical Communication CHAPTER 20 RESEARCH PAPER, DISSERTATION,AND THESIS The following article is reprinted from Jassal, Simerjot K., Kritz-Silverstein, Donna, an Barrett-Connor, Elizabeth, A Prospective Study of Albuminuria and Cognitive Functio in Older Adults: The Rancho Bernardo Study , American Journal of Epidemiology, vol 171, no. 3, 2010, pp. 277 286, by permission of Oxford University Press. (Watermark)

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis

261

American Journal of Epidemiology Vol. 171, No. 3 Published by Oxford University Press on behalf of the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health 2010. DOI: 10.1093/aje/kwp426 Advance Access publication: January 8, 2010 Original Contribution A Prospective Study of Albuminuria and Cognitive Function in Older Adults The Rancho Bernardo Study

Simerjot K. Jassal*, Donna Kritz-Silverstein, and Elizabeth Barrett-Connor * Correspondence to Dr. Simerjot K. Jassal, VA San Diego Healthcare System, 3350 La Jolla Village Drive, Division of GIM/G, MC 111N, San Diego, CA 92161 (e-mail: sjassal@ucsd.edu). Initially submitted May 12, 2009; accepted for publication October 1, 2009. Chronic kidney disease is a risk factor for

cognitive impairment. Albuminuria is an early manifestation of chronic kidney disease and a marker of endothelial dysfunction and vascular risk. Results of prior studies of albuminuria and cognitive function are contradictory. The authors studied 1,345 community-dwelling women and men in southern California (mean age, 75 years) at a 1992 1996 research clinic visit, when urine albumin/creatinine ratio (ACR) was measured in

spot morning urine and cognitive function was evaluated by using the Mini-Mental State Examination Trail-Making Test B, and category fluency test. An ACR of 30 mg/g was found in 17% of women and 15% of men in 1992 1996. Analysis of covariance was used to compare cognitive function score by categorical ACR. Between 1999 and 2002, 759 participants returned for repeat

cognitive function testing. For men, but not women, baseline albuminuria, but not estimated glomerular filtration rate, was associated with reduced cognitive function at follow-up on all tests (P s < 0.05). An ACR of 30 mg/g was associated with greater annual decline in Mini-Mental State Examination and category fluency scores. Albuminuria may be an easily measured marker predicting future cognitive function

decline. Results imply a common underlying mechanism affecting the renal and cerebral microvasculature. aged; albuminuria; cognition; dementia Abbreviations: ACR, albumin/creatinine ratio; eGFR, estimated glomerular filtration rate; HbA1C, hemoglobin A1C; MMSE, MiniMental State Examination; Trails B, Trail-Making Test B.

(Watermark) Downloaded from aje.oxfordjournals. orgat OUP on October 4, 2010 Editor s note: An

invited commentary on this article appears on page 287, and the authors response is published on page 290. The association between chronic kidney disease and cardiovascular disease is well established (1). Both share common risk factors (diabetes and hypertension) (2, 3) and pathophysiology (inflammation and endothelial dysfunction) (4, 5). End-stage renal disease patients experience increased cerebrovascular accidents, subclinical

ischemic cerebrovascular disease, and cognitive decline (6 10). The prevalence of diabetes and chronic kidney disease is increasing (11). Albuminuria is an early manifestation of chronic kidney disease (12, 13), usually in diabetes; it is a marker of endothelial dysfunction and vascular risk (14) and is a risk factor for cardiovascular disease (15), but its association with

cognitive function remains uncertain. Although several studies of the association between cognitive function and estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR) exist (16 21), few have examined albuminuria as an exposure (22 26); only one was prospective (24). A study investigating the association of this modifiable stage of chronic kidney disease with cognitive decline is timely and important. The purpose of the

present study was to examine the longitudinal association of urine albumin/ creatinine ratio (ACR) with cognitive function change in a population-based sample of older, community-dwelling adults. 277 Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286

262 Technical Communication Baseline Visit Follow-up Visit n = 759 1999 2002 n = 1,345 n = 1,406 With Stroke n = 61 n = 1,418 n = 1,429 1992 1996 Without Urine Samples n = 11 Age <50 Years n = 12 Figure 1. Selection of participants for a study of albuminuria and cognitive function in older adults, Rancho Bernardo, California. In 1992 1996, 1,429 participants attended a research clinic visit and completed 3 cognitive function tests. After exclusion of 11

individuals without urine samples, 12 who were younger than age 50 years, and 61 with a history of stroke, 821 women and 524 men remained who had urine samples for albuminuria testing and tests of cognitive function in 1992 1996. Of these participants, 461 women and 298 men returned for a follow-up visit and had repeat cognitive function testing in 1999 2002.

MATERIALS AND METHODS Participants Participants were community-dwelling women and men aged 51 98 years from the Rancho Bernardo Study. In 1972 1974, 82% of all adults aged 30 years or older living in this southern California community enrolled in a study of heart disease risk factors. Participants were Caucasian, well educated, and middle class. In 1992 1996,

1,781 participated in a research clinic visit, when albuminuria was measured; 1,429 (80%) completed 3 cognitive function tests. After exclusion of 11 individuals without urine samples, 12 younger than 50 years of age, and 61 who had a history of stroke, there remained 821 women and 524 men who had albuminuria and tests of cognitive function in 1992 1996. Of these,

461 women and 298 men had repeat cognitive function testing at a follow-up visit in 1999 2002, a mean of 6.6 (range, 4.5 9.5) years later (Figure 1). Of the 3,004 participants invited to the 1999 2002 visit, 25% (758/3,004) did not respond and 37% (1,105/3,004) refused the invita (Watermark) tion (8% (252/3,004) were deceased; 9% (265/3,304) had moved away; and

20% (588/3,004) were unable to return for other reasons, such as poor health or caregiving responsibilities), leaving 38% (1,141/3,004) who were seen in the follow-up clinic. This study was approved by the Human Subjects Protection Program of the University of California, San Diego. All participants were ambulatory and gave written informed consent. Procedures At

the 1992 1996 clinic visit, standard self-administered questionnaires were used to define age, education, health habits (smoking, alcohol consumption, and exercise), medical history, and current medications. Height and weight were measured by using a regularly calibrated stadiometer and balance-beam scale with participants wearing light clothing and no shoes. Body mass index was calculated as weight in kilograms divided by height in

meters squared. Systolic and diastolic blood pressures were measured twice in seated participants after a 5-minute rest by a trained nurse using the Hypertension Detection and Follow-up Program protocol (27). Ankle brachial index was measured by a trained nurse taking the highest systolic blood pressure in each leg (posterior tibial artery) and dividing by the highest systolic blood pressure in

each arm (brachial artery). If the lowest of these 2 ankle brachial indices was 0.90, participants were classified as having peripheral arterial disease. A blood sample was obtained by venipuncture after a requested overnight fast (12 16 hours). A single, clean-catch, untimed morning urine sample (usually the second void) was collected. Fasting plasma glucose was measured by the glucose

oxidase method and hemoglobin A1C (HbA1C) by high performance liquid chromatography; fasting plasma cholesterol, triglyceride, and high density lipoprotein and low density lipoprotein cholesterol levels were measured in a Centers for Disease Control and Prevention certified lipid research clinic laboratory. Total cholesterol and triglyceride levels were measured by enzymatic techniques using an ABA-200 biochromatic analyzer (Abbott Laboratories, Abbott Park, Illinois).

High density lipoprotein cholesterol was measured according to the standardized procedures of the lipid research clinics manual (28); low density lipoprotein cholesterol was calculated by using the Friedewald formula (29). Serum creatinine was measured by SmithKline Beecham Clinical Laboratories (King of Prussia, Pennsylvania). Urine samples were shipped to the National Institutes of Health laboratory in Phoenix, Arizona. Urine albumin was

measured by using the Behring Nephelometer BNA (Dade Behring GmbH, Marburg, Germany). The lower limit of detection of the assay was 6.8 mg/dL; values <6.8 mg/dL were assigned a value of 6.7 mg/dL. The interassay coefficient of variance was 4.5%. Urine creatinine was measured by the kinetic alkaline picrate method using the CibaCorning Express (Corning, Medfield, Massachusetts). Diabetes was

defined according to the 1999 World Health Organization criteria (30) fasting plasma glucose 126 mg/dL (7 mmol/L), a physician diagnosis of diabetes, or use of diabetes-specific medication (oral or insulin). Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286 Downloaded from aje.oxfordjournals. orgat OUP on October 4, 2010

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis Statistical analysis At both the 1992 1996 and 1999 2002 clinic visits, 3 standardized tests, chosen to assess diverse domains of cognitive function with demonstrated reliability and validity (31), were administered by a trained interviewer: the Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE), Trail-Making Test B (Trails B), and a category fluency test. The MMSE is a global test

263

of orientation, registration, attention, calculation, language, and recall (32, 33). It is used to screen for incipient dementia, has limited sensitivity for change in cognitive function (34), and is influenced by education, with lower sensitivity for detecting cognitive dysfunction in those with a college education or higher (33). It is scored on a scale of 0 to 30, with dementia

suspected for scores <24. Trails B (from the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Test Battery) is a test of visuomotor tracking and attention (35) in which participants identify alternating patterns of letters and numbers in sequence over 300 seconds. It is scored by the time required to complete the test. Lastly, the Animals Naming Category Fluency test is a test of cognitive flexibility

and executive function in which participants are asked to name as many animals as possible in 1 minute (36). The score is the number of correctly named animals; repetitions, variations, and intrusions (words other than names of animals, e.g., apple) are not counted. For the MMSE and category fluency test, higher scores indicate better performance; for Trails B, a lower

score indicates better performance. Recommended cutoff values indicative of poor performance obtained from the Alzheimer s Disease Research Center of the University of California, San Diego, were as follows: MMSE <24, Trails B 132, and category fluency <12. Depressed mood was assessed by using the Beck Depression Inventory, a self-administered questionnaire asking participants to choose statements that best describe

their feelings. Higher score indicates greater depressed mood, and a score 12 suggests clinical depression (37). ACR was calculated as follows: ACR (mg/g) Urine albumin (mg/dL)/Urine creatinine (g/dL). It was categorized as 30 mg/g (albuminuria) or <30 mg/g (normal) (38). eGFR was calculated by using the abbreviated Modification of Diet in Renal Disease study equation

(39, 40): eGFR (mL/minute/1.73 m2) 186 3 (serum creatinine (mg/dL))1.154 3 (age)0.203 3 (0.742 if female) 3 (1.210 if black). It was categorized as 60 mL/minute/ 1.73 m2 (normal to mildly decreased) or <60 mL/minute/ 1.73 m2 (moderately to severely decreased). Annual change in cognitive function was calculated as follows: Annual change in score (Score at

follow-up Score at baseline)/Years between visits. Analyses were stratified by sex because of known differences in kidney and cognitive function between women and men. All measures were normally distributed except ACR, which required log transformation. A univariate general linear model (analysis of covariance) was used to compare mean values for continuous variables by sex or by ACR

or eGFR category; the chi-square statistic was used to compare differences in prevalence for categorical variables. Medians for ACR were calculated. Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286

(Watermark) Three analytic strategies were used to assess the crosssectional and longitudinal association between kidney function and cognitive function: 1) multiple linear regression to assess the association between logACR at

baseline and scores on the MMSE, Trails B, and category fluency tests and annual change in scores; 2) logistic regression to assess the association between logACR and categorical poor performance on cognitive function tests; and 3) analysis of covariance to compare cognitive function scores by categorical ACR (<30 mg/g vs. 30 mg/g). Analyses were repeated by using eGFR as a

continuous or categorical (60 mL/minute/1.73 m2 vs. <60 mL/minute/1.73 m2) variable. Covariates significantly associated with both predictor and outcome variables by correlation coefficients were used to create parsimonious multivariate models. Multivariable models were adjusted for age, systolic blood pressure, HbA1C, education (some college or more vs. no college), strenuous exercise 3 or more times per week (yes/no), consumption

of alcoholic beverages 3 or more times per week (yes/no), and current estrogen use (yes/no) by women, and additionally for eGFR, Beck Depression Inventory, and use of antihypertensive and lipid-lowering medications. Inclusion of body mass index, low density lipoprotein cholesterol, current smoking (yes/no), and peripheral arterial disease (yes/no) did not materially change the results; these variables were therefore not included

in the final model. Longitudinal analyses of cognitive function score on the MMSE, Trails B, or category fluency test at the 1999 2002 visit were adjusted for score on the same test at the 1992 1996 visit. All P values are 2 sided. SPSS software (SPSS Base 15.0 for Windows; SPSS Inc., Chicago, Illinois) was used for all analyses.

RESULTS At baseline in 1992 1996, the mean age of women and men was similar 74.9 (standard deviation, 9.1) years and 74.5 (standard deviation, 8.6) years (P 0.44), respectively. There were significant corresponding sex differences (P < 0.01 for all) in mean eGFR (64.9 mL/minute/1.73 m2 vs. 68.7 mL/minute/1.73 m2), median ACR (13.4 mg/g vs.

9.7 mg/g), and scores on the MMSE (28.1 vs. 27.8), Trails B (135.7 vs. 126.4), and category fluency (17.0 vs. 18.1) tests; women performed better than men on the MMSE but worse on Trails B and category fluency. Systolic blood pressure, HbA1C, body mass index, low density lipoprotein cholesterol, Beck Depression Inventory, education, exercise, and alcohol consumption also differed significantly

by sex (Table 1). In 1992 1996, 17% of women and 15% of men had albuminuria (ACR 30 mg/g); 42% of women and 27% of men had moderately to severely impaired kidney function by eGFR (<60 mL/minute/1.73 m2). A majority (56%; n 754) had preserved kidney function by both measures, and only 8% (n 108) had impaired kidney function

by both measures. However, 28% (n 375) had an eGFR of <60 mL/minute/1.73 m2 but an ACR of <30mg/g, and 8% (n 105) had an eGFR of 60 mL/minute/1.73 m2 but Downloaded from aje.oxfordjournals. orgat OUP on October 4, 2010

264 Technical Communication Table 1. Baseline Characteristics of Participants in a Prospective Study of Albuminuria and Cognitive Function, Rancho Bernardo, California, 1992 1996a Women (n 5 821) Men (n 5 524) P Value Mean (standard deviation) Age, years 74.9 (9.1) 74.5 (8.6) 0.44 Body mass index, kg/m2 24.7 (4.1) 26.2 (3.6) <0.001 Systolic blood pressure, 140.3

(22.4) 137.5 (20.2) 0.02 mm Hg HbA1C, % 4.3 (0.6) 4.3 (0.7) 0.04 Low density lipoprotein 128.0 (34.4) 123.5 (30.4) <0.01 cholesterol, mg/dL Serum creatinine, mg/dL 0.9 (0.2) 1.2 (0.25) <0.001 eGFR, mL/minute/1.73 m2 64.9 (15.7) 68.7 (16.7) <0.001 ACR, mg/gb 13.4 (8.4 22.1) 9.7 (6.4 19.4) <0.01 Beck Depression Inventory 5.9 (4.6) 4.8 (4.0) <0.001

score MMSE score 28.1 (2.0) 27.8 (2.3) <0.01 Trails B score 135.7 (61.1) 126.4 (56.4) <0.01 Category fluency score 17.0 (4.7) 18.1 (5.0) <0.001 % Some college or more 63.9 81.5 <0.001 Exercise 33/week 69.2 77.7 <0.01 Alcohol consumption 39.8 55.9 <0.001 33/week Current smoking 7.2 5.3 0.18 Current estrogen use 40.7 n/a n/a Current lipid-lowering

10.5 9.2 0.41 medication use Current antihypertensives 34.1 38.1 0.22 use Diabetes 13.6 18.1 0.03 Abbreviations: ACR, urine albumin/creatinine ratio; eGFR, estimated glomerular filtration rate; HbA1C, hemoglobin A1C; MMSE, Mini-Mental State Examination; n/a, not applicable; Trails B, Trail-Making Test B. a Except for ACR, P values were obtained from analysis of variance for normally distributed values

and the chi-square statistic for categorical variables. b Values are expressed as median (interquartile range). P values were obtained from the Wilcoxon rank sum test for this skewed variable.

(Watermark) Downloaded from aje.oxfordjournals. orgat OUP on October 4, 2010 an ACR of 30 mg/g (Figure 2), suggesting these measures assess different spectrums of kidney

disease. The predictors, outcomes, and most covariates all differed significantly by sex. Testing revealed a significant ACR-bysex interaction (P 0.01). Therefore, all analyses were sex specific. As shown in Table 2, men and women with an ACR of 30 mg/g versus <30 mg/g were older, had a higher systolic blood pressure and HbA1C, were less likely to

drink alcohol regularly, and were more likely to use antihypertensives. Women with an ACR of 30 mg/g versus <30 mg/g were also less likely to report regular exercise, were more likely to have diabetes or depressed mood, and had worse scores on the MMSE, Trails B, and category fluency tests. At follow-up, more men and women had poor cognitive function

according to the MMSE and category fluency tests than at baseline, but fewer scored poorly on Trails B (Figure 3). Mean differences in cognitive function test scores from the 1992 1996 to the follow-up visit for women and men, respectively, were as follows: MMSE 1.0 (standard deviation, 2.1) and 0.9 (standard deviation, 1.9); Trails B 15.7 (standard deviation, 55.1)

and 8.4 (standard deviation, 46.0) (unexpectedly improved); and category fluency 1.8 (standard deviation, 4.3) and 1.6 (standard deviation, 4.5). Cross-sectional analyses using multiple linear regression, logistic regression, or analysis of covariance adjusted for age and other known covariates indicated that albuminuria was not associated with any of the 3 measures of cognitive function at baseline in either sex.

In contrast, prospective analyses using analysis of covariance showed that albuminuria (ACR 30 mg/g vs. <30 mg/ g) in 1992 1996 was associated with worse cognitive function on all tests (MMSE, Trails B, and category fluency) in 1999 2002 (Table 3) and with greater annual decline in Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis

265

Figure 2. Prevalence (%) of impaired kidney function by estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR) and urine albumin/creatinine ratio (ACR) at the baseline research clinic visit in 1992 1996, Rancho Bernardo, California. MMSE and category fluency in men but not women, even after adjusting for all covariates (P s . 0.05 for all) (Table 4). However,

there was an unexpected trend toward improvement in Trails B score (a decrease) among men with an ACR of 30 mg/g versus <30 mg/g (P 0.06) (Table 4). Prospective multivariable analyses using multiple linear regression or logistic regression showed similar trends but no significant association. To determine whether these findings were the result of the established association

between diabetes and cognitive function, analyses were repeated by excluding 208 participants with diabetes (30); doing so did not materially change the results. To ensure that results were not driven by macroalbuminuria, analyses were repeated by excluding 21 participants who had an ACR of 300 mg/g, which also did not materially change the results. To further understand sex differences, prospective

analyses were repeated by using sexspecific cutoffs for albuminuria (women: normal <25 mg/g (n 649; 79%), albuminuria 25 mg/g (n 173; 21%); men: normal <17 mg/g (n 374; 71%), albuminuria 17 mg/g (n 150; 29%) (41) but did not materially change the results for either men or women. To determine whether sex differences in cognitive function

might vary by baseline estrogen use, analyses were repeated by stratifying women by baseline estrogen status; no association remained between albuminuria and cognitive decline in women who were or were not current estrogen users at baseline. Analyses were repeated after additionally adjusting for body mass index, low density lipoprotein cholesterol, and current smoking or by peripheral arterial disease, without a

material change in results. We also attempted to stratify by median age (<75 or 75 years) and by peripheral arterial disease to determine whether results were modified by age or peripheral arterial disease; however, sample sizes were too small for results to be interpretable. Similar prospective analyses were performed by using eGFR as the exposure variable instead of

ACR. There were

(Watermark) Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286 no significant differences by baseline eGFR category in mean score on any cognitive function test at follow-up, or in mean annual change in any score, for either sex. To determine whether the absent cross-sectional ACR association and the strong, positive, prospective association were explained by

survival or nonresponse bias, we compared differences in baseline characteristics between those who attended only the baseline visit and those who attended both visits. Compared with those who attended only the baseline visit, at baseline, those who attended both visits were healthier as evidenced by statistically significant differences (P < 0.05) in nearly every baseline measure shown in Table 1:

they were younger; had a lower systolic blood pressure, HbA1C, and ACR and a higher eGFR; were more likely to report regular exercise; and performed better on all baseline measures of cognitive function than those who attended the baseline visit only, documenting selective loss of older, less healthy, and more cognitively impaired participants. This truncation would be expected to reduce

any true increased risk. Nonresponse did not differ significantly by sex, making it unlikely to explain the sex differences. DISCUSSION In this study of older, community-dwelling adults, categorically defined albuminuria was not associated with cognitive function at baseline. However, for men only, it was associated with worse cognitive function 6.6 years later. Significant differences

were observed when ACR was used as a categorical but not a continuous predictor, suggesting that the 30 mg/g cutpoint based on American Diabetes Association (30) and National Kidney Foundation/Kidney Disease Outcomes Quality Initiative (41) guidelines may carry prognostic value. This level of albuminuria has been associated with other microvascular complications of diabetes including diabetic retinopathy (42) and suggests that

cognitive decline may result from microvascular disease in the brain. In this study, a significant association between albuminuria and cognitive function was found in longitudinal but not cross-sectional analyses. This finding is consistent with 2 prior studies in this cohort, which reported a longitudinal, but not cross-sectional, association between glucose tolerance status or HbA1C and cognitive function over

a 4-year follow-up (3, 43). One possible explanation for this disparity is that, since albuminuria is an early predictor of kidney disease (usually preceding a decline in eGFR) and an early marker of endothelial dysfunction, it may signal the early stage of a process resulting in vascular disease and cognitive decline over the 6.6-year follow-up period. To our

knowledge, the observed sex differences in the association between albuminuria and cognitive function have not been reported previously, and the reasons for them are unknown. They were not explained by sex differences in age, baseline test performance, or exogenous hormone use and are unlikely to be due to endogenous sex hormones, because higher endogenous estrogen levels have been associated with

greater decline in category fluency in this cohort (44). Known sex differences in cognitive function include Downloaded from aje.oxfordjournals. orgat OUP on October 4, 2010

266 Technical Communication Table 2. Comparison of Baseline Characteristics of Study Subjects by Urine ACR Category, Rancho Bernardo, California, 1992 1996a Women (n 5 821) Men (n 5 524) ACR <30 (n 5 686) ACR 30 (n 5 135) P Value ACR <30 (n 5 446) ACR 30 (n 5 78) P Value Mean Age, years 74.1 78.7

<0.001 74.1 77.2 <0.01 Body mass index, kg/m2 24.9 24.2 0.06 26.2 26.4 0.67 Systolic blood pressure, mm Hg 138.6 147.8 <0.001 135.7 147.9 <0.001 HbA1C, % 4.2 4.4 <0.01 4.3 4.6 <0.01 Low density lipoprotein 128.5 126.0 0.44 123.6 123.4 0.96 cholesterol, mg/dL Serum creatinine, mg/dL 0.9 1.0 <0.01 1.1 1.3 <0.001 eGFR, mL/minute/1.73 m2 65.5 62.3 0.03 70.1

60.9 <0.001 ACR, mg/gb 11.4 44.7 <0.001 8.4 60.6 <0.001 Beck Depression Inventory 5.73 6.63 <0.05 4.68 5.60 0.06 score MMSE score 28.2 27.9 <0.05 27.9 27.6 0.33 Trails B score 131.4 155.5 <0.001 124.7 136.0 0.10 Category fluency 17.3 15.7 <0.001 18.2 17.4 0.21 % Some college or more 63.6 65.8 0.75 82.4 75.8 0.22 Exercise 33/week 71.1 59.3

<0.01 78.0 75.6 0.66 Alcohol consumption 33/week 41.7 28.9 <0.01 58.3 47.3 0.01 Current smoking 7.3 7.4 1.00 5.4 5.1 1.00 Current estrogen use 41.3 37.0 0.39 n/a n/a n/a Current lipid-lowering 10.9 8.1 0.44 10.1 3.8 0.09 medication use Current antihypertensives use 36.7 57.0 <0.001 39.7 67.9 <0.001 Diabetes 12.1 21.5 <0.01 17.3 23.1 0.26

(Watermark)

Abbreviations: ACR, albumin/creatinine ratio; eGFR, estimated glomerular filtration rate; HbA1C, hemoglobin A1C; MMSE, Mini-Mental State Examination; Trails B, Trail-Making Test B. a Except for ACR, P values were obtained from analysis of variance for normally distributed values and the chisquare statistic for categorical variables. b Values are expressed as median. P values were obtained from the

Wilcoxon rank sum test for this skewed variable. Downloaded from aje.oxfordjournals. orgat OUP on October 4, 2010 better performance by women on tests of visuospatial, visuoconceptional, and mental control function and better performance on verbal tasks (45); women also have a lower modified MMSE score than men do in populations with disparities in educational resources (46). Rancho

Bernardo women were less likely than men to have attended college (63.9% vs. 81.5%, P < 0.001) and had lower baseline scores on Trails B and category fluency; consequently, they may have been functioning at a lower level than men, thereby blunting the ability to observe potential differences by albuminuria. Of note, a lower proportion of both men

and women in our study had poorer Trails B test scores at the 1999 2002 visit than the 1992 1996 visit, and average score on this test improved among those who completed the test at both visits. This finding likely reflects a practice effect, with improvement on repeat testing, as reported previously in this (47) and other (48, 49) cohorts.

Alternatively, the selective loss of those with the poorest cognitive function excluded those with the poorest Trails B test performance at baseline. To our knowledge, 5 prior papers have investigated the association between albuminuria and cognitive function (22 26); only 1 was prospective (24), and none reported sex-specific data. Two papers from the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey

cohort reported the crosssectional association between microalbuminuria and a single measure of cognitive function in more than 2,000 participants (22, 23). In multiply adjusted analyses, participants with microalbuminuria had significantly lower Weschler digit symbol substitution scores compared with those without microalbuminuria; after additional adjustment for cardiovascular disease and risk factors, this association was no longer significant except in the subset

with peripheral arterial disease (22, 23). Another cross-sectional study Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis

267

Figure 3. Prevalence (%) of poor cognitive function Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE) score <24, Trail-Making Test B (Trails B) score 132, and category fluency test score <12 in 1992 1996 and 1999 2002, Rancho Bernardo, California. assessed dementia and albuminuria in 2,316 Cardiovascular Health Cognition Study participants (25). Albuminuria was associated with increased odds of dementia (1.6,

95% confidence interval: 1.2, 2.3) independent of heart disease, risk factors, and eGFR. A cross-sectional study by Weiner et al. (26) evaluated 335 participants from the Nutrition, Aging, and Memory in Elders Study; those with albuminuria had poorer performance on several cognitive tests but no differ( Watermark) ence in MMSE scores or memory. Albuminuria was also associated with

increased white matter hyperintensity volume on magnetic resonance imaging (26). To our knowledge, the only published prospective study of the association between albuminuria and cognitive function was by Abbatecola et al. (24), who studied 140 elderly (mean age, 86 years) nondemented participants with impaired glucose tolerance. Baseline 24-hour urine albumin excretion rate was measured 3 times, and cognitive

function was assessed by the MMSE, Verbal Fluency, Digit Span forward and backward, and Trail-Making Tests A and B at baseline and 12 months. Baseline albuminuria predicted increased risk of poor cognition after adjustment for baseline MMSE score, age, education, body mass index, smoking, depression, drug intake, postprandial glucose, and systolic blood pressure (relative risk 1.8, 95% confidence interval:

1.1, 2.1). Our prospective study differs in its larger size, use of spot ACR, 6.6-year follow-up, and sex-specific analyses. Abbatecola et al. s use of three 24-hour urine samples would be expected to better classify albuminuria, but their small, shorter (1 year) study was probably not powered to reveal sex differences. ACR may be a marker of systemic vascular

endothelial dysfunction common to the kidney and brain, resulting from advanced glycated end products or inflammation. This possibility is supported by studies showing an association of albuminuria with carotid intimal medial thickness (50) and pulse wave velocity (51) and the association of markers of inflammation and hemostasis (52) with both albuminuria (53) and cognitive decline (54). Furthermore, the

study by Table 3. Adjusted Longitudinal Comparisons of Mean Cognitive Function Scores at Study Follow-up in 1999 2002 by Baseline Urine ACR Category in 1992 1996,a Rancho Bernardo, California Women (n 5 461) Men (n 5 298) ACR <30 (n 5 406) ACR 30 (n 5 55) P Value ACR <30 (n 5 263) ACR 30 (n 5 35) P

Value MMSE Unadjusted 27.6 27.8 0.54 27.7 26.4 <0.01 Age adjusted 27.6 28.0 0.18 27.6 26.8 <0.05 All adjustedb 27.7 28.0 0.36 27.7 26.6 0.02 Trails B Unadjusted 129.5 150.6 0.03 114.8 152.5 <0.01 Age adjusted 130.8 141.7 0.21 117.1 133.5 0.12 All adjustedb 129.1 133.4 0.62 112.5 132.9 <0.05 Category fluency Unadjusted 16.1 16.5 0.62 17.8 16.0 <0.05 Age

adjusted 16.1 16.8 0.24 17.7 16.8 0.31 All adjustedb 16.2 16.6 0.57 18.0 15.6 0.01 Downloaded from aje. oxfordjournals. orgat OUP on October 4, 2010 Abbreviations: ACR, albumin/creatinine ratio; MMSE, Mini-Mental State Examination; Trails B, Trail-Making Test B. a Results of analysis of covariance. b Adjusted for baseline age, systolic blood pressure, hemoglobin A1C, education

(some col lege), strenuous exercise 3 or more times per week, alcoholic beverage consumption 3 or more times per week, baseline score on cognitive function test, current estrogen use (women only), estimated glomerular filtration rate, Beck Depression Inventory score, antihypertensive medication use, and lipid-lowering medication use. Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286

268 Technical Communication Table 4. Adjusted Longitudinal Comparisons of Mean Annual Change in Cognitive Function Scores Between Baseline in 1992 1996 and Follow-up in 1999 2002 by Baseline Urine ACR Category in 1992 1996,a Rancho Bernardo, California Women (n 5 461) Men (n 5 298) ACR <30 (n 5 406) ACR 30 (n 5 55) P Value ACR <30 (n

5 263) ACR 30 (n 5 35) P Value MMSE Unadjusted 0.16 0.12 0.42 0.12 0.27 0.01 Age adjusted 0.16 0.10 0.15 0.13 0.23 0.09 All adjustedb 0.15 0.10 0.38 0.11 0.28 0.01 Trails B Unadjusted 2.20 4.21 0.11 0.99 3.98 <0.05 Age adjusted 2.38 3.62 0.28 1.11 2.91 0.19 All adjustedb 2.45 3.16 0.59 0.87 3.99 0.06 Category fluency

Unadjusted 0.28 0.28 0.96 0.23 0.47 0.07 Age adjusted 0.28 0.27 0.94 0.24 0.40 0.24 All adjustedb 0.29 0.27 0.82 0.22 0.55 0.04

(Watermark) Abbreviations: ACR, albumin/creatinine ratio; MMSE, Mini-Mental State Examination; Trails B, Trail-Making Test B. a Results of analysis of covariance. b Adjusted for baseline age, systolic blood pressure, hemoglobin A1C,

education (some college), strenuous exercise 3 or more times per week, alcoholic beverage consumption 3 or more times per week, baseline score on cognitive function test, current estrogen use (women only), estimated glomerular filtration rate, Beck Depression Inventory score, antihypertensive medication use, and lipid-lowering medication use. Abbatecola et al. (24) showed that, while the longitudinal association between baseline

albuminuria and poor cognition 1 year later persisted in multivariable analyses adjusted for intimal medial thickness, it did not persist after pulse wave velocity was added (relative risk 1.1, 95% confidence interval: 1.0, 1.2), and the authors concluded that the association might be mediated by the effects of vascular stiffness and endothelial dysfunction on cerebral blood flow.

Several limitations and strengths of this study should be noted. ACR was measured with a single, untimed spot urine sample, but this method has been shown to correlate well with 24-hour urine albumin excretion rates (55), and any misclassification would be expected to bias results toward the null, reducing the observed association. Only 3 cognitive function tests were performed at

both visits; thus, cognitive assessment may be limited. Another limitation was our inability to stratify analyses by age group or peripheral arterial disease because of the lack of power resulting from small sample sizes in some groups. Because the Rancho Bernardo cohort is mostly white, well educated, and affluent, findings may not be generalizable to other ethnic groups or to

those of different socioeconomic or educational backgrounds. Selection bias and loss to follow-up, as in any study of the elderly, are additional limitations. The strengths of this study are its large size, prospective design, long followup, assessment of several domains of cognitive function, and use of sex-specific analyses in a cohort very well characterized for directly measured covariates.

In conclusion, men with albuminuria had worse cognitive function and greater cognitive decline as assessed by 2 of 3 cognitive tests over a 6.6-year interval. This association was not explained by eGFR or diabetes. Progression of albuminuria may be slowed and cardiovascular outcomes delayed with interventions that control blood pressure, especially with blockade of the renin-angiotensin system (56). Clinical trials

are necessary to determine whether interventions targeting albuminuria can prevent cognitive decline among older men with this early marker of kidney disease. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Author affiliations: Division of General Internal Medicine and Geriatrics, Department of Medicine, University of California, San Diego, California (Simerjot K. Jassal); VA San Diego Healthcare System, San Diego, California (Simerjot K.

Jassal); and Division of Epidemiology, Department of Family and Preventive Medicine, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California (Donna Kritz-Silverstein, Elizabeth Barrett-Connor). This work was supported by the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases (grant DK31801), the National Institute on Aging (grant AG07181), and the National Institutes of Health and the National Institute on Aging (grant

R01AG028507). This work was presented at the American Heart Association s 49th Cardiovascular Disease Epidemiology and Downloaded from aje.oxfordjournals. orgat OUP on October 4, 2010 Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis Prevention Annual Conference 2009 in association with the Council on Nutrition, Physical Activity and Metabolism, Palm Harbor, Florida, March 10 14, 2009. Conflict of interest: none declared. REFERENCES 1. Go AS, Chertow GM, Fan D, et al. Chronic kidney disease and the risks of death, cardiovascular events, and hospitalization. N Engl

269

J Med. 2004;351(13):1296 1305. 2. Cherubini A, Lowenthal DT, Paran E, et al. Hypertension and cognitive function in the elderly. Am J Ther. 2007;14(6): 533 554. 3. Kanaya AM, Barrett-Connor E, Gildengorin G, et al. Change in cognitive function by glucose tolerance status in older adults: a 4-year prospective study of the Rancho Bernardo study cohort. Arch Intern Med. 2004;164(12):1327 1333. 4. Ozturk

C, Ozge A, Yalin OO, et al. The diagnostic role of serum inflammatory and soluble proteins on dementia subtypes: correlation with cognitive and functional decline. Behav Neurol. 2007;18(4):207 215. 5. Zuliani G, Cavalieri M, Galvani M, et al. Markers of endothelial dysfunction in older subjects with late onset Alzheimer s disease or vascular dementia. J Neurol Sci. 2008; 272(1-2):164 170. 6. Seliger SL,

Gillen DL, Longstreth WT Jr, et al. Elevated risk of stroke among patients with end-stage renal disease. Kidney Int. 2003;64(2):603 609. 7. Khatri M, Wright CB, Nickolas TL, et al. Chronic kidney disease is associated with white matter hyperintensity volume: the Northern Manhattan Study (NOMAS). Stroke. 2007; 38(12):3121 3126. 8. Sehgal AR, Grey SF, DeOreo PB, et al. Prevalence, recognition, and implications

of mental impairment among hemodialysis patients. Am J Kidney Dis. 1997;30(1):41 49. 9. Madero M, Gul A, Sarnak MJ. Cognitive function in chronic kidney disease. Semin Dial. 2008;21(1):29 37. 10. Murray AM. Cognitive impairment in the aging dialysis and chronic kidney disease populations: an occult burden. Adv Chronic Kidney Dis. 2008;15(2):123 132. 11. Xue JL, Ma JZ, Louis TA, et al. Forecast of

the number of patients with end-stage renal disease in the United States to the year 2010. J Am Soc Nephrol. 2001;12(12):2753 2758. 12. Mogensen CE, Christensen CK, Vittinghus E. The stages in diabetic renal disease. With emphasis on the stage of incipient diabetic nephropathy. Diabetes. 1983;32(suppl 2): 64 78. 13. Verhave JC, Gansevoort RT, Hillege HL, et al. An elevated urinary albumin

excretion predicts de novo development of renal function impairment in the general population. Kidney Int Suppl. 2004(92):S18 S21. 14. Ovbiagele B. Microalbuminuria: risk factor and potential therapeutic target for stroke? J Neurol Sci. 2008;271(1-2): 21 28. 15. Gerstein HC, Mann JF, Yi Q, et al. Albuminuria and risk of cardiovascular events, death, and heart failure in diabetic and nondiabetic individuals. JAMA. 2001;286(4):421 426.

16. Kurella M, Chertow GM, Luan J, et al. Cognitive impairment in chronic kidney disease. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2004;52(11): 1863 1869. 17. Kurella M, Yaffe K, Shlipak MG, et al. Chronic kidney disease and cognitive impairment in menopausal women. Am J Kidney Dis. 2005;45(1):66 76. Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286

(Watermark) 18. Hailpern SM, Melamed ML, Cohen HW, et

al. Moderate chronic kidney disease and cognitive function in adults 20 to 59 years of age: Third National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHANES III). J Am Soc Nephrol. 2007;18(7): 2205 2213. 19. Kurella M, Chertow GM, Fried LF, et al. Chronic kidney disease and cognitive impairment in the elderly: the Health, Aging, and Body Composition study. J Am Soc Nephrol.

2005; 16(7):2127 2133. 20. Slinin Y, Paudel ML, Ishani A, et al. Kidney function and cognitive performance and decline in older men. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2008;56(11):2082 2088. 21. Etgen T, Sander D, Chonchol M, et al. Chronic kidney disease is associated with incident cognitive impairment in the elderly: the INVADE Study. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2009;24(10): 3144 3150. 22. Kuo HK, Lin LY,

Yu YH. Microalbuminuria is a negative correlate for cognitive function in older adults with peripheral arterial disease: results from the U.S. National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey 1999 2002. J Intern Med. 2007;262(5):562 570. 23. Vupputuri S, Shoham DA, Hogan SL, et al. Microalbuminuria, peripheral artery disease, and cognitive function. Kidney Int. 2008;73(3):341 346. 24. Abbatecola AM, Barbieri M, Rizzo MR, et al.

Arterial stiffness and cognition in elderly persons with impaired glucose tolerance and microalbuminuria. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci. 2008;63(9):991 996. 25. Barzilay JI, Fitzpatrick AL, Luchsinger J, et al. Albuminuria and dementia in the elderly: a community study. Am J Kidney Dis. 2008;52(2):216 226. 26. Weiner DE, Bartolomei K, Scott T, et al. Albuminuria, cognitive functioning, and white matter hyperintensities

in homebound elders. Am J Kidney Dis. 2009;53(3):438 447. 27. The hypertension detection and follow-up program: hypertension detection and follow-up program cooperative group. Prev Med. 1976;5(2):207 215. 28. Lipid Research Clinics Program. Manual of laboratory operations. US Department of Health, Education and Welfare publication NIH. Vol 1. 2nd ed. Lipid and lipoprotein analysis. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office, 1974: 75 628. 29.

Friedewald WT, Levy RI, Fredrickson DS. Estimation of the concentration of low-density lipoprotein cholesterol in plasma, without use of the preparative ultracentrifuge. Clin Chem. 1972;18(6):499 502. 30. Definition, Diagnosis and Classification of Diabetes Mellitus and Its Complications: Report of a WHO Consultation. Geneva, Switzerland: Department of Noncommunicable Disease Surveillance, World Health Organization; 1999. (Publication WHO/NCD/NCS/99.2). 31. Blessed G, Tomlinson BE, Roth

M. The association between quantitative measures of dementia and of senile change in the cerebral grey matter of elderly subjects. Br J Psychiatry. 1968;114(512):797 811. 32. Folstein MF, Folstein SE, McHugh PR. "Mini-mental state". A practical method for grading the cognitive state of patients for the clinician. J Psychiatr Res. 1975;12(3): 189 198. 33. Tombaugh TN, McIntyre NJ. The mini-mental state examination:

a comprehensive review. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1992; 40(9):922 935. 34. Tombaugh TN. Test-retest reliable coefficients and 5-year change scores for the MMSE and 3MS. Arch Clin Neuropsychol. 2005;20(4):485 503. Downloaded from aje.oxfordjournals. orgat OUP on October 4, 2010

270 Technical Communication 35. Reitan R. Validity of the trailmaking test as an indicator of organic brain damage. Percept Mot Skills. 1958;8:271 276. 36. Borkowski JG, Benton AL, Spreen O. Word fluency and brain damage. Neuropsychologia. 1967;5:135 140. 37. Beck AT, Ward CH, Mendelson M, et al. An inventory for measuring depression. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1961;4:561 571. 38. Alberti KG, Zimmet PZ.

Definition, diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus and its complications. Part 1: diagnosis and classification of diabetes mellitus. Provisional report of a WHO consultation. Diabet Med. 1998;15(7):539 553. 39. Levey AS, Bosch JP, Lewis JB, et al. A more accurate method to estimate glomerular filtration rate from serum creatinine: a new prediction equation. Modification of Diet in Renal Disease Study Group.

Ann Intern Med. 1999;130(6):461 470. 40. Levey AS, Coresh J, Balk E, et al. National Kidney Foundation practice guidelines for chronic kidney disease: evaluation, classification, and stratification. Ann Intern Med. 2003;139(2): 137 147. 41. National Kidney Foundation. K/DOQI clinical practice guidelines for chronic kidney disease: evaluation, classification, and stratification. Am J Kidney Dis. 2002;39(2 suppl 1): S1 S266. 42. Manaviat MR, Afkhami M,

Shoja MR. Retinopathy and microalbuminuria in type II diabetic patients [electronic article]. BMC Ophthalmol. 2004;4:9. 43. Yaffe K, Blackwell T, Whitmer RA, et al. Glycosylated hemoglobin level and development of mild cognitive impairment or dementia in older women. J Nutr Health Aging. 2006;10(4): 293 295. 44. Laughlin GA, Kritz-Silverstein D, Barrett-Connor E. Higher endogenous oestrogens predict four year decline in verbal

fluency in postmenopausal women: the Rancho Bernardo Study. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf). Advance Access: March 30, 2009. (PMID: 19508596 as supplied by publisher). 45. Wiederholt WC, Cahn D, Butters NM, et al. Effects of age, gender and education on selected neuropsychological tests in (Watermark) an elderly community cohort. J Am Geriatr Soc. 1993;41(6): 639 647. 46. Yount KM. Gender,

resources across the life course, and cognitive functioning in Egypt. Demography. 2008;45(4): 907 926. 47. Frank R, Wiederholt WC, Kritz-Silverstein DK, et al. Effects of sequential neuropsychological testing of an elderly community-based sample. Neuroepidemiology. 1996;15(5): 257 268. 48. Craddick RA, Stern MR. Practice effects on the trail making test. Percept Mot Skills. 1963;17:651 653. 49. Mitrushina M, Satz P. Effect of repeated administration

of a neuropsychological battery in the elderly. J Clin Psychol. 1991;47(6):790 801. 50. Jadhav UM, Kadam NN. Association of microalbuminuria with carotid intima-media thickness and coronary artery disease a cross-sectional study in Western India. J Assoc Physicians India. 2002;50:1124 1129. 51. Hashimoto J, Aikawa T, Imai Y. Large artery stiffening as a link between cerebral lacunar infarction and renal albuminuria. Am J Hypertens.

2008;21(12):1304 1309. 52. de Luis DA, Fernandez N, Arranz M, et al. Total homocysteine and cognitive deterioration in people with type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Res Clin Pract. 2002;55(3):185 190. 53. Bruno CM, Valenti M, Bertino G, et al. Plasma ICAM-1 and VCAM-1 levels in type 2 diabetic patients with and without microalbuminuria. Minerva Med. 2008;99(1):1 5. 54. Rafnsson SB, Deary IJ, Smith FB,

et al. Cognitive decline and markers of inflammation and hemostasis: the Edinburgh Artery Study. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2007;55(5): 700 707. 55. Dyer AR, Greenland P, Elliott P, et al. Evaluation of measures of urinary albumin excretion in epidemiologic studies. Am J Epidemiol. 2004;160(11):1122 1131. 56. Schernthaner G. Kidney disease in diabetology: lessons from 2008. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2009;24(2):396 399. Downloaded from aje.oxfordjournals.

orgat OUP on October 4, 2010 Am J Epidemiol 2010;171:277 286

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis

271

The following article is reprinted with permission from S. Tanaka, The Journal of Chemical Physics, Vol. 133, Page 095103, (2010). Copyright 2010, American Instit ute of Physics.

(Watermark)

272 Technical Communication THE JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL PHYSICS 133, 095103 2010. Slow molecular dynamics close to crystal surfaces during crystallization of a protein lysozyme studied by fluorescence correlation spectroscopy S. Tanakaa. Graduate School of Integrated Arts and Sciences, Hiroshima University, 1-7-1 Kagamiyama, Higashi-Hiroshima 739-8521, Japan Received 24 February 2010; accepted 20 July 2010;

published online 7 September 2010. Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy FCS. was applied to the crystallization processes of egg-white lysozyme. Utilizing FCS s high spatial resolution of about the laser wavelength used, the molecular dynamics close to crystal surfaces was investigated for both tetragonal single crystals and needlelike spherulites. When the FCS measurement was done at the point closer than 1

m to the surface of a tetragonal single crystal, the relaxation time became several times longer than that in bulk solution, but the fluorescence intensity thus concentration. was similar to that observed in bulk solution. On the other hand, the peculiar slow dynamics a few orders of magnitude slower than that in bulk solution. of concentrated liquid states of the

lysozyme molecules was observed in needlelike spherulites. We suggested that these observations could be explained by the formation of softly connected aggregates accumulating around the needlelike crystals, which could cause the instability of the crystal growth and thus the formation of spherulites. These aggregates gradually disappeared as the crystallization further proceeded. After the disappearance of the aggregates, the spherulites started

to mature. 2010 American Institute of Physics. doi:10.1063/1.3478224. I. INTRODUCTION Protein crystallization is an essential process to determine the three-dimensional structure of proteins with the x-ray crystallography. However, it is often a bottle neck of the process of structure determination because of the complex phase behaviors of protein solutions along with crystallization, which include liquid-liquid phase separation,1 5

random aggregation,6,7 and gel or glass formation.8 A characteristic feature of the protein solutions is that these phase behaviors are often observed as metastable and nonequilibrium.6,9 When the solutions are brought into a supersaturated state, phase transitions take place toward the most stable state, which is usually realized as an equilibrium state between a single crystal and a dilute solution.

However, the supersaturated solutions are sometimes trapped in metastable states, which prevents further phase transformation. It is not a rare case in protein solutions that they cannot escape from these metastable states and the crystallization never occurs. Therefore, understanding the properties of these metastable or nonequilibrium states is important for the control of the phases in protein solutions.

Among these nonequilibrium states seen in protein solutions, probably one of the most troublesome states is the polycrystallization. Although large and flawless single crystals are needed for the x-ray crystallography, proteins often crystallize in the form of clusters of thin plates, rods, or needles.10 When these clusters become spherical, they are called spherulites.4,5,11 Since the surface area of the spherulites

is much larger than that of single crystals, the spherulites are a form of nonequilibrium states, where protein molecules fail to relax into the more stable single-crystal state. aElectronic mail: shinpei@hiroshima-u.ac.jp.

(Watermark) To create single crystals while avoiding polycrystallization, a fine tuning of the crystallization condition, often with trialanderror approach, is usually necessary and

takes time, which makes the crystallization a bottle neck of the whole process of the structure determination. We have been interested in the formation of spherulites in protein lysozyme solutions.4,9 They tend to appear after the liquid-liquid phase separation, and the interplay between spherulite formation and liquid-liquid phase separation makes complex patterns in solutions.9 Recent study showed that

the liquid-liquid phase separation was not a prerequisite, and a dilute solution was enough to create spherulites.5 The liquid-liquid phase separation, which creates a solution of dilute protein with dense salt, seems to be advantageous for spherulite formation. This suggests that the diffusion of molecules plays an important role in the spherulite formation. Similar tendency of the spherulite formation has

been observed in a variety of systems.12 The branching of a crystal, which is a premise for the spherulite formation, has been studied intensively.13 One of the most successful theoretical explanations is Mullins Sekerka instability.14 For this instability, there needs to be a field with a gradient where crystals can grow faster if they reach deeper into the

gradient. Such a field can destabilize the flat surface and a fluctuation of the surface above a certain wavelength is enhanced, which eventually promotes the branching. So far, it is unclear whether this kind of instability plays a role in the protein spherulite formation. In this study, therefore, we measured the molecular dynamics close to crystal surfaces to

investigate the mechanism of the spherulite formation using fluorescence correlation spectroscopy FCS. The FCS has several advantages over more commonly used dynamic light scattering DLS, which 0021-9606/2010/1339/095103/9/$30.00 133, 095103-1 2010 American Institute of Physics Downloaded 01 Oct 2010 to 193.63.239.14. Redistribution subject to AIP license o r copyright; see http://jcp.aip.org/about/rights_and_permissions

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis include a spatial resolution as high as the optical limit about the wavelength of light used. Moreover, the fluorescence intensity directly provides information about the local concentration in the position measured. Using FCS, we measured the molecular dynamics in the vicinity of single crystals and in spherulites. The dynamics measured for the two types of crystals

273

was then compared to elucidate what determined the crystal morphology. To our knowledge, this is the first attempt to use FCS for the study of protein crystallization mechanism. We used lysozyme as a model protein. Many studies have shown that the crystallization behaviors seen in a lot of other proteins can be recognized in lysozyme crystallization.10,15 For example,

liquid-liquid phase separation in lysozyme solutions, which has been thoroughly studied so far,1,3 5 is considered to be a phenomenon which should occur commonly in other protein solutions. Spherulitic crystallization is also observed in a lot of protein solutions.11 Thus, lysozyme is a good model system for at least the study of the phase behaviors during crystallization, and the properties found

there can be considered to be a representative of those of many other protein solutions. II. EXPERIMENTS A. Materials Six-times crystallized hen egg-white lysozyme was purchased from Seikagaku Corp., Tokyo, and used without further purification. A proper amount of lysozyme solution and that of sodium chloride were mixed to prepare solutions of the appropriate concentration. All solutions contained

50 mM sodium acetate buffer, and pH was adjusted at 4.5. When the concentrations of lysozyme and sodium chloride were high so that the solution exhibited the liquid-liquid phase separation, it was centrifuged with the speed of 6000 rpm for 2 min. Then the supernatant was used for the further measurements. A2 l sample solution was transferred onto

a square cover slip 35 mm. and sandwiched with a round cover slip 15 mm in diameter. The rim of the upper cover slip was sealed with paraffin oil. The thickness of the sample thus prepared was about 3 m. Fluorescently labeled lysozyme was made using a dye Alexa-Fluor 488 5-SDP ester Molecular Probes, USA. The dye was

dissolved in dimethylformamide and added to a lysozyme solution. The solution was mixed gently at 4 C for the reaction. Unreacted dye molecules were then removed by thorough dialysis against water and using a desalting column PD-10 GE Healthcare, Tokyo. with the molecular weight cutoff of 5000. The degree of labeling was determined by measuring the absorbance of the solution

at 280 and 494 nm. The number of dye per protein molecule was about 0.1, which assured the labeled lysozyme molecules have only one dye molecule attached to their surface. The concentration of labeled lysozyme in a sample was fixed at1 nM.

(Watermark) B. Fluorescence correlation spectroscopy FCS is a method to detect a number fluctuation of

molecules in a laser focus, from which information of the molecular dynamics at the point is obtained.16 The laser beam is focused into a point whose size can be as small as about the wavelength used 0.5 m. Though molecules in a solution cannot be directly observed optically, their dynamics can be detected by FCS. Then the structure of the

solution can be considered using the information of molecular dynamics. One of the advantages of FCS over DLS is that it can measure dynamics with the spatial resolution of the wavelength used. Thus, we can get information at a specific point, for example, on a surface of a crystal. FCS measurement was done by a confocal microscope Eclipse

TE2000-E Nikon, Tokyo. equipped with a photon counting module Hamamatsu Photonics, Shizuoka. An objective lens of oil-immersion type 100, numerical aperture NA. 1.25. was used. The size of confocal aperture was set to be 100 m. The light source was a 20 mW solid-state laser Melles Griot, Tokyo. of the wavelength . of 488 nm. The theoretical optical xy-. resolution

of the system is calculated as 0.61. /NA=238 nm. Experimentally, the size of the beam waist s was measured using fluorescent molecules with known diffusion coefficient and assuming16 s2=4D, 1. where D is the diffusion coefficient and . is the relaxation time obtained from FCS measurements as described below. Rhodamin 6G D =400 m2 /sRef. 17.

was used for calibration in this study. The value of s thus measured was 240 nm. The z-resolution is determined by the size of a confocal aperture, although it is larger than the cell thickness in this study. The signal was collected via a digital counting board National Instruments, Tokyo. and the autocorrelation functions were calculated using LABVIEW

National Instruments. The sampling rate was fixed at 0.1 MHz. During the measurement, the temperature was controlled by an air conditioner of the room at 201 C. This crude way to control the temperature was adopted since the immersion oil connecting the objective lens and the sample cover slip made the sample temperature coincide with that of the

microscope. C. Data analysis If fluorescent particles in solution are monodispersed, the autocorrelation function measured by FCS is often approximated as16 -1-1/2 tt gt. =1+ a01+1+ , 2. where a0 is the correlation intensity, is the diffusion time of the particles in the direction perpendicular to the laser beam, and .

is the one parallel to the beam. In our setting, however, the sample thickness about 3 m. was close to the height of the laser focus thus the particle diffusion parallel to the laser beam was not important. Then we can assume that only two-dimensional diffusion is detected and gt. becomes, Downloaded 01 Oct 2010 to 193.63.239.14. Redistribution subject to AIP license o r copyright; see http://jcp.aip.org/about/rights_and_permissions

274 Technical Communication (b) 1 (a) 0.2 1

(Watermark) [g(t)1]/[ g(0) 1] 0.0010.110 [ g( t) -1] / [ g( 0.01) -1] 0.1 P(ti ) 0.1 0.1 0.01 0 0.001 0.1 10 ti/<t> t/<t> 0.01 FIG. 1. An artificially

made, logarithmically broad distribution P. of relaxation time . a. and the autocorrelation function gtcirclesb. constructed from P. according to Eq. 4. for the test of the fitting function Eq. 5.The x-axis is normalized by the averaged relaxation time

. The result of the fitting is shown by a dashed curve. The dotted lines in b. show a half and one tenth of g0. where . and 1/10 are defined. -1 t gt. =1+ a01+ . 3. Our system contains heterogeneity in diffusion time originating from various reasons such as interaction, aggregation,

and so forth. In a polydispersed system gt. is written as a sum of each relaxation term, -1 t gt. =1+ . ai1+ , 4. i i where ai and i are, respectively, the correlation intensity and the diffusion time of the ith term. In practice, however, the deconvolution

of gt. into many power-law-decay terms is difficult. Thus we use an empirical function form -1 t gt. =1+ a01+ , 5. where . is introduced to represent the deviation from a simple power-law decay, which can reflect a broad distribution of . Note that the parameter . is often used in a

stretched exponential function, where it presents a distribution of the relaxation rates. In this way, we can reduce the number of fitting parameters significantly. Figure 1 shows a test of the fitting function. A gt. circles in Fig. 1b. was calculated according to Eq. 4. as a sum of 18 relaxation terms with a logarithmically broad distribution Pi

. shown in Fig. 1a, as a rather extreme example. That is, if we deconvolute the gt. exactly, we need 36 fitting parameters ai and i . to fit. In Fig. 1, the x-axis is normalized by the averaged relaxation time

. The fitting using Eq. 5. is shown by a dashed curve in Fig. 1b.Itis clear that the fitting function Eq. 5. with only three fitting parameters reproduces the gt. very well. The . obtained in this fitting is 0.095, which coincides with the peak position of Pi . The . was 0.63. It is noted that the time at

which gt. relaxes to the half value of g0. corresponds to the obtained . Moreover, the time at which gt. relaxes to the 1/10 of the value of g0, denoted by 1/10 hereafter, corresponds to a value in the tail of Pi . at the higher end. We use both and 1/10 to express the characteristics of the distribution of

relaxation time. 0.01 1 100 t/ms FIG. 2. An autocorrelation function measured circles. for a dilute 1.0 mg/ml. solution of lysozyme without NaCl. The solid curve is the fitting result using Eq. 5. with =1. The relaxation time obtained was =0.13 ms. The diffusion coefficient estimated from . was 110 m2 /s. The corresponding hydrodynamic radius was 2.0

nm. D. Optical microscopy All images of the crystallization behaviors were taken by the same microscope used for FCS with a transmittance detector either in a bright field mode or a polarized mode. In polarized microscopy, used for needlelike spherulites in this study, only crystalline domains with optical anisotropy are detected. The images taken with the polarized mode

were further Fourier-transformed using an image processing program, ImageJ, with an algorithm of fast Fourier transform FFT. The obtained FFT images were then radially integrated to produce the structure factor Sk. where k is the wave number. To obtain the characteristic size of crystal domains, , we assumed a random distribution of the size of crystal domain so

that . can be obtained as the correlation length. This crude approximation was found to be enough to extract the characteristic size of crystal domains in our samples. Then Sk. was fitted by the Lorentzian Sk. = a0/1+ k2, 2 6. where a0 was a constant. III. RESULTS A. Diffusion in bulk solution First, we

show the relaxation of lysozyme molecules diffusing in a bulk, dilute solution 1.0 mg/ml. measured by FCS. Figure 2 shows the autocorrelation function with a fitting. The . was fixed at the unity. The relaxation time was =0.13 ms. The diffusion coefficient calculated and the corresponding hydrodynamic radius were, respectively, D=110 m2 /s and rH =2.0 nm, which

agree well with the previously reported values.18 It is probably worth mentioning that the concentration of lysozyme can be lowered much further in FCS measurement than DLS since the fluorescence improves the signal-to-noise ratio significantly. This is a salient advantage over DLS when the property in dilute state is of interest. Actually, we found that the diffusion coefficient became significantly

larger than the expected value when the Downloaded 01 Oct 2010 to 193.63.239.14. Redistribution subject to AIP license o r copyright; see http://jcp.aip.org/about/rights_and_permissions

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis

275

(b) 10 (a) 10 (b) 10 8 8

(Watermark) 3210-1 t, t1/10/ ms 3210-1 3210-1 6 4 I/kHz 6 1 I/kHz 4 2 2 0 0.1

0 x/m x/m x/m (d) 10 (c) 1 FIG. 4. FCS measurements done using the same solution as those in Fig. 3 3210-1 t,t1/10/ms 0.011100 [ g(t) -1] / [ g( 0.01) -1] but 2 weeks after the sample preparation. The solution has almost reached

1 the equilibrium. a. The change of the fluorescence intensity. b. The change 0.1 of the relaxation times . squares. and 1/10 circles. 0.1 0.01 surface. Inside the crystal, that is, at x 0, the fluorescence t/ms x/m FIG. 3. FCS measurements done close to

the surface of a tetragonal single crystal. a. A bright field micrograph of a crystal and the position of the measurement the white dot at the center. The scale bar is 20 m. This crystal grew at the rate of 5.0 m/h during the measurement, so the crystal surface slowly approached the position of the measurements. b. The change of

the fluorescence intensity depending on the distance x between the laser focus and the crystal surface. c. The autocorrelation functions taken at the distance of 3.7 m squares, 0.8 m circles, 0.5 m upper triangles, and 0.1 m lower triangles. from the crystal surface. The dashed lines are drawn to show the 1/2 and 1/10 relaxations of the autocorrelation functions.

d. The change of the relaxation times . squares. and 1/10 circles. solutions were further diluted, possibly due to the coupling with the motion of small ions as previously observed using DLS.19 In this study, however, we will not pursue this topic further. B. FCS at the surface of a single crystal Figure 3 shows FCS

measurements close to the edge of a tetragonal single crystal grown in a solution of 50 mg/ml lysozyme and 0.8M NaCl. The position of the laser focus is shown in Fig. 3a. with a white dot at the center. The size of the dot is roughly the size of the focus. In this picture, the distance between the focus and

the crystal surface was about 3.7 m. The growth rate at the time of the measurements was 5.0 m /h. In the measurements, the focus position was fixed and the crystal surface approached it slowly. The position dependence of fluorescence intensity I, autocorrelation function gt, and relaxation time . are respectively plotted in Figs. 3b 3d. Fluorescence intensity did

not change much depending on the position, only slight decrease was seen at the position less than about 1.0 m from the crystal surface. The autocorrelation functions also changed when the position became less than about 1.0 m. There appeared a long-time tail in gt, and the closer to the surface, the longer the tail became. This behavior is represented

by . which became much less than unity, and is also well illustrated with . squares. and 1/10 circles, as shown in Fig. 3d. 1/10 was calculated as 1/10=91/, which represents the decay time at which gt. -1 decays one tenth of g0-1. Thus, the smaller the . is, the longer the 1/10 becomes. It can be seen in Fig.

3d. that did not change much while 1/10 became longer when the focus was close to the was bleached rapidly and the measurement of dynamics was not possible. The decay time for the bleach in a crystal was about 40 s. Similar measurement was done about 2 weeks after the nucleation, so that the crystal has

almost reached equilibrium with its surroundings and did not grow during the measurement. In this measurement, the position dependence could be measured in more detail by scanning the focus position since the surface of the crystal did not move. Figure 4 shows the results, which are similar to those shown in Fig. 3. That is, the fluorescence intensity did not

depend on the position much, and 1/10 grew longer when the focus was brought close to the surface. C. FCS in a needlelike spherulite Figure 5 shows the FCS measurements done for a needlelike spherulite, grown in supernatant of a solution containing 50 mg/ml lysozyme and 1.6M NaCl. The elapsed time of the crystallization, tm, was measured from

the time of mixing solutions. At tm . 1 h, the growth rate of the spherulite was about 250 m/h, though the precise measurement was difficult for the ambiguity of the boundary of the spherulite. Moreover, unlike the measurement for single crystals, the distance between the laser focus and the crystal surface could not be measured for the needlelike morphology

of the crystals whose thickness was less than optical resolution at the tip. It was confirmed by microscopy, however, in the initial stage of the measurement around tm 0.5 h, the focus did not overlap any crystals. This can be seen in Fig. 5b. where the fluorescence intensity was low 2 kHz. at tm 0.5 h. This intensity

was the same as that obtained before nucleation took place. Therefore, this value of the intensity was considered to be that in bulk solution. In 0.5. tm 1 h, the fluorescence intensity increased about ten times, which was attributed to the newly grown crystals entering continuously in the laser focus. This increase of the intensity stopped at tm 1 h,

then it decreased to the level several times larger 8 kHz. than the original value. This decrease indicated that the laser focus was occupied by the needles, and that entering of new needles stopped, since molecules fixed in a crystal are bleached rapidly. This bleach was seen in 1 tm . 2 h, then the intensity started to fluctuate around 8

kHz in 2 tm 20 h. The reaDownloaded 01 Oct 2010 to 193.63.239.14. Redistribution subject to AIP license o r copyright; see http://jcp.aip.org/about/rights_and_permissions

276 Technical Communication (b) 20 (a) 1 (b) 16 16

(Watermark) [ g( t)-1]/[ g(0.01)-1] t/ ms 0.011100 110100 12 8 4 I/kHz 12 8 4 0 0 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 t/h m t/ms W/Wmax

t/ ms (c) (d) 1 FIG. 6. a. The effect of bleach on autocorrelation functions. Laser power 1000 used was 2% squares,4% circles,6% upper triangles, and 14% lower 100 triangles. The measurements were done in a needlelike spherulite. b. The 110100 [ g(

t) -1] / [ g( 0.01) -1] effect of the laser power on . 0.1 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.01 0.01 1 100 t/ms t/h m FIG. 5. FCS measurements done in a needlelike spherulite. a. A bright field These characteristic behaviors, however, began to

disappear from around tm =20 h. At about tm =50 h, the fluorescence intensity and the relaxation time reached eventually the values same as those in bulk solution. This means that at this point, there were only molecules diffusing as they were in bulk solution. micrograph of a spherulite taken at tm =0.8 h. The scale

bar is 4 m. The position of the laser focus is presented by a circle whose size is approximately the size of the focus. The focus was gradually filled with the needlelike crystals with the growth of the spherulite in a time scale of an hour. b. The change of the fluorescence intensity. c. The autocorrelation functions taken

at tm =0.6 h squares, tm =0.7 h circles, tm =0.8 h upper triangles, tm =1.1 h lower triangles, and tm =7.5 h diamonds. The dashed lines are D. Effect of bleach As the bleach is not avoidable for measurements using fluorescence especially when the diffusion of molecules is slow, we checked

if it affected the relaxation time extracted drawn to show the 1/2 and 1/10 relaxations of the autocorrelation functions. d. The change of the relaxation times . squares. and 1/10 circles. son of the seemingly periodic fluctuation was not clear, but it was probably the effect of temperature fluctuation, which was as large as

1C. In tm 20 h, the intensity gradually decreased and reached the value of the bulk solution at about tm . 50 h. The peculiar behavior of the intensity was that even after the needlelike crystals filled in the laser focus, the laser did not bleach the entire fluorescence, but the intensity level remained several times higher

than the one in the bulk solution. The high fluorescence intensity, which was not bleached suggests that there were concentrated, but still liquidlike mobile. structure in between needlelike crystals. This will be discussed in detail later. The autocorrelation functions obtained during the crystal growth are shown in Fig. 5c. They exhibited a long-time tail like those in Fig.

3c, but their entire shape was different. This can be seen clearly in the relaxation times obtained by fitting. The relaxation times and 1/10 extracted from the fitting are shown in Fig. 5d. The points in tm 1 h in Fig. 5d. indicated the same relaxation time as those in bulk solution. Then in tm 1 h, not only

1/10 but also . increased with the increase of the fluorescence intensity. This behavior is different from the one seen in Fig. 3d. and Fig. 4b, where only 1/10 increased appreciably. As shown in Fig. 5d, . increased almost two orders of magnitude, whereas 1/10 increased almost three orders of magnitude from the values in bulk during 1 tm

. 20 h. This suggests that the diffusion of molecules were slowed significantly in between needlelike crystals. Still, the lack of bleach also indicates that these slowly moving molecules were not fixed but were in a liquid state. from the autocorrelation functions. Figure 6 shows autocorrelation functions measured in a spherulite with different laser power. As shown in

Fig. 6a, the lower the laser power was, the longer the tail of autocorrelation functions became. The effect is also seen in . shown in Fig. 6b. The . decreased with the increase of the laser power though the effect tended to be saturated at the higher power. Based on this result and considering the signal-to-noise ratio, we chose the

laser power W /Wmax=0.05 for all the measurements, where Wmax=20 mW was the maximum power of the laser. The . obtained using this laser power, therefore, should be considered as the lower limit, and the actual relaxation time could be longer than experimentally determined . E. Change of the internal structure of spherulites Figure 7 shows polarized micrographs

of the internal structure of a spherulite obtained during its crystallization process. The micrographs were taken at about the center of FIG.7.Polarizedmicrographsofaspherulitetakenattm=1.5haandattm=92hb.Thescalebaris4m.Th etexturewaschanged,whichsuggestedthatthefinestructureofthespherulitewasmatured. Downloaded 01 Oct 2010 to 193.63.239.14. Redistribution subject to AIP license o r copyright; see http://jcp.aip.org/about/rights_and_permissions

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis 277 the spherulite, whereas its growth occurred mainly at the rim of the spherulite. However, the texture observed at tm =1.5 h Fig. 7a was different from that observed at tm =92 h Fig. 7b. Since polarized microscopy under the condition of crossed polarizers detects only crystal domains with a certain orientation, the difference in the observed texture indicated that the crystalline structure in the spherulite reorganized during its crystallization process. To see the change of the internal structure shown in Fig. 7 quantitatively, these micrographs were Fourier-transformed and their radial profiles were calculated, as shown in Fig. 8a. The profiles shown were calculated from the same micrographs shown in Fig. 7. The profiles were then fitted by the Lorentzian solid curves in Fig. 8a to extract the correlation length. The wave number of the decay clearly decreased while crystallization proceeded, as shown in Fig. 8a. The extracted correlation length is plotted in Fig. 8b. The values of were consistent with the size of crystal domains shown in Fig. 7. In the initial process tm 20 h was almost constant around 0.45 m. Then it increased up to about 0.8 m. This increase continued for more than 100 h. These results suggested that the crystals in the spherulite grew to mature and that the maturation started at tm20 h. Before that, the internal structure of the spherulite did not change for about 20 h. It should be noted that the time when the maturation started almost coincided with the time when the fluorescence intensity and the relaxation time obtained by FCS started to decrease toward the values of bulk solution Fig. 5. IV. DISCUSSION A. Tetragonal single crystals Fluorescence intensity decreases close to the surface less than 1 m of tetragonal single crystals when the crystal is growing, as shown in Fig. 3b. Now we consider the possibility of depletion of molecules around the surface, which can cause the decrease of the fluorescence intensity. The diffusion coefficient of a lysozyme molecule at 20 C is D110 m2 / s.18 Therefore, the root mean squared displacement for 1 s is

=6D126 m. This is much r2 larger than the length scale where we observed the decrease in fluorescence intensity. Note that one FCS measurement takes 60 300 s. On the other hand, in this measurement the crystal surface moved at the rate of V=5 m/h. The diffusion length20 is then estimated as D/V80 mm, which is much larger than the system size. Thus, it is concluded that lysozyme molecules are moving much faster than crystal growth rate, so that the depletion of the molecules due to the crystal growth is highly unlikely. Actually, this decrease can be seen close to the surface even in equilibrium, as shown in Fig. 4a. If we assume, on the other hand, that the fluorescent molecules fixed in a crystal are bleached rapidly, and that there is no or little concentration inhomogeneity in solution, this decrease can be simply explained by the decrease of the illuminated volume of solution. That is, when the laser focus is brought close to the surface, a part of the focus becomes occupied by the crystal, which decreases the volume of illuminated solution, only where fluorescent molecules can survive and glow. In fact, as shown in Figs. 3b and 4a, the decrease becomes evident when the distance between the focus and the surface becomes less than 1 m, whereas the width of the focus is about 0.5 m. The results shown in Figs. 3b and 4a, therefore, suggest that there are no or little inhomogeneity in concentration close to the surface of crystals. The molecular dynamics, on the other hand, is changed when the molecules are near the tetragonal surface. As shown in Fig. 3c, the autocorrelation functions gt have a long-time tail if measured closer than 1 m to the surface. The relaxation time Figs. 3d and 4b extracted from the gt shows that 1/10 becomes several times longer than the value far from the surface, whereas the usual relaxation time does not change much. This result suggests that there exist slowly diffusing molecules in addition to the normal molecules near the surface. Their mobility is at least several times lower than those in bulk solution. We consider that these slow molecules either diffuse two dimensionally on the surface or repeat to stick on and off the surface, or both. It has been shown by several authors that single crystals of lysozyme21 23 and other proteins10 grow with the general crystallization mechanisms,24 such as two-dimensional nucleation and growth, or spiral growth with screw dislocations. These growth mechanisms involve the primary processes on the surface where molecules diffuse two dimensionally and stick to steps or kinks. Our picture is consistent with these surface processes observed on single crystals of various proteins. The mobility of lysozyme molecules on the surface of tetragonal single crystals in equilibrium has been recently measured by Sazaki and co-workers25 using the method of single-molecule direct imaging. They observed that the number density on the surface was three orders of magnitude larger than the one in a layer of one molecule thickness in the bulk solution. They also observed the diffusion coefficient four to five orders of magnitude smaller than the one in bulk solution. In our method, however, molecules moving too slowly are bleached thus are not detected. It is considered that the molecules they observed are regarded as the molecules

fixed in the crystal in our method because of the bleach. Our results suggest that there are much more quickly moving molecules than those observed by Sazaki et al., 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 0.1 1 10 S(k) k/m-1 (a) 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1 10 100 ./m tm/h (b) FIG. 8. The results of FFT analysis. a The structure factor calculated by radial integration of the FFT images measured at tm=1.5 h squares and at tm=92 h circles. The solid curves represent Lorentzian fittings. b The Change of the correlation length obtained from the fitting. Downloaded 01 Oct 2010 to 193.63.239.14. Redistribution subject to AIP license o r copyright; see http://jcp.aip.org/about/rights_and_permissions OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 2011 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

278 Technical Communication ~0.5mLaserfocusNeedle-likecrystals FIG. 9. A schematic drawing of the situation at the focus after needlelike crystals fill the focus. probably above the surface layers they observed. These molecules are still slower than those in bulk solution. The direct imaging method cannot detect these molecules or molecules in a solution since they are moving too quickly.

Therefore, each method provides us different information around the crystal surface and should be considered as complementary. B. Needlelike spherulites From Fig. 5a, the typical width of the needles is less than 1 m, and likely more than 0.1 m since they can be recognized optically and the large size of a molecule about 4 nm in diameter.

After the laser focus is occupied by the needles, the situation in the focus is like the one schematically presented in Fig. 9; there are still spaces for solution in between needles. First, we discuss the initial increase of the fluorescence intensity Fig. 5b. In the period of tm =0.51 h, needles continuously arrive at the focus, and

the growth fronts of the needles tips. pass through it. Since the growth rate of the spherulite is about 250 m /h in this stage, a needle passes the focus within about 10 s. The fluorescent molecules fixed in a crystal are bleached rapidly with the decay time of less than 1 min, but if the rate of arrival of

new needles exceeds the bleach, the fluorescence intensity will increase. If, for example, around three needles pass the focus in a minute, about 100 needles occupy the focus in 30 min. The steep decrease in the fluorescence intensity appears next tm =1 2 h. is likely due to the bleach of molecules in needles, which means that the focus is occupied

by the needles and the supply of new needles finishes already in this stage. The peculiar behavior seen in the fluorescence intensity is that the fluorescence is not completely bleached but remains in fairly high values 6 8 kHz, which actually several times higher than that in bulk solution 2 kHz. The relaxation time in this stage, at the

same time, becomes a few orders of magnitude longer than the one observed in bulk solution, which is seen as a steep jump of . and 1/10 in Fig. 5d. at tm =0.8 1 h. A combination of these two facts suggests that there are fluorescent molecules concentrated at least several times higher concentration than the one in bulk solution, and

that they are not fixed in a crystal but are diffusing a few orders of magnitude more slowly than molecules in bulk solution. This state of high fluorescence intensity and long relaxation time continues for about 20 h. Let us consider here if this state leads to additional aberration of the beam which could expand the laser focus.

(Watermark) First, needlelike crystals did not affect the signal judging from the fact that the intensity and relaxation time decreased to reach the level of bulk solution after a long time as discussed below where needlelike crystals still existed. Next, regarding the concentrated molecules, if we assume the concentration as unrealistically high as 50%, the refractive index

increase is only about 0.1.26 This small increase does not expand the laser focus necessary to explain the increase of I and . Thus we can assume that the laser focus was not affected by the presence of these molecules. These slow and concentrated molecules then start to disappear at around tm =20 h; both the fluorescence intensity

and the relaxation time start to decrease. Eventually, they reach the same level as those observed in bulk solution at about tm . 50 h. At this stage, therefore, the space in between needles is occupied by molecules same as in bulk solution. Now let us discuss about the observed state of high concentration of slow molecules. First

we consider the molecules slowly and quasi. two dimensionally diffusing in a layer on the surface of crystals. This kind of layers on the surface is often called add layer. The add layer of lysozyme tetragonal single crystals has been actually observed by Sazaki et al.25 as mentioned above. Though this add layer is not observed on the surface of

tetragonal single crystals in this study, it is possible to be observed on the needles if their add layer has a higher concentration than that on the single crystals. The anisotropy of the needles comes from the anisotropy of kinetic coefficients of the growth. It is considered that molecules are not incorporated easily to the side surface of

the needles. Since the amount of the needle tips in the focus is relatively small in comparison with that of their side surface Fig. 9, the high concentration state observed should exist on the side surface. If the concentrated state of the molecules we observed is a sort of add layer, molecules in this add layer should not be incorporated

into the crystal while diffusing there. Next, as another plausible model probably not very different from the add layer model mentioned above, we can consider a dense liquid state of molecules existing around the needles not necessarily on the surface, which can explain our experimental results. We note that stable or metastable dense liquid phase has been observed

in protein solutions1 4 and its relevance to the crystal nucleation has been discussed,27,28 although the relation between the liquid state here and the one observed macroscopically is not clear. We assume that they form softly connected aggregates for the attraction between molecules. This kind of aggregates can exist in general in protein solutions since a large entropic barrier

to form a regular crystal lattice prevents crystallization but promotes aggregation.10 While we do not know the structure of these soft aggregates in detail by our measurement of dynamics, these aggregates should be liquidlike enough since they do not bleach. Moreover, the aggregates are transparent and optically isotropic in a sense that we could not directly see them under our

optical microscope with or without crossed polarizers. As a mechanism of the formation of the soft aggregates, Downloaded 01 Oct 2010 to 193.63.239.14. Redistribution subject to AIP license o r copyright; see http://jcp.aip.org/about/rights_and_permissions

Research Paper, Dissertation, and Thesis we assume that while the side surface of the needles rejects to incorporate most of the molecules into crystal structure, they can stay attached loosely on the surface for the attraction between molecules. Accumulating these molecules forms eventually softly connected aggregates around the surface. These soft aggregates can also be a source of the

279

branching of the needlelike crystals forming spherulites. If the soft aggregates act as impurities accumulated around the crystal surface, the instability of the crystal growth can be caused by a well-known Mullins Sekerka mechanism.14 When a crystal is growing in a inhomogeneous concentration field of impurities, the fluctuation of the crystal surface is enhanced rather than decayed, if the fluctuation brings

the surface into a position where the concentration of impurities is low. In fact, this impurity-driven instability and spherulites formation have been observed in a system of polymer blends.29 Another possibility is that the branching is caused directly by the aggregates. In fact, aggregates or liquid-state . mediated crystallization is observed on the surface of lysozyme crystals using atomic force microscopy.30

If the aggregates change the orientation of the crystal surface slightly, the branching can happen from there. We note that as seen in Fig. 5a, there always seems to exist well-stretched needles without branching at the growth front of a spherulite. While they do not experience the instability judging from their shape without branching, they may create soft

aggregates around their surface so that the branching occurs behind them, that is, behind the growth fronts of the spherulite. C. Spherulite maturation The soft aggregates, or the dense liquid state of the molecules, start to disappear at tm 20 h, as shown in Figs. 5b. and 5d. To coincide with the disappearance, the spherulite begins to mature,

as shown in Fig. 8b. While the characteristic crystal size in a spherulite does not change much during the initial stage of crystallization tm 20 h, it starts to grow rather suddenly at about tm . 20 30 h, as shown in Fig. 8b. A combination between this fact and discussion above suggests that the soft aggregates prevent the crystals to

mature. This is consistent with the idea that soft aggregates act as impurities to cause instability of the crystal growth. The disappearance of the soft aggregates allows crystals to start maturing. As the cause of the disappearance, we consider that the internal structure of the spherulites is rather porous and the solution in between needles is exchangeable with

the solution outside the spherulite. Thus, when the concentration in solution outside the spherulites decreases below the solubility of the soft aggregates due to the crystal growth, they start to dissolve. Since the stability of the soft aggregates is considered to be lower than that of the crystals, their solubility is higher than that of the crystals. After

the disappearance of the aggregates and during the crystal maturation, FCS observes the same diffusion as in bulk solution. This suggests that the crystals can anneal themselves by growing in a dilute solution without any ag(Watermark) FIG. 10. A micrograph of a spherulite in the same solution used for above measurements, taken 3 weeks after the preparation.

The scale bar is 20 m. There were fully grown needles without branching. gregates, which is consistent with the fact that the tetragonal single crystals grow without these aggregates. As an example of the final state of spherulites, we show a micrograph taken 3 weeks after the preparation in Fig. 10. The spherulite was fully grown

with stretched needles without branching. The branching stops occurring in the middle of the spherulite. This shows that the branching does not occur in the late stage of the spherulite growth, where no soft aggregates exist. This is consistent with the idea of the aggregates-driven branching. V. CONCLUSIONS We applied FCS on protein lysozyme solutions during crystallization, and

showed that FCS was useful for the study of protein crystallization since it provided unique information about local molecular dynamics close to crystal surfaces. For tetragonal single crystals, slow dynamics of molecules with the relaxation time several times longer than that in bulk solution probably on the surface was observed where the distance between the observation point and the crystal

surface was closer than 1 m. The origin of this slow dynamics is probably the molecules slowed by the interaction with the surface. The concentration of molecules there was similar to that observed in bulk solution. In short, we did not find any unexpected change in dynamics and concentration profile of molecules close to the tetragonal crystal surfaces.

On the other hand, much slower dynamics with the relaxation time a few orders of magnitude longer than that in bulk solution was observed in needlelike spherulites. Moreover, the concentration there was found to be several times higher than that in bulk solution. From these results, we suggested that there were slowly diffusing and softly connected aggregates around the needlelike

crystals, and that these aggregates could cause the branching of the crystals, which could eventually lead to spherulite formation. The aggregates disappeared at the late stage of the crystallization, and crystal maturation started there. It is not yet clear if these findings can be applied to many other protein systems where spherulitic crystallization occurs. However, considering the tendency

for protein molDownloaded 01 Oct 2010 to 193.63.239.14. Redistribution subject to AIP license o r copyright; see http://jcp.aip.org/about/rights_and_permissions

280 Technical Communication ecules to aggregate, it is possible that the mechanism suggested in this study is one of the origins in general for the crystal branching and spherulite formation in protein solutions. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS S.T. thanks Professor A. Toda, Dr. K. Taguchi, Dr. H. Kajioka, and Dr. R. C. Gosh for a fruitful discussion. This

work was supported by KAKENHI Grant-in-Aid for Scientific Research. on Priority Area Soft Matter Physics from the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology of Japan. 1 C. Ishimoto and T. Tanaka, Phys. Rev. Lett. 39, 474 1977. 2 B. M. Fine, J. Pande, A. Lomakin, O. O. Ogun, and G. B. Benedek, Phys. Rev. Lett. 74,

198 1995. 3 M. Muschol and F. Rosenberger, J. Chem. Phys. 107, 1953 1997. 4 S. Tanaka, M. Yamamoto, K. Ito, R. Hayakawa, and M. Ataka, Phys. Rev. E 56, R67 1997. 5 M. C. R. Heijna, M. J. Theelen, W. J. P. van Enckevort, and E. Vlieg, J. Phys. Chem. B 111, 1567 2007. 6 J. D.

Ng, B. Lorber, J. Witz, A. Thobald-Dietrich, D. Kern, and R. Gieg, J. Cryst. Growth 168,50 1996. 7 S. Tanaka, K. Ito, R. Hayakawa, and M. Ataka, J. Chem. Phys. 111, 10330 1999. 8 A. M. Kulkarni, N. M. Dixit, and C. F. Zukoski, Faraday Discuss. 123, 37 2003. 9 S. Tanaka, M. Ataka, and K. Ito, Phys. Rev. E

65, 051804 2002. 10 A. McPherson, Crystallization of Biological Macromolecules Cold Spring Harbor Lanoratory, New York, 1999.

(Watermark) 11 A. C. Dumetz, A. M. Chockla, E. W. Kaler, and A. M. Lenhoff, Biochim. Biophys. Acta. Proteins Proteomics 1784, 600 2008. 12H. D. Keith and J. F. J. Padden, J. Appl. Phys. 34, 2409 1963.

13A. Toda, K. Taguchi, and H. Kajioka, Macromolecules 41,7505 2008. 14W. W. Mullins and R. F. Sekerka, J. Appl. Phys. 34,323 1963. 15A. Kierzek, P. Pokarowski, and P. Zielenkiewicz, Biophys. Chem. 87,43 2000. 16N. L. Thompson, in Topics in Fluorescence Spectroscopy, Techniques Vol. 1, edited by J. R. Lakowicz Plenum, New York, 1991.

17P.-O. Gendron, F. Avaltroni, and K. J. Wilkinson, J. Fluoresc. 18, 1093 2008. 18W. Eberstein, Y. Georgalis, and W. Saenger, J. Cryst. Growth 143,71 1994. 19P. Retailleau, M. Ries-Kautt, A. Ducruix, L. Belloni, S. Candau, and J. Munch, Europhys. Lett. 46, 154 1999. 20Y. Saito, Statistical Physics of Crystal Growth World Scientific,

Singapore, 1996. 21T. Nakada, G. Sazaki, S. Miyashita, S. D. Durbin, and H. Komatsu, J. Cryst. Growth 196, 503 1999. 22A. Malkin, Y. Kuznetsov, and A. McPherson, J. Cryst. Growth 196, 471 1999. 23A. E. S. van Driessche, G. Sazaki, G. Dai, F. Otalora, J. A. Gavira, T. Matsui, I. Yoshizaki, K. Tsukamoto, and

K. Nakajima, Cryst. Growth Des. 9, 3062 2009. 24A. A. Chernov, Modern Crystallography III Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1984. 25G. Sazaki, M. Okada, T. Matsui, T. Watababe, H. Higuchi, K. Tsukamoto, and K. Nakajima, Cryst. Growth Des. 8,2024 2008. 26V. Ball and J. Ramsden, Biopolymers 46, 489 1998. 27P. R. ten Wolde and D.

Frenkel, Science 277, 1975 1997. 28P. Vekilov, Cryst. Growth Des. 4, 671 2004. 29H. Tanaka and T. Nishi, Phys. Rev. Lett. 55,1102 1985. 30Y. Kuznetsov, A. Malkin, and A. McPherson, Phys. Rev. B 58,6097 1998. Downloaded 01 Oct 2010 to 193.63.239.14. Redistribution subject to AIP license o r copyright; see http://jcp.aip.org/about/rights_and_permissions

Instructions, Manuals, and Technical Description

281

CHAPTER 21: INSTRUCTIONS, MANUALS,AND TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION Sample Introduction to Instructions Framing a Set of Instructions Sample 1 Sample 2 Sample 3 Technical specifi cation: AT-3813 Automatic Potentiometric Titrator Sample User Manual: Luminous UPS SOHO 600 User s Guide Object and Process Descriptions Object Description 1: Dual-Option Burner System Object Description 2: Lathe Process Description 1: Metallic Air Pollutants Process Description 2: Natural Waters SAMPLE INTRODUCTION TO INSTRUCTIONS Congratulations on your purchase of a cellular telephone from Motorola, the worl d leader in cellular technology. All Motorola cellular telephones are manufactured to exa cting specifications and world-class quality standards, and are designed to withstand the harshest environmental conditions. Our commitment to total customer satisfaction and over sixty-fi ve years of experience in personal communications mean you can depend upon the qual ity of this Motorola product. This Cellular telephone incorporates personality TM. Unique to Motorola, persona lity TM removes the complexity of cellular communications by guiding you through the features and presenting you with simple choices every step of the way. Personality TM als o allows you to personalize the way you use your phone for example, different higher tones, a p hone book and network selection preferences, all presented with clarity and simplicit y. In this instruction, each of the personality TM features is identified with an OK symbol indicating that it is customizable to meet your requirements. This cellular telephone has been designed for use with the worldwide GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) network. By using digital communications metho d, your phone provides a number of advantages compared to traditional cellular syst ems: Superior speech quality is attained without the usual background noises and interference. Your conversation can be encrypted for security; conversations cannot be eves-dr opped using scanning equipment when the signal is encrypted. You are not restricted to use it within one country.

Your subscriber number is not contained within the phone as with other systems. Instead, a Smart Card known as a SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) is supplied by your cellu lar service provider. All call billing is made to the subscriber number on the card whether it is used in this or any other GSM unit. (Watermark)

282 Technical Communication FRAMING A SET OF INSTRUCTIONS Sample 1 Task: As the IT support engineer of a software company, give a set of eight inst ructions that are to be followed while handling computers. The following are instructions for maintaining your computer system. These instr uctions pertain to a general audience. These can be followed by personal computer users at home or work. These instructions will help the user to maintain the hardware and, as a r esult, extend the life of their system. 1. Avoid rough handling the computer and do not put any objects on top of it. Th e case is not strong enough to support extra weight. 2. Always transport your computer in a carrying case. Ensure that there is adequ ate cushioning within the case. 3. Keep data storage disks and the computer away from magnetic fields. Magnetic fi elds can erase data on both disks and hard drives. 4. Never turn off power when the computer hard drive or CD drive light is on. Do ing so can lead to data being lost or corrupted. 5. Maintain moderate and comfortable temperature conditions. 6. Keep all liquids away from the computer. 7. Keep the computer in a dust-free atmosphere. Dust and dirt are responsible fo r spoiling peripherals. 8. Set up a regular maintenance schedule, including disk clean-ups, virus and sp yware checks, etc., to ensure smooth software performance. Sample 2 Set of Instructions for operation of PET bottle blowing machine. 1. Switch on heating system 2. Wait for temperature to reach in the working area (120-125 degree centigrade) 3. Put PET pre form in the cubicle heater 4. When you hear tck sound remove the perform and put in the dye mould 5. Push the start button on the panel 6. Wait for the dye to close and within next 5 seconds two bottle would be ready and drop down 7. Then again put the PET pre form in the cubicle heater. The rest of the proces s continues the same way Maintenance instructions for PET bottle blowing machine. 1. Check the oil and greasing everyday to assure it is within the desired level

2. Clean the air fi lter of the compressor every day before starting the machine 3. Remove the moisture by opening the drain valve every 2-3 hours 4. Check the seal every day, if worn out change the same (Watermark)

Instructions, Manuals, and Technical Description Sample 3

283

Instructions for Attendance Recording and Tracking System (ARTS) at India locati ons 1. Under this initiative you will find TWO specific Access Control card readers in your respective MSAT locations installed at entry points of your location - One marke d as IN : and One for OUT : for recoding fi rst entry and last exit from offi ce. 2. Going forward payroll will be processed based on this attendance system and a ll associates are advised with immediate effect to start recording their First IN t ime and Last OUT time at their respective designated card readers installed using existi ng ID / Swipe cards. 3. It is important to note that other access control points allowing access to v arious fl oors, sections, departments etc DO NOT Record IN or OUT Time for this purpose 4. Swipe the card only once at IN for recording entry time and at OUT for last out time 5. IN and OUT can be swiped at any MSAT location. So if you are moving between locations you need to swipe only once for IN and once for OUT 6. The card registers your entry / exit with a beep. Do not re-swipe after one e ntry is registered. Associates on authorized business travel and approved leave will be updated in t he system appropriately. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION: AT-3813 AUTOMATIC POTENTIOMETRIC TITRATOR Keyboard: Aesthetically designed soft-touch membrane keyboard with 30 keys. One single Shift key for alphabetical entries. Meaning Range: 0 14 HP, -1999mv to + 1999mv Electrodes: Polarizing/Non-polarizing Polarizing Current: 2, 5, 10 mA (by Keyboard Selection) Display: 16 character, dual line, alphanumeric, black lighted display Input Impedance: 10 Burette Volume: 20 ml (Standard) Optimal 5/10 ml Burette Resolution: 0.001 ml/step PC Interface: RS 232 Interface for PC Printer Interface: Parallel Port for Printer

Power Supply: 230 V +/ 10%, 50 Hz Dimensions: 32 x 30 x 18 cm (1 x b x h) SAMPLE USER MANUAL LUMINOUS UPS SOHO 600 USER S GUIDE CONTENTS Introduction Page 1 Precautions for Use Page 1 Physical Description Page 2 3 (Watermark)

284 Technical Communication Installation & Operation Battery Replacement Procedure Troubleshooting Service Warranty Specifi cation Page 4 Page 4 5 Page 6 7 Page 7 Page 7 8 Inside cover page 1. Introduction 1.1 We thank you for selecting LUMINOUS UPS System and welcome you to the family of LUMINOUS users. 1.2 Function: This Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) provides clean, reliable, AC power to your computer and peripherals and protects them from power blackouts, sags, surges, and interference. 1.3 Functional Description: Normally, the UPS operates on mains, supplying power to the load from the utility input. The battery charger uses the mains power to keep the battery at an optimal level. When there s power failure, the UPS battery substitutes DC power for AC power. The loads operate normally until the battery is exhausted. The load is automatically transferred back to the utility when the normal mains power restores. The UPS also provides surge protection and RFI filtering as well as output voltage regulation, which increases undervoltage and reduces overvoltage conditions. 2. Precautions for Use A. Always connect the UPS to a two-pole, three-wire grounding mains socket. The socket must be connected to appropriate branch protection (use/circuits-breaker) . Connection to any other type of socket may result in a shock hazard. B. This UPS has got battery inside, which act as energy source, and output may b e available even when the unit is not connected to a mains supply. C. To switch off the UPS output in an emergency, use the switch at the back to s witch the UPS off and disconnect the power cord from the mains. D. Avoid installing the UPS where there is water or excessive humidity. The unit should be kept away from heat-emitting appliances such as a heater, blower, oven etc. Direct exposure to sunlight should be avoided. The place of installation sh ould be well ventilated and easily accessible for servicing. E. Water or foreign objects should not get inside the UPS. Do not put objects containing liquid on or near the unit. 3. Physical Description A. The Front Panel 1. Mains-on LED: Glows when the commercial mains is available as input to the unit. 2.

On Mains LED: Glows whenever output is in mains mode & when the input voltage available from commercial mains is within normal limits (150 V 275 V) 3. On Battery LED: Glows whenever output is in Inverter Mode. 4. Battery Low Trip LED: Starts blinking with a continuous alarm sound to alert the user about low-battery condition. (Watermark)

Instructions, Manuals, and Technical Description

285

B. The Back Panel a. Input 3 core lead: Connects to commercial mains (Single phase). Caution: Neutral shall be on left and Phase shall be on right hand side of wall socket. b. Input Fuse: Connects the commercial mains to UPS. c. Output Sockets: UPS output is available at these sockets. d. UPS on Switch: Switches the UPS power to the loads On and Off. If mains is normal & this switch is Off, no output will be available to the loads, but charging would continue. 4. Installation & Operation 4.1 Unpacking: On receiving the UPS, inspect it and inform the carrier and deale r if you find any transit damage. The packaging can be connected to normal mains power. For normal backup, charge the battery for 8 hours before use. UPS can be used even without charging the battery, but on-battery run time may be reduced until the battery has recharged. 4.2 Placement: UPS shall be kept at a place which is protected from dust and wat er, and temperature and humidity should be within specifi ed limits. 4.3 Installation: Input can be connected to a 3-pin wall socket with a low imped ance earth. Neutral shall be on left and phase shall be on right hand side of the soc ket. 4.4 Battery Charging: The UPS charges the battery whenever it is connected to no rmal main power. For normal backup, charge the battery for 8 hours before use. UPS can be used even without charging the battery, but on-battery run time may be reduced until the battery has recharged. 4.5 Load Connection: Connect the load to the output socket on the rear panel. 4.6 Turning On the UPS: To supply to the loads, switch On the UPS switch on back panel. Wait for 2-3 seconds and then switch On the loads. Switching Off of the UPS switch will stop the output to the loads. Status of the LEDs on the front panel under different conditions has been given below. Conditions Mains On On Mains On Battery B. Low Trip 1. Mains On (Within Range), Switch is Off. 2. Mains On (Within Range), Switch is On. 3. Mains Off, UPS Switch is 4. Mains On (Out of Range), Switch is On. (Watermark)

UPS UPS On. UPS

ON OFF OFF ON/OFF Ac mains Operation ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF Battery Operation ON OFF ON OFF

286 Technical Communication 5. Battery Replacement Procedure Please read the cautions first prior to beginning to hot swap the battery! The p rocedure requires a screwdriver. Battery replacement is a safe procedure, isolated from electrical hazards. You m ay leave the UPS connected to the utility power and your equipment connected and On during this procedure. Do not replace the battery when the UPS is On Battery (i.e. when t he orange indicator is lit). 1. Lay the UPS on its side to permit access to the battery access door at the bo ttom of the UPS. Remove all the four screws that secure the battery door. 2. Push the press-fit lock button towards the front of the UPS and pull out the door smoothly. This will detach the door completely from the UPS. 3. Gently pull the battery out by grasping the tab attached to the battery. 4. Rotate the battery 90 degree so that the terminals are visible at the top. 5. Disconnect the two wires connecting the battery to the UPS by pulling them st raight back. 6. Connect the new battery by attaching the wires (i.e., by sliding the respecti ve connectors at the head of each of the two wires) to the terminals. Avoid pinching the wires . Always connect the red wire to the positive (red) terminal and the black wire to the ne gative (black) terminal. NOTE: 1. Small sparks at the battery connections are normal during connection. 2. Once the battery is disconnected, the connected equipment is not protected fr om power outages. 6. Battery Low Prealarm This alarm starts a few minutes before battery low trip is going to occur. It st ops when low trip occurs or mains normal restores. Low battery warning interval may chang e with the loads and battery condition. 7. Troubleshooting Problem Possible Cause(s) Action Recommended 8.1 The mains supply is present but a) The Mains-ON LED is off. The UPS is either working on battery (UPS on Battery LED is glowing) or battery has exhausted (Battery Low Trip LED is glowing) b) MAINS-ON LED is glowing but ON MAINS LED is off

c) Both Mains ON and ON Mains LEDs on but no output is available. In the battery mode. (Watermark) a1 Line cord plug is loose a2 Dead wall socket a3 Input fuse blown off b1 Switch on the backside is off. b2 Mains is out of range (150 V 275V). c1 Loose connection at output socket. a1 Fit the line cord plug properly. a2 Check the socket with any lamp etc. a3 Replace the fuse. b1 Switch on b2 Wait for Normal Mains to restore c1 Tighten the connection

Instructions, Manuals, and Technical Description

287

8.2 ALL LEDs are off but the * Battery might have got * Recharge the Battery aft er battery Low Trip LED is discharged from recent use. Mains restoration glowing 8.3 UPS sometimes transfers * UPS is briefl y transferring *This is normal, UPS is Battery. Computer your equipment to battery protecting your equipment equipment operates because of short duration from abnormal voltage normally and Normal Mains undervoltage and overvoltage a) Remove excessive loads . is supposed to be present. conditions. b) Recharge the Battery by 8.4 UPS does not provide a) Excessive loads connected leaving the UPS plugged expected backup time and at UPS s output sockets in for 8 hrs. Don t low battery warning is b) Battery is weak from wear discharge battery during sounded prematurely. or recent operation during this interval. If UPS still utility power outage. sounds low battery warning prematurely when retested, replace battery or contact authorized dealer. 8.5 Low Battery warning a) Excessive loads connected a) Remove excessive load interval changes during to UPS or low battery or charge battery as different power outages capacity due to consecutive required. utility outages will reduce b) There is nothing abnormal low battery warning about it. interval. b) Loading much less than full rated capacity will increase low battery warning interval. 8. Service In the unlikely event of your facing a problem that has not been sorted out by troubleshooting, kindly contact your authorized dealer and give details of the p roblem along with the serial number and the date of installation. This would enable a p rompt action on part of the dealer s service team and cause minimum downtime. 9. Warranty LUMINOUS ELECTRONICS LTD. warrants each instrument to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year after initial deliv ery. This obligation is limited to servicing any instrument or part returned to the author ized service centre for that purpose and to making good any parts thereof which shall , within the warranty period, be returned to the Company or Authorized Service centre und er a written intimation and which to the company s satisfaction be found defective. T he company reserves the right to decide as to whether the repair work should be car ried out in the company s service centre or at site or at any other place. The freight incu rred for to and fro dispatch of the defective material will have to be borne by the custo

mer, and the transit risk for the material will rest with the purchaser. (Watermark)

288 Technical Communication The warranty does not extend to any parts of the instrument which have been subj ected to misuse or accident. Further, this warranty does not extend to any instrument which has been tampered with by any agency not authorized by the company. The warranty will last for a period of 12 months from the date of initial delive ry/dispatch of the instrument if used within its specifications. The warranty for the replac ed components will lapse along with that of the main instrument. LUMINOUS ELECTRONICS LTD. reserves the right to make changes in design and specifications without notice and without any obligation to install such changes on units previously supplied. In no event will LUMINOUS ELECTRONICS LTD. and its Distributors/Dealers be liable for consequential or incidental damages or for any expenses incurred by t he buyer or user, due to use or sale of products sold by LUMINOUS ELECTRONICS LTD. directly or through its authorized Distributors/Dealers or any third party. Until superseded otherwise or in contractual form, this warranty is made express ly in lieu of all other liabilities and obligation on part of LUMINOUS ELECTRONICS LTD. Entitlement to the instrument passes to the buyer upon delivery to the common ca rrier. IMPORTANT In the event of an instrument requiring servicing at our authorized service cent er, the following procedure should be adopted: 1. The instrument must be securely packed, preferably in its original packing. 2. The instrument should be dispatched on Freight-prepaid basis duly insured. 3. One of our Service/Sales Executives should be informed of the Goods Receipt n o. and date of dispatch along with the name of the carrier. 4. The above procedure should only be adopted on the advice of one of our Servic e/Sales Executive or Dealer. 5. We reserve the right to change the consignee for any damage incurred during t ransit. 10. Specifi cations Input

Voltage range 150 Ac to 275 AC Frequency 50 Hz 6% Output Power 600 VA/350W Voltage (inverter mode) 220V AC Normal (110V optional) Frequency (inverter mode) 50 Hz 12% Voltage Mains (AVR mode) 220V 12% Transfer Time (typical a s) 3 m.s. Protection Surge Protection Provided Input Fuse Provided Battery Type Sealed Lead Acid Maintenance Free Number One, 12V7 Ah Typical Recharge Time 8 hours (upto 90% of full capacity) Protection Deep Discharge protection Replacement Hot Swappable (Watermark)

Instructions, Manuals, and Technical Description

289

Physical Net Weight (kg) 7.1 Gross Weight (kg) 7.7 Dimensions(WxHxD) (mm) 98x149x338 LED Indication Inverter On, Mains Normal, Mains On, Low Battery Trip Alarms Low Battery Pre-alarm Continuous beeping Environmental Operating Temperature 0-40 deg C (32- 104 deg F) Storage Temperature 0-45 deg C (32- 113 deg F) Humidity 0-95% RH non-condensing Due to continuous product improvement, the specifications are subject to change without notice. Model#UPS SOHO 600 SERIAL # EQUIPMENT DETAILS INSPECTED BY DATE OF INSPECTION DEALER S INVOICE NO & DATE OF SALE For further queries : Email: info@luminousups.net Postal Address: M/s Luminous UPS India Pvt.Ltd 7th Shop, 3rd Block IT Park, Ring Road Gurgaon-122002 OBJECT AND PROCESS DESCRIPTIONS Object Description 1: Dual-Option Burner System The dual option burner system can be operated either with or without a flow spoi ler for optimum operation under different analytical conditions. Some versions of the du al option burner system also allow use of a removable impact bead. Consult the Spectromete r instruction manual for details on the burner system provided. A diagram of the d ual-option burner system is shown in Figure 21.1. The premix burner chamber is molded from plastic and treated to insure proper dr ainage. The burner system can be operated either with or without a flow spoiler. The flo w spoiler is molded of polypropylene and is held in position by three support arms which pres s-fit to the walls of the mixing chamber. To facilitate removal, the end cap is held in place by four large knurled-head s crews. A large O-ring, held captive by a groove in the end cap, is used to seal the end cap to the mixing chamber. For extended operation with organic solvents, a Corkprene O-ring is also available.

(Watermark)

290 Technical Communication Figure 17.1 Diagram of Dual-option Burner System For routine operation it is recommended that the burner system be operated with a fl ow spoiler. The flow spoiler helps to remove large droplets from the nebulizer aero sol and thus minimizes chemical interferences. Removing the flow spoiler provides somewhat im proved sensitivity with generally little or no degradation in precision. However, it is recommended that operation without a flow spoiler be restricted to the analysis of relativel y clean samples, where the risk of chemical interferences is low. Burner Heads There are four burner heads available for use with the dual-option burner system . They are all made of solid titanium which is corrosion resistant and free of most of the elements commonly determined by atomic absorption. The 10-cm burner head is designed to be used with the air-acetylene flame. Becau se of its long burner path length, it provides the best sensitivity for air-acetylene elem ents. The 5-cm nitrous oxide burner head is required for nitrous oxide-acetylene opera tion. On many spectrometer models, it can also be used with air-acetylene or air-hydrogen . It can be rotated 90 to provide reduced sensitivity. The three-slot burner head is designed to be used when analyzing samples with hi gh concentrations of dissolved solids. The three-slot burner head is not compatible with all gas control systems. Refer to your spectrometer operating manual or hardware gui de for information about possible use of the three-slot burner head. A 5-cm air-acetylene burner head is available for applications in which reduced sensitivity is required. On many spectrometer models, it can be rotated 90 to provide reduced sensitivity, and it has a wide slot to prevent clogging. This burner head can be used only for air-acetylene operation. (Watermark)

Instructions, Manuals, and Technical Description Nebulizers

291

To meet varying analytical requirements, several different types of adjustable n ebulizers are available. Some types are constructed from inert plastic to provide maximum chemical resistance when highly acidic or corrosive solutions are being analyzed. The sta ndard nebulizer, which provides best performance with respect to minimizing chemical i nterferences, is recommended for general-purpose applications. A High-Sensitivity Nebulizer is available for applications that require maximum sensitivity and the lowest flame detection limits. The High-Sensitivity Nebulizer utilizes an integral ceramic impact bead to enhance a tomization effi ciency. All Perkin-Elmer nebulizers can be easily disassembled for cleaning, and individ ual parts are available if replacement is necessary. The Standard Conditions section of this manual provides typical characteristic concentration values for the standard nebulizer. Object Description 2: Lathe Centre Lathe Lathes are generally considered to be the oldest, most basic, most versatile, an d the most widely used of all the different machine tools. Although woodworking (Watermark) Figure 17.2 Lathe Engine (Courtesy: M/S. The Mysore Kirloskar Ltd., Harihar) A-Belt tension release lever, B-Half nut lever, C-Feed engaging lever, D-Star wh eel, E-Hand feed wheel, F-Hand wheel for cross feed screw, G-Hand wheel for compound rest, H-Tailstock spindle locking lever, I-Tailstock handwheel, J-Reversing swit ch, K-Back gear engaging lever, L-Coolant delivery pipe, M-Lead screw, N-Electric motor, P- V belts Q-Countershaft bracket, R-Countershaft cone pulley, R1-Head stock cone pulley, P 1-Flat belt, Mp-Motor V pulley, Cp-Countershaft V pulley lathes were originally developed

292 Technical Communication during the period 1000-1001 B.C., metal working lathes with lead screws were not built the late 1700s. The most common lathe was originally called an engine lathe beca use it was powered with overhead pulleys and belts from nearby engines. Lathes are designed in a variety of versions to suit different applications. The y are also produced in different precision classes and in different sizes. Following are va rious types of lathe machines: 1. Centre Lathes or Engine Lathes 2. Gap Bed Lathes 3. Tool Room Lathes 4. Bench Lathes 5. Turret Lathes 6. Capstan Lathes 7. Vertical Turret Lathes 8. Automatic Lathes Lathe Components Lathes are equipped with a variety of components and accessories. The basic comp onents of a common lathe are described below. Bed The bed supports all major components of the lathe. Beds have a large mass and a re rigidly built, usually from gray or nodular cast iron. The top portion of the bed has tw o ways, with various cross-sections, that are hardened and machined to wear resistance and di mensional accuracy during use. Carriage The carriage, or carriage assembly, slides along the ways and consists of the fo llowing main parts: Saddle: It actually slides along the bed ways and supports the cross-slide, comp ound rest, and tool-post. Cross-slides: It is mounted on the top of the saddle and moves radially in and o ut, controlling the radial position of the cutting tool in operations such as facing . Compound rest (or tool rest): It is mounted on the cross slide and carries a gra duated circular base, called the swivel plate. Mainly used for the tool positioning and adjustment. Tool post: The cutting tool is mounted on the tool-post. Apron: It is hanging in the front of the carriage and is equipped with mechanism

s for both manual and mechanized movement of the carriage and the cross-slides by mean s of a lead screw. Headstock The headstock is fixed to the bed and is equipped with motors, pulleys, and V-be lts that supply power to the spindle at various rotational speeds. The speed can be set t hrough the manually controlled selectors. Most headstocks are equipped with a set of gears and some (Watermark)

Instructions, Manuals, and Technical Description

293

have various drives to provide continuously variable speed range to the spindle. Headstocks have a hollow spindle to which the work holding devices such as chucks and colle ts are attached, and long bars or tubing can be fed through for various turning operati ons. Tailstock The tailstock (loose head-stock or puppet head), which can slide along the ways and be clamped at any position, supports the other end of the work piece. It is equippe d with a center that may be fixed (dead centre) or free to rotate with the work piece (li ve centre). Drills and reamers can be mounted on the tailstock quill (a hollow cylindrical part wit h tapered hole) to drill axial holes in the work piece. Feed Rod and Lead Screw The feed rod is powered by a set of gears from the headstock. It rotates during the operation of the lathe and provides movement to the carriage and the cross-slide by means of gears, a friction clutch, and a keyway along the length of the rod. Closing a split nut a round the lead screw engages it with the carriage; it is also used for cutting threads accurate ly. Lathe Operations Lathe operations are usually described based on the kind of surface produced. Co mmon operations performed: 1. Turning 2. Facing 3. Drilling 4. Boring 5. Knurling 6. Threading Turning Turning is one of the most common of metal cutting operations. In turning, a wor k piece is rotated about its axis as single-point cutting tools are fed into it. It invo lves shearing away unwanted material and creating the desired part. Turning can occur on both exter nal and internal surfaces to produce an axially symmetrical contoured part. Turning Operation The cutting tool is first adjusted for the desired depth of cu t, using the cross slide. Then as the work piece rotates, the cutting tool is advanced re latively slowly

in a direction parallel to the rotational axis spindle. This is termed as feed. This combined motion causes the tip of the cutting tool to follow a helical path around the wo rk piece. By adjusting the feed so that the helical path of the tool tip overlaps sufficientl y, the cutting tool removes the excess material and generates a cylindrical surface on the work piec e. Publisher s note: We have not provided the entire object description of a lathe he re, as the portion provided should give a good illustration. (Watermark)

294 Technical Communication (Watermark) Figure 17.3 Turning Operation Process Description 1: Metallic Air Pollutants Scope This method describes a collection procedure for air contaminants and an analyti cal procedure for the determination of cadmium, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, mang anese, nickel, and zinc in airborne particles, and may be applicable to other elements as well. Reagents Hydrochloric acid, HCl, concentrated. Nitric acid, HNO, concentrated. Standard Solutions Standard solutions are prepared by suitable dilutions of the stock standard solu tions described under the Standard Conditions for each element. Sample Preparation Collect the air contaminants on an 8 x 10 inch (20 x 25 cm) fi breglass filter, passing air through the filter for 24 hours. Cut the filters into small pieces, and digest f or 30 minutes in 100 mL of HCl over low heat. Remove the solution and extract the solids three ti mes, for 15 minutes each time, with water. Combine the extracts and the HCl, and evaporate n early to dryness. Redissolve in 10 mL HCl and add 10 drops of HNO. Transfer solutions to a 50-ml volumetric fl ask and make to volume with deionized water. Analysis Filter the solution through an S&S #589 blue ribbon filter paper and aspirate in to the fl ame. Run a blank filter along with the samples to correct for the material extracted from the

Instructions, Manuals, and Technical Description

295

glass fi lters. Determine the concentration of the element of interest using eit her the Routine Procedure or the Method of Standard Additions as described in the General Inform ation section. Calculations Element (ug/m ) = (ug/mL in sample solution) (50) Volume of fi ltered air in cubic meters Process Description 2: Natural Waters Scope This method describes the determination of calcium, copper, lithium, magnesium, manganese, potassium, sodium, strontium, and zinc in natural waters, and may be applicable to other elements. Reagents Lanthanum solution, 5% (w/v). Prepare as described under the Standard Conditions for La. Hydrochloric acid, HCl, concentrated. Standard Solutions Prepare all standard solutions except calcium and magnesium by suitable dilution s of the stock solutions described under the Standard Conditions for each element. For ca lcium and magnesium, dilute the stock solutions with the 5% (w/v) La solution and HCl to g ive dilute standards which contain 0.25% (w/v) La and 5% (v/v) HCl. Sample Preparation and Analysis Filter each sample through a 0.45 micron micropore membrane fi lter, if necessar y, to avoid clogging of the burner capillary. Aspirate each sample directly, except for calc ium and magnesium. For calcium and magnesium, dilute with 5% (w/v) La solution and HCl t o give a final solution concentration of 0.25% (w/v) La and 5% (v/v) HCl. Determin e the concentration of the element of interest by using the Routine Procedure as descr ibed in the General Information section. Calcium and magnesium results should be corrected b y using a reagent blank.

Calculations Read the concentration of the element of interest directly against the appropria te standards. Where a dilution is required, the concentration of the element of interest is ca lculated as follows: Element (ug/mL) = (ug/mL in diluted solution)(volume of diluted solution in mL) (volume of aliquot taken for dilution in mL) (Watermark)

296 Technical Communication CHAPTER 22: REFERENCING AND STYLING Sample Footnotes with their Citations the complete solution. In Chapter 6, Sec. 6.1.1, we have also noted that our guesses might be incomplete. In this section, we shall present a more systematic way of solving ODE s using a linear transformation called Laplace transformation. We just remark that this transformation is much like the algebraic transformation discussed in

the preceding section; the theory of complex variables is needed in addition to the matrix methods. Nevertheless, we assure the reader that this is quite an enjoyable section. In fact, the reader should have been familiar with this in an early or concurrent course in mathematics. Accordingly, the treatment is geared to motivate the reader. First, let us

understand what a transformation is, and why is it required. Suppose we need to multiply two large, say hundred digit, numbers N1 and N2.Ifwego about multiplying them the way we are generally trained, it requires 100 100 multiplications and one hundred additions. Even if we are doing this on a computer that would perform a multiplication in just a

nanosecond, 10 s for multiplication alone is an enormous time and, even worse, this time blows up exponentially with every additional digit in the multiplier and the multiplicand. Isn t it a more efficient way of computing the product taking the logarithms of these numbers, adding them, and obtaining the antilogarithm of the sum? This would simplify our problem by transforming

(= converting) the multiplication into an addition. All we need is a table of logarithms. However, the most important issue is the one-to-one mapping, i.e., for a given number the logorithm is uniquely defined, and for a given number its anti-logarithm is also uniquely defined; this would ensure that there is no ambiguity in the results obtained. Thus, we are

already familiar with one variety of transformation . We should consider transformations as tools that simplify complicated operations into simpler ones3. Of course, given a problem, we should cleverly devise a transformation, that has one-to-one mapping. For instance, the matrix T in the preceding section is non-singular, i.e., its inverse exists and is unique; moreover, it is an orthogonal matrix, i.e.,

its inverse is a scalar multiple of its transpose. One such clever transformation useful for us in solving differential equations, and further looking at the circuits in a better perspective, is the Laplace4 transformation: L : f (t) .. F (s) Let us now define this formally: Definition 9.1: Laplace Transformation F

(s) . L {f (t)} = 8 st = f (t) e dt (9.12) 0 i.e., to construct the Laplace transform of a given time function f (t), we first 3 Can you paint a big aeroplane with just a litre of colour? Yes sir. First, I

shall take it into the sky and make it small. Isn t painting easy?! 4 Pierre Simon Marquis De Laplace (1749 1827) was a great French mathematician who made important contributions to celestial mechanics, probability theory, etc. It is interesting to note that Napolean Bonaparte was his student for a year!

(Watermark)

Vocabulary

297

CHAPTER 24:VOCABULARY Table s Table Table Table C24.1 Role of derivational affi x in changing grammatical category of word C24.2 Change of different parts of speech by derivational affi x C24.3 Prefi xes C24.4 Suffi xes

Examples of Synonyms Table C24.5 List of Antonyms Popularly used idioms Table C24.6 Frequently confused homophones Table C24.7 Commonly confused pairs of words Table C24.8 Pairs of Homonyms Table C24.9 Basic List of Homophones List of few common phrasal verbs Table C24.10 Select Technical Vocabulary Common Errors: Usage Table C24.11 Words commonly misspelt Table C24.12 British and American Vocabulary Words and Phrases from Foreign Languages TABLE C24.1 Role of Derivational Affix in Changing Grammatical Category of Words Verb to Noun Verb Noun Verb Noun Accomplish Accomplishment Lead Leader Abbreviate Abbreviation Lecture Lecturer Abandon Abandonment Manage Management Abominate Abomination Manufacture Manufacturer Abolish Abolition Narrate Narration Accept Acceptance Need Needy Abstract Abstraction Operate Operation Acclaim Acclamation Paint Painter Accredit Accreditation Participate Participation Achieve Achievement Partner Partnership Acknowledge Acknowledgement Progress Progression Acquire Acquisition Prohibit Prohibition Acquaint Acquaintance Project Projection Appreciate Appreciation Proliferate Proliferation Apprehend Apprehension Prostrate Prostration Boost Booster Publish Publisher Calculate Calculation Rant Ranting Cease Ceaseless Rebel Rebellion Celebrate Celebration Recess Recession (Watermark)

298 Technical Communication Distribute Distribution Recite Recitation Disturb Disturbance Recline Recliner Divest Divestment Recommend Recommendation Document Documentary Reconcile Reconciliation Fashion Fashionable Refrigerate Refrigerator Federate Federation Register Registration Greet Greeting Reincarnate Reincarnation Grumble Grumbling Teach Teacher Disunite Disunity Tease Teaser Fear Fearful Televise Television Guide Guideline Temp Temper Grumble Grumbling Terminate Termination Hear Hearer Undertake Undertaken Help Helpline Vacate Vacation Immerse Immersion Validate Validity Imitate Imitation Ventilate Ventilates Verb Noun Verb Noun Immunize Immunology Watch Watcher Kill Killer Wear Wearer Lay Layer Weave Weaver Verb to adjective Verb Adjective Verb Adjective Abandon Abandoned Groom Groomed Absorb Absorbed Gum Gummed Abstract Abstracted Head Headed Accent Accented Help Helped Accept Acceptable Knit Knitted Accomplish Accomplished Manipulate Manipulative Bereave Bereaved Oppose Opposed Calculate Calculated Organize Organized Call Called Receive Received Captivated Captivating Thank Thankful Care Careless Unbalance Unbalanced Fascinate Fascinated Understate Understated Grieve Grievous Young Youngish Noun to adjective Noun Adjective Noun Adjective Absolute Absolutely Manner Mannered Access Accessible Odour Odourless Bathe Bathed Passion Passionless (Watermark)

Vocabulary

299

Book Bookable Pastor Pastoral Boor Boorish Peer Peerless Carbon Carbonated Question Questionable Care Careful Profit Profitable Caution Cautionary Progression Progressive Distress Distressed Prohibition Prohibitive Disuse Disused Provision Provisional Diversion Diversionary Rage Ragged Effusion Effusive Raise Raised Efficiency Efficient Rambler Rambling Effort Effortless Salute Salutation Effusion Effusive Saturate Saturation Farce Farcical Spite Spiteful Harm Harmful Spirit Spirited Hazard Hazardous Tear Tearful Helmet Helmeted Unease Uneasy Judgment Judgmental Waste Wasted Adjective to adverb Adjective Adverb Adjective Adverb Abundant Abundantly Real Realistic Basic Basically Reasonable Reasonably Calm Calmly Recent Recently Effective Effectively Satisfactory Satisfied Famous Famously Ultimate Ultimately Immediate Immediately Uncertain Uncertainly Immense Immensely Uncommon Uncommonly Large Largely Unconscious Unconsciously Passable Passably Unfortunate Unfortunately Quick Quickly Vague Vaguely Prompt Promptly Vast Vastly Random Randomly Various Variously Rare Rarely Adjective to noun Adjective Noun Adjective Noun Abnormal Abnormality Captive Captivity Absurd Absurdity Partial Partiality Candid Candidacy (Watermark)

300 Technical Communication TABLE C24.2 Change of Different Parts Of Speech By Derivational Affix Verb Adjective Noun Adverb Administer Administrative Administration Administratively Appreciate Appreciative Appreciation Appreciatively Apprehend Apprehensive Apprehension Apprehensively Appropriate Appropriate Appropriation Appropriately Approximate Approximate Approximation Approximately Beautify Beautiful Beauty Beautifully Caution Cautious Caution Cautiously Complete Complete Completion Completely Comprehend Comprehensive Comprehension Comprehension Create Creative Creation Creatively Deliberate Deliberate Deliberation Deliberately Delight Delighted Delight Delightfully Economize Economical Economy Economically Educate Educational Education Educationally Familiarize Familiar Familiarity Familiarly Fast Fast Fast Fast Verb Adjective Noun Adverb Finalize Final Finality Finally Humanize Human Humanity Humanly Hunger Hungry Hunger Hungrily Nationalize Nationalistic Nation Nationally Naturalize Naturalistic Natural Naturally Necessitate Necessary Necessity Necessarily Regret Regretful Regret Regretfully Regularize Regular Regularity Regularly Simplify Simple Simplification Simply Specialize Specialized Special Specially Specify Specific Specification Specifi cally TABLE C24.3 Prefi xes Prefix Meaning in English Language of origin Examples anot, without Greek amoral, asexual, amorphous ab-, abs-, aoff, away, from Latin abdicate, abduct, abhor, abnormal, abort, absent, absolve, abstain, abuse adto, near, at Latin adapt, adjacent, admire, adopt ambi-both, around Latin ambiguous, ambitious, ambivalent annot, lacking Greek anaesthetic, anaemic, anaerobic (Watermark)

(Watermark) Vocabulary 301 antebefore Latin antecedent, antenatal, antedate, anteroom, antepenultimate, antenuptial antiagainst, opposed to Greek antibiotic, anticlimax, anticlockwise, antidote, antipathy, antiseptic, antisocial bitwo, twice, double Latin bicycle, biannual, bilateral, bilingual, binoculars catadown, off, away Greek cataract, catamaran, catapult, catacombs, cataclysm, catarrh circumaround, on all sides circumnavigate, circumlocution, Latin circumspect, circumstance, circumvent cison this side Latin cislunar, cisalpine comwith, together, Latin combat, combine, compatriot thoroughly Contra-, counteragainst, opposite Latin contraband, contradict, contravene, counter-attack, counterfeit, counteract, counter-revolution deaway, off, less Latin debar, debase, declare, defend, dehumidify, decipher, decline, demote, descend, defrost deca-, decten Greek decade, decagon, decalogue, decennial decia tenth Latin decibel, decimal, decimate demihalf Latin demigod, demilune, demitasse ditwo, twice Greek dioxide, diphthong dia-. Di through, across, apart Greek diachronic, diagonal, dialysis, diaphragm, dialogue dis-, dif, dinot, down, less, away Latin disable, disobey, discount, disarm, dissolve, dishonest, dissuade, different, diffuse, digress, disconnect, disinfect, discoloured epion, over Greek epicentre, epidermis, epiglottis, epigram ex-, e-, efout of, from, former Latin exclude, exhume, exit, exhale, extort, effervescent, emit, evade, ex-student extramore, outside Latin extraordinary, extracurricular, extraterrestrial forcompletely, Old English forlorn, forspent, forswear, forbid prohibited forefront, before Old English forehead, foreground, forecast, foresight

hecto-, hecthundred Greek hectare, hectogram hepta-, heptseven Greek heptagon, heptameter hexa-, hexsix Greek hexapod, hexagram hyperover, too much Greek hyperactive, hypercorrect, hypersensitive

302 Technical Communication hypo-, hyp in-, en-, emin-, il-, im-, irinter intra-, intro kilomega meta-, met millimalmis mono multinon ob-, oc-, of-, opocto-, octpenta-, pentper poly postpre proQuadric-, quasi under, less than, too (Watermark) Little in, into, inside not among, between, with each other inside, within, inwards

thousand large, a million behind, after, changing one-thousandth bad(ly) badly, wrong one many, much not towards, over, against, utterly eight fi ve through, by, by means of, utterly, badly much, many after, behind before for, in place of, before, forwards four like, as if Greek hypodermic, hypochondria, hypothermia, hypothetical, Hypotenuse Latin incarnate, income, embrace, enclose Latin inactive, illiterate, impossible, irresistible Latin interbreed, interfere, interject, interlude, intercept, international Latin intravenous, intramural, introduce, introverted Greek kilometre, kilogram Greek megaphone, megalith, megawatt, megahertz Greek metacarpal, metazoan, metabolism, metamorphosis, metonymy Latin millibar, millisecond Latin maltreat, maladjustment, malfunction Latin misrepresent, misspell, mistake, misanthrope Latin monomania, monocle, monochrome, monorail, monotonous, monopoly Latin multifarious, multiple, multifaceted Latin nonchalant, non-conformist, non-entity, nonsense, non-toxic, non-smoker, nonvegetarian Latin obese, object, obtrude, obtuse, occupy offend, oppress, opportunity Latin octopus, octane, octet, octuple

Greek pentacle, pentagon Latin perambulator, percolate, perennial, pervade, percussion, perfect, persist, perjure, perfidious, pernicious, perdition Greek polygamy, polytechnic, polygon, polythene Latin postwar, post meridiem (pm), postpone Latin preface, precaution, prefabricated, precept Latin proceed, progress, pronoun, produce, profane, profess, provide, procure, project Latin Quadrilateral, quadrangle, quadrant, quadrille quadrLatin quasi-intellectual

(Watermark) Vocabulary 303 reback, again, utterly Latin recall, refresh, rebuff, rebel, refrigerate, revise, reinforce, remind, revile retrobackwards Latin retrograde, retrospection seaside, apart, away, Latin separate, select, secure, secede, seduce, without sedition, segregate semihalf Latin semiconductor, semidetached, semitone septi-, septseven Latin septuagenarian, septuplet sexsix Latin sextant, sextuple subunder Latin subconscious, submarine, subnormal, subordinate, succumb, suffer, suggest, summon, support, surrogate, suspect, sustain superabove Latin superhuman, superscript, superimpose, superfine, superstructure, supernatural, superfi cial, supercilious tetra-, tetrfour Greek tetrachloride, tetrahedron, tetrameter transacross, beyond Latin translate, transform, transgress, transparent trithree Greek trio, triad, triangle, triplicate ultrabeyond, too much Latin ultraconservative, ultraviolet, ultramodern, ultrasonic, ultrasound, ultraviolet unnot, back Old English unhappy, undo, unwrap, uncouth, unbend, untie underbeneath, too little Old English underwear, underwater, underpay, undersigned, underrepresented, underweight, undercurrent uni-, unone, single Latin unicycle, unanimous, universe, unity TABLE C24.4 Suffi xes Suffix Meaning in English Language of origin Part of speech Examples -able, -ible indicates that Latin adjective changeable, eatable,

something is capable audible, uncountable, of, inclined to, or terrible, peaceable causing something -acity indicates a quality or Latin noun audacity, capacity state of being

Technical Communication -cle, -cule, -ule indicates small size Latin noun particle, molecule -ee indicates the recipient of an action, or someone in a Latin noun licensee, addressee, escapee, employee particular state -ess indicates a female Greek noun hostess, lioness -et, -ette, -let indicates smallness or lesser status Old French noun islet, cigarette, outlet, booklet, leafl et, rivulet -fy, -ify indicates making or becoming Latin Verb electrify, gratify, pacify, ossify, falsify, codify -kin indicates small size Old English noun bodkin, catkin, lambkin -ling indicates smallness or lesser status Old English noun duckling, fledgling, seedling, hireling -most indicates the superlative degree Old English adjective uppermost, hindmost -oid indicates resemblance Greek adjective humanoid, rhomboid -some indicates a tendency Old English Adjective meddlesome, awesome -trix indicates a female Latin noun aviatrix, executrix -tude indicates a condition Latin or state of being noun exactitude, longitude -wise indicates manner or direction, or reference to clockwise, taxwise Old English Adverb -y indicates an action or Latin noun inquiry a process (Watermark) EXAMPLES OF SYNONYMS Example 1 Malign Synonyms: calumniate, defame, libel, slander, vilify To malign means to say or write something evil about someone without necessarily lying (she was maligned for her past association with radical causes). To calumn iate is to make false and malicious statements about someone; the word often implies that yo u have seriously damaged that person s good name (after leaving her job, she spent most o f her time calumniating and ridiculing her former boss). To defame is to cause actual i njury to someone s good name or reputation (she defamed him by accusing him of being a spy). To libel a person means to write or point something that defames her or him (the tabl

oid libelled the celebrity and ended up paying the price). Slander, which is to defame someone orally , is seldom a basis for court action but can nevertheless cause injury to someone s reputation

Vocabulary

305

(after a loud and very public argument, he accused her of slandering him). To vi lify someone means to engage in abusive name-calling (even though she was found innocent by the jury, she was vilifi ed by her neighbours). Example 2 Small Synonyms: diminutive, little, miniature, minute, petite, tiny Why do we call a house small and a woman petite? Small and little are used inter changeably to describe people or things or reduced dimensions, but small is preferred when describing something concrete, that is of less than the usual size, quantity, value, or imp ortance (a small matter to discuss, a small room, a small price to pay). Little more often refers to concepts (through little fault of her own, an issue of little importance) or to a more dr astic reduction in scale (a little shopping cart just like the one his mother used). Diminutive and petite intensify the meaning of small, particularly with reference to women s figures that are very trim and compact (with her diminutive figure, she had to shop in stores that specialized in petite sizes). Tiny is used to describe what is extremely small, often to the point whe re it can be seen only by looking closely (tiny flaw in the material, a tiny insect), while m inute can only describe what is seen with difficulty but may also refer to a very small amount of something (minute traces of gunpowder on his glove). Miniature applies specifically to a c opy, model, or representation of something on a very small scale (a child s mobile consisting of miniature farm animals). TABLE C24.5 List of Antonyms abandon retain, keep emerge disappear oppressive lenient abbreviate expand, ending beginning pinnacle nadir elongate normal abnormal enterprising unimaginative praiseworthy disgraceful abstain indulge extra necessity power inability accidental intentional extrovert introvert prior later acquit convict fatal harmless purify pollute acme nadir feeble strong quickly slowly after before flagrant unobtrusive ratify reject amateur professional genuine fake rational irrational ancient recent glorious unknown real unreal angry calm gradual sudden recommend reject appropriate inappropriate hostile friendly reserved communicative assorted homogeneous imitation real seemly unseemly bland spicy incapacitated fit sensible foolish cheap expensive incompatible compatible stealthy aboveboard

chaste promiscuous iniquity virtue stubborn compliant childish adult inhibited uninhibited stupendous ordinary create demolish lasting ephemeral subsequent previous current out of date lazy active supersede precede (Watermark)

306 Technical Communication dishevelled tidy, neat dismay encourage respectful disrespectful divergent similar elastic rigid learned ignorant meek assertive mysterious obvious omission addition open shut tangle untangle truthful untruthful unsightly attractive young old POPULARLY USED IDIOMS all all in

all

when everything is considered: All in all the film was a great success, despite the bad publicity. as as if (spoken) used to express anger at or disapproval of a suggestion, an explanation, etc., o r to deny a possibility: As if I really cared! Don t tell Tom I said that, will you? Oh, as if (I would)! ask if you ask me (spoken, informal) in my personal opinion: If you ask me, Mark shouldn t have bought that car it just w asn t worth the money. bargain into the bargain (AmE in the bargain) as well, in addition: She gave us tea and some useful information into the barga in. begin to begin with 1. at fi rst: I found it tiring to begin with but I soon got used to it. We ll go slowly to begin with. 2. used to introduce the first point you want to make: What was it you didn t like? ell, to begin with, our room was far too small. believe believe it or not (spoken) it is true, even though it does not sound likely: Believe it or not, I ve just won 1000 in a competition! I am still, believe it or not, very nervous about speaking in public.

believe (you) me used for emphasizing a statement, a promise or a threat: I ll be seeing her tomorr ow, and, believe you me, I ll tell her exactly what I think of her. clue not have a clue (informal) 1. not know (anything about) sth: Who s that woman over there? I m afraid I don t have a clue. I haven t a clue how to get there. 2. (disapproving) be stupid; lack skill or ability: It s a waste of time trying to teach him anything: he hasn t got a clue. end at the end of the day (BrE, spoken) when everything has been considered: At the end of the day, it s your decision and nobody else s.

(Watermark)

Vocabulary

307

not be the, end of the world (spoken) not be a disaster: It wouldn t be the end of the world if you couldn t get into coll ege. I m sure you d be able to find a good job anyway. Why are you so upset? It s not the end of the world. enough curiously, funnily, oddly, strangely, etc. enough used to show that sth is surprising: Funnily enough, I was born on exactly the s ame day as my wife. eye my eye! (BrE, spoken) used to show that you do not believe sb/sth:

It s an antique.

An antique, my eye!

fact is that a fact? (spoken) used in reply to a statement that you find interesting or surprising, or that yo u do not believe: She says I m one of the best students she s ever taught. Is that a fact?

faintest not have the faintest/ foggiest (idea) (BrE, informal) have no idea at all about sth; not know anything at all: I haven t got the faintes t idea what to buy Roger for his birthday. Where are we? I m afraid I haven t the foggiest. get get a long/a way/ on (with you)! (old fashioned, BrE, informed) used for expressing surprise, disbelief, annoyance, etc: Get away with you! You don t expect me to believe that story, do you? grief good grief (informal) used for expressing surprise or disbelief: Good grief! You re not going out dresse d like that, are you? guess guess what (informal) used to introduce sth surprising or exciting that you want to tell sb: Guess wha t, Angela s getting married next month! your guess is as good as mine (informal) neither of us knows the answer: If the government knows how to run the country, w hy aren t

things getting any better?

Your guess is as good as mine!

keep keep your hair on (also keep your shirt on less frequent) (BrE, informal) used for telling sb who is angry or very excited about sth to keep calm: Keep yo ur hair on, Mum. You can hardly see the damage. Keep your shirt on! We ve got plenty of time to get to the airport. hand on (the) one hand...on the

other (hand)...

used to show two different aspects of the same situation: On the one hand, it s ve ry cheap living here. On the other, it costs a lot to get home! happens as it happens used when you say sth that is surprising, or sth connected with what sb else has just said: I agree with you, as it happens. As it happened, I had a spare set of keys in my b ag. (Watermark)

308 Technical Communication idea have (got) no i dea; not have the first, slightest, etc. i dea not know sth at all; not know how to do sth at all: I ve no idea what time it is. Don t ask him to mend it; he hasn t got the first idea about cars. jump jump to it (AmE also hop to it) (informal) used to tell sb to hurry and do sth quickly: You have got ten minutes to clean t his room. Now jump to it. Hop to it, will you? We don t have much time. knickers get/have your knickers in a twist (BrE, informal) react too strongly to a difficult situation by getting angry, upset, confused, e tc.: Don t get your knickers in a twist! It s not the end of the world. The boss is getting his knicke rs in a twist about these sales fi gures. knows God/goodness/Heaven knows (spoken) 1. I do not know; no one knows: What s going to happen next? God knows. 2. used for adding emphasis to a statement, opinion, etc.: God knows how he mana ges to survive on such a small salary. I m no gardening expert, goodness knows! (Some people may fi nd the use of God knows offensive.) leave it at that (informal) say or do no more about sth: We talked about it for a few minutes. I made a few suggestions, and we left it at that. We ve done enough for today. Let s leave it at that, shall w e? likely a likely story (spoken, ironic) used for showing that you do not believe what sb has said: They said that they d f ound the wallet on the ground outside the pub a likely story! message get the message (BrE, informal) understand what sb means, even if they do not say it directly: She said she was too busy to see me I got the message, and didn t ask her again. on/off message (of a politician) stating/not stating the official point of view of their politi

cal party: Despite their internal problems, the party maintains a public front of staying on messag e. mind mind you (spoken)

1. used to add to what you have just said, especially sth that makes it less str ong: It s a fantastic restaurant. Expensive, mind you. She s a very unpleasant woman, in my opinion. But a very good doctor, mind you. I ve heard they re getting divorced. Mind you, I am not surprised they were alway s arguing. 2. used after a word you want to emphasize: When we were children, we used to wa lk, walk mind you, five miles to and from school every day. to my mind (spoken) in my opinion: To my mind, his earlier works are better. money for my money (informal) in my opinion: For my money, he s one of the greatest pianists of all time.

(Watermark)

Vocabulary

309

mountain make a mountain out of a molehill (disapproving) make a small or unimportant problem seem much more serious than it really is: It s not such a big problem! You re making a mountain out of a molehill! move get a move on (spoken) hurry; do sth faster: You d better get a move on or you ll be late. picture get the picture (spoken) understand sth: I get the picture you want me to keep it a secret. point have (got) a point (there) have made a good suggestion; have a good idea: He s got a point there; if you sell the house now you ll lose money, so why not wait till next year? Animal rights campaigners have a point when they say that a lot of animal testing is unnecessary. take sb s point understand and accept the truth of what sb has said, especially during an argume nt, discussion, etc.: I take your point, Simon, but I don t think it s as simple as you think. Look, Jane, I know a lot more about physics than you, so why do you keep disagreeing with what I sa y? OK, point taken. pull pull the other one ( it s got bells on!) (BrE, spoken) used to show that you do not believe what sb has just said: in New York. Pull the other one! No, really! said e nough said I ve been offered a job

used to say that you understand a situation and there is no need to say any more : He s a politician, remember. Enough said. when all is said and done when all the facts are considered: She doesn t have a lot of experience but, when all is said and done, she s the best person for the job.

say I say (old-fashioned, BrE, spoken) used to attract sb s attention when you want to tell them something: I say, our tr ain leaves in twenty minutes. We d better hurry. say no more (spoken) it is not necessary for sb to continue speaking because you already understand t he situation: He s only 21, and he s marrying a rich old lady of 65. Say no more. you don t say! (spoken, often ironic) used to express surprise: My brother s an astronaut, you know. You don t say! I was in e Scouts for six years. You don t say. (=I m not interested/surprised.) search search me (spoken) I don t know; I ve no idea: shake (Watermark)

What s the capital of Queensland?

Search me!

310 Technical Communication shake a leg (old-fashioned, informal) used to tell sb to start to do sth or to hurry: Come on, shake a leg or we ll be l ate! side the other side of the coin the other aspect of the situation; a different or opposite way of looking at sit uation: Third World countries receive a lot of money from developed countries, but the other s ide of the coin is that they have to spend this money on expensive imports. skates get/put your skates on (BrE, informal) hurry up: If you don t put your skates on, you ll be late for work. snappy make it snappy (informal) used to tell sb to do sth quickly or to hurry: If you don t make it snappy, we ll mi ss the train. Come on, make it snappy! There s not much time left! start for a start; to start with (also for starters informal) used for giving the first of several things or reasons: You re not going to marry him. For a start, you re much too young. For another thing, he hasn t got a job She wasn t keen o n the idea to start with. sure to be sure (formal) used to admit that sth is true: He is intelligent, to be sure, but he s also very lazy. tell I (can/can t) tell you; I m telling you (spoken) used to emphasize what you are saying, especially when it is surprising or diffi cult to believe: I can t tell you how happy I felt (= it is difficult to describe my happiness, bec ause it was so great) It s not as easy as it looks, I m telling you. tell me about it (spoken) used to say that you understand what sb is talking about and have had the same e xperience: I get so annoyed with Steve! Tell me about it. He drives me crazy . tell me a nother (spoken) used for saying that you do not believe sb because they are joking or exaggerati ng: I caught a fish that weighed 5 kilos. Tell me another! I bet it didn t even weigh one kilo.

that (and/so) that s

that

used to show that sth is finished or decided, and there should be no more discus sion or argument: So that s that. At last we re all agreed. You re going to bed now, and that s that! I don t want any argument! there there is that said when agreeing with sth: that. Flying is quick, but it s very expensive. Yes, there is

thing for one thing, ...( and for a nother, ...) one reason is..., and another reason is...: You ought to stop smoking, you know. For one thing, you re (Watermark)

Vocabulary

311 Why don t you get a car? We

damaging your health, and for another, you can t afford it! ll, for one thing, I can t drive! top on top of sb/sth

1 in addition to sth; also: On top of his salary, he gets about 100 in commission every week. 2 too close to sth/sb: These houses are all built on top of one another. He was right on top of (= driving very close behind) the car in front. way by the way (also by the by/ bye less frequent) (spoken)

1. used for introducing sth you have just thought of, which may or may not be co nnected to what has just been said: I had a meeting with Graham at work today... by the way , I ve invited him and his wife to lunch on Sunday. 2. used for saying that sth is not important in the present situation or discuss ion: Her academic qualifi cations are by the by. What we need is someone dynamic and creative. well well I never ( did)! (old-fashioned, informal) used to express surprise: Well I never! Fancy meeting you here! what (and) what s more; what is more

(and) more importantly; (and) in addition: I don t like pubs. They re noisy, smelly, and what s more, expensive. word (upon) my word! (old-fashioned) used to express surprise: My word! That was quick! TABLE C24.6 Frequently Confused Homophones Word 1 Meaning Word 2 Meaning Aural relating to the ears and hearing oral relating to the mouth and speaking Breach a gap or break, make a break Breech part of a gun or cannon canvas material for tents and sails canvass seek opinions or solicit votes chord a group of notes in music cord string or rope Complacent smug and self-satisfied complaisant willing to please Complement addition that completes, add in Compliment expression of praise, expr ess a way that improves praise for council advisory or administrative counsel adviser, barrister in court, give

body professional advice desert waterless area of sand (stress dessert on first syllable), abandon (stress on second syllable) sweet course of meal (stress on second syllable) discreet circumspect discrete distinct (Watermark)

312 Technical Communication Word 1 Meaning Word 2 Meaning Draft preliminary sketch etc. draught air current, quantity of liquid draw make a picture of, to pull, have Drawer a compartment in a desk or an equal score chest Ensure make sure Insure take out insurance on faint hard to see or hear Feint a pretended blow, to make a pretended blow, denoting paper with faint lines flair a natural ability Flare a burst of flame or light, give a sudden light, become angry forbear (verb) desist from forebear (noun) ancestor forego go before forgo go without forever continually for ever eternally Grisly causing revulsion grizzly as in grizzly bear Hoard store of valuables horde large group of people (usually unwelcome) its possessive word, as in the cat it s = it is or it has licked its paws loath reluctant or unwilling loathe dislike greatly Naught chiefly in come to naught and Nought digit 0, nothing set at naught naval relating to a navy navel Umbilicus ordinance an authoritative order ordnance mounted guns, military stores palate roof of the mouth, sense of palette artist s mixing board taste principal first or main, chief person principle basis of belief or action shear cut wool off, cut sheer swerve or avoid, utter or complete (as in sheer delight) Stationary not moving stationery writing materials storey part of a building on one level story account of imaginary events straight extending without a curve or strait narrow passage of water bend who s = who is Whose possessive word, as in whose house is this? (Watermark) TABLE C24.7 Commonly Confused Pairs of Words Word 1 Meaning Word 2 Meaning Adherence (to belief etc.) adhesion sticking Adverse unfavourable averse Opposed Affect cause a change in effect bring about Alternate one after another alternative available instead

Vocabulary

313

Word 1 Meaning Word 2 Meaning Ambiguous (statements etc.) ambivalent (feelings etc.) Amend change emend alter (a text etc.) Amoral having no moral sense immoral not conforming to moral standards Appraise assess the quality of apprise Inform Avoid keep away from evade avoid by guile Biannual twice a year biennial every two years Censor act as censor of censure criticise harshly Climactic forming a climax climatic relating to climate Compose constitute comprise consist of Continual happening constantly or continuous going on without a repeatedly break Credible believable credulous too ready to believe Decided unquestionable decisive conclusive, unfaltering Definite clear and distinct defi nitive decisive, authoritative defuse remove the fuse from, reduce tension in diffuse spread out, not clear or concise deprecate disapprove of depreciate lower in value Discomfit disconcert Discomfort make uneasy Disinterested Impartial uninterested not interested enormity extreme seriousness, grave enormousness great size or scale crime especially in particular, above all specially for a special purpose Exceptionable open to objection exceptional unusually good Flaunt display ostentatiously flout disregard (rules etc.) Fortuitous happening by chance fortunate happening by good chance, lucky flounder (of a person) struggle or be in founder (of an undertaking) confusion fail or come to nothing Gourmand glutton gourmet food connoisseur Illegal against the law illicit not allowed Imply suggest strongly infer deduce or conclude impracticable not able to be done impractical not practical Incredible not believable incredulous unwilling to believe ingenious well thought out ingenuous innocent, honest Intense extreme in force or degree intensive thorough or concentrated interment burial internment being interned (Watermark)

314 Technical Communication Word 1 Meaning Word 2 Meaning Loose not fixed; unfasten or relax lose be deprived of or no longer have luxuriant lush luxurious comfortable and rich Masterful powerful, domineering masterly highly skilful Militate have force (against) mitigate make less severe Observance keeping a law or custom etc. observation perception, remark occupant person in a vehicle etc. occupier person living in a property Official having authorized status etc. officious aggressive in asserting authority perquisite special right or privilege prerequisite (something) needed in advance Perspicacious having a ready understanding, perspicuous clearly expressed perceptive Pitiable deserving pity pitiful causing pity, contemptible practicable able to be done practical effective or realistic, (of a person) skilled at manual tasks Precipitate headlong precipitous abruptly steep prescribe recommend with authority, proscribe issue a prescription forbid or condemn Prevaricate act evasively procrastinate defer action purposely intentionally purposefully Resolutely Refute prove to be false repudiate reject or disown regrettable causing regret, undesirable regretful feeling regret Sensual gratifying the body sexually sensuous gratifying the intellect senses as distinct from the Sociable friendly and willing to mix with social relating to society people Titillate excite pleasantly titivate adorn or smarten tortuous twisting, devious torturous causing torture, tormenting triumphal done or made to celebrate a triumphant victorious, jubilant victory after a victory Turbid (of a liquid) cloudy; confused turgid swollen or congested, tediously pompous unsociable not willing to mix with people unsocial socially inconvenient Venal open to bribery, corrupt venial (of a sin) minor (Watermark)

Vocabulary

315

C24.8 Pairs of Homonyms Band (group of musicians) band (thin fl at strip) bank (side of river) bank (organization providing fi nancial services) bar (piece with straight sides) bar (place to buy drinks) bass (fish) bass (low note) bat (mammal) bat (cricketing bat) battery (device producing battery (several large guns used together) electricity) beam (a line of light) beam (a long piece of wood or metal) bear (animal) bear (tolerate) bit (binary digit) bit (small piece) block (large piece of solid) block (quantity of something considered as a single unit) boil (a period of boiling) boil (painful infected swelling) book (printed work) book (to arrange) bow (shoots arrows) bow (bend at the waist) calf (a young cow) calf (back part of leg) capital (upper case) capital (most important city of a country) case (a particular situation) case (container) chair (piece of furniture to sit on) chair (the position of being in charge of a department in a university) chest (part of body) chest (box) Coach (sports trainer) coach (large carriage) coat (outdoor protective clothing) coat (layer of substance covering a surface) crane (bird) crane (tall machine with long arm used to lift heavy objects) cricket (insect) cricket (sport) cross (symbol) cross (be angry) current (flow of electricity) current (the movement of water/air in a particular direction) date (a particular day of a month) date (fruit) dear (loved by or important to dear (expensive) somebody) feet (part of body) feet (unit of measure) file (box for storing loose papers) file (metal tool) fl ap (cover) flap (noisy movement) game (activity/sport with rules) game (wild animals/birds that are hunted) Groom (bridegroom) groom (person who takes care of horses) habit (practice) habit (long piece of clothing worn by a nun/monk) horn (a device for making loud horn (on the heads of animals) noise) iron (chemical element) iron (a tool to smooth clothes) issue (important topic) issue (children) lead (to guide) lead (the metal)

(Watermark)

316 Technical Communication lie (untruth) lie (lie down) litter (small pieces of garbage) litter (a number of baby animals) Match (sport event) match (an equal) meter (device to measure) meter (unit of length) mole (animal) mole (small mark on skin) Mould (container that lends shape) mould (growth on objects left in warm wet air ) mummy (mother) mummy (Egyptian preserved dead body) note (short piece of writing) note (single sound of a particular length) orange (fruit) orange (colour) organ (musical instrument) organ (part of body) palm (tree) palm (inner surface of the hand) pen (writing implement) pen (place to keep animals) plane (aircraft) plane (fl at surface) pool (sport) pool (pond of water) Racket (cacophony) racket (sport badminton) rear (raise) rear (behind) right (correct) right (opposite of left) real (sea animal) seal (offi cial mark) staff (long stick) staff (workers employed in an organization) tear (in the eye) tear (rip) temple (side of forehead) temple (place of worship) wear (adorn) wear (damage with use) wing (part of a bird s body) wing (one of the parts of a large building) yard (an area outside a building) yard (measure of distance) C24.9 Basic List of Homophones air: ... air is hot; (... has an air about her) heir: ... is the heir to the throne. bare: ... bare your heart; ... bare skin. bear: ... polar bear. bear: ... please bear with me. been: ... have you been to that place. bin: ... dust bin. boar: ... the wild boar is an animal. bore: ... bore a well; ... bore a child; ... that film is a bore. Coarse: ... its surface is coarse; ... flour is coarse. course: ... law will take its own course; ... the course of a river; ... is stud ying in that course; ... golf course.

(Watermark)

Vocabulary

317

dear: ... is dear to me. deer: ... deer are very fast. ear: ... my ear; ... my ears; ... ears of corn. year: ... the year 2007; ... the whole year. fl our: ... flour made by grinding corn. flower: ... the rose fl ower. gait: ... has a peculiar gait. gate: ... through the gate. hair: ... has nice hair; ... short hair. hare: ... the hare won the race. hall: ...hall is big; ...conference hall. haul: ...haul the luggage; ... is a long haul. hear: ... I can hear. here: ... come here. hole: ... burn a hole in the pocket; carpet has a hole. whole: ... the whole chicken its: ... its colour is red. it s: ... it s red in colour. knead: .. knead dough. need: ... need food; ... need to know. know: ... know someone. no: ... say no to someone. loose: ... shirt is loose; ... loose tongue. lose: ... don t lose the game; ... did you lose your watch? main: ... is the main reason... mane: ... has a thick mane ... rain: ... might rain today. rein: ... rein the horse; hold the reins. sea: ... the Red sea; ... a sea of people. see: ... see the sky; ... see through people. sight: ... what a pleasant sight! site: ... the building site. sign: ... put your sign. (Short form of signature , now accepted as a word.) sine: ... sine wave. (A trigonometric wave form.) son: ... is my son. sun: ... sun is bright. soar: ... soar high. sore: ... feet are sore. stair: ... use the stair way. stare: ... do not stare...

(Watermark)

318 Technical Communication their: ... it is their house. there: ... go over there. tire: ... don t tire me. tyre: ... car tyre. verse: ... verse from the song. worse: ... this is worse than that. ( V and W are pronounced differently.) weather: ... the weather is sultry; the weather is humid. whether: ... don t know whether it will rain. Also, wither: ... flowers wither away after some time. LIST OF FEW COMMON PHRASAL VERBS blow up explode The villain tried to blow up the petrol pump. bring up raise children, bring a topic The police brought up the Mumbai murder case again. Call off cancel Due to manager s ill health, the meeting was called off. Do over repeat a job Do this chapter over. Fill out complete a form Please fill out this application form and submit it to the dean. Give away to give something to someone for free She gave away her wealth to the old age home. Give back return an object Mr Sharma gave back his apartment to the office when he left the job. Get back gain interest again I finally got back to my unfinished book and finished it in two months. Hang up put something on receiver or a hook He was very rude so Rekha hung up the phone. Hold up to delay/rob Sameer is very irresponsible. He always holds up the meetings. Police has caught three gunmen holding up the bank.

Leave out to omit You have to leave out the controversial topics in your presentation. Look over examine/check The judge looked over the matter carefully before declaring him innocent. (Watermark)

Vocabulary

319

Make up invent a story or lie When caught running out of the hostel, Anurag made up a story of bad health. Pick out to choose There were twenty thieves in the police station and she picked up the man who st ole her car. Put away save or store She put away her money in mutual funds. My mother puts away the pickle in the re frigerator. Put out extinguish The fire was put out by the nearby villagers. Run away escape, leave unexpectedly The new cadet ran away from the training centre last night. Shop around compare price She always shops around before buying anything from the market. Take after resemble a family member Suresh took after his father in his patience and intelligence. Try on sample clothing First try these shirts on before buying. Use up fi nish the supply My brother used up the whole packet of biscuit. Wear off fade away It was raining so heavily that my whole make up wore off. TABLE C24.10 Select Technical Vocabulary Accuracy state of being exact, correct Actuated prompted Adhesion bond Adsorb take Affinity chemical attraction Aggregate total Acute of an angle; less than 90 degrees Align adjust Addendum supplement Alligator metalworking to split and curl up and down at one end Alloys admixtures Amplitude (physics) the maximum displacement of a periodic wave

Analog of a circuit or device having an output that is proportional to the input Analyze examine Anchor mainstay Angle the space between two lines or planes that intersect; the inclination of one line to another; measured in degrees or radians (Watermark)

320 Technical Communication Annotations Applied Arboriculture Arc Arch Area Asphalt Assemble Association Attrition Automatic Auxiliary Avalanche Axis Axles Backpressure Balance Basic Beaker Bearing Belt Bisect Blast furnace Bleed Blend Bituminous Block Beam Body Boil Bolts Bond Boolean Bore Boulder Boundary (Watermark) notation used tree farming a continuous portion of a circle a curved shape in the vertical plane that spans an opening the extent of a two-dimensional surface enclosed within a boundary mineral pitch create by putting components or parts together affiliation erosion by friction robotic

supplementary roll down the center around which something rotates shafts pressure left after a process equality of distribution alkaline; elementary cup a rotating support placed between moving parts to allow them to move easily a path or strip (as cut by one course of mowing) divide into half part used for firing drain of liquid or steam mix resembling or containing bitumen a rectangular area in a city surrounded by streets and usually containing several buildings ray torso the temperature at which a liquid boils at sea level a screw that screws into a nut to form a fastener bind of or relating to a combination system devised by George Boole that combines propositions with the logical operators AND and OR and IF THEN and EXCEPT and NOT make a hole, especially with a pointed power or hand tool a large smooth mass of rock detached from its place of origin limit

(Watermark) Vocabulary 321 Box a (usually rectangular) container; may have a lid Brakes a device consisting of a combination of interacting parts that work to slow down a motor vehicle Bricks rectangular block of clay baked by the sun or in a kiln; used as a building or paving material Brittle having little elasticity; hence easily cracked, fractured, or snapped Building a structure that has a roof and walls and stands more or less permanently in one place Bulk volume Bulldozer large powerful tractor with a large blade in front that fl attens area s of ground Calculation problem solving that involves numbers or quantities Camber the alignment of the wheels of a motor vehicle closer together at the bottom than at the top Cantilever projecting horizontal beam fixed at one end only Capital assets available for use in the production of further assets Career vocation Caster a pivoting roller attached to the bottom of furniture or trucks or portable machines to make them movable Cement something that hardens to act as adhesive material Center a point equidistant from the ends of a line or the extremities of a fi gure Centrifugal tending to move away from a center Chamfer a bevelled surface at an edge or corner Chassis the skeleton of a motor vehicle consisting of a steel frame supported on springs that holds the body and motor Chemical substance produced by or used in a reaction involving changes in atoms or molecules Circle movement once around a course Civil related to building, soil Clash a loud resonant repeating noise Class category Clay a very fine-grained soil that is plastic when moist but hard when fi red Clip any of various small fasteners used to hold loose articles together Clipping sever or remove by pinching or snipping Clogging preventing movement Clotting the process of forming semisolid lumps in a liquid Clover a plant of the genus Trifolium Coal fossil fuel consisting of carbonized vegetable matter deposited in the Carboniferous period

322 Technical Communication Coefficient Cohesiometer Cohesion Component Compounds Compressibility Computer Concrete Conical Conics Connect Constraints Construction Contact Contraction Control Conveyer Coordinates Corner Corrugation Cosine Coulomb Counterbore Counterdrill Countersunk Crack Cradle Crane Creation Creep Crest Culverts Curvature Curve Curvilinear Cyclic (Watermark) constant instrument to check cohesiveness the state of coherence or sticking together constituent a substance formed by a union of two or more elements or parts the property of being able to occupy less space a machine for performing calculations automatically a strong hard building material composed of sand and gravel and cement and water relating to or resembling a cone (geometry) a curve generated by the intersection of a plane and

a circular cone relate restraints the act of constructing something close interaction condensation power to direct or determine a moving belt that transports objects (as in a factory) a number that identifies a position relative to an axis a place off to the side of an area the act of shaping into parallel ridges and grooves ratio of the adjacent side to the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle a unit of electrical charge equal to the amount of charge transferred by a current of 1 ampere in 1 second a bit for enlarging the upper part of a hole drill in an opposite direction insert (a nail or screw below the surface, as into a countersink) break or crack on the surface only where something originated or was nurtured in its early existence lifts and moves heavy objects introducing or making something new a slow longitudinal movement or deformation the top line of a hill, mountain, or wave a transverse and totally enclosed drain under a road or railway a curve or bending; often abnormal the trace of a point whose direction of motion changes characterized by or following a curved line forming a whorl or having parts arranged in a whorl

Cylindrical Dam Damp Data Data mining Datum Default Deformation Deformation Degrees of freedom Density Design Diameter Diaphragm Differentiation Diffraction Digital Dimension Dipole Dispersion Displacement Display Distillation Diverge Documentation Dowel Draft Drainage Ductile Duplex (Watermark) Vocabulary 323 having the form of a cylinder a barrier constructed to contain the flow of water or to keep out the sea slightly wet a collection of facts from which conclusions may be drawn

data processing an item of factual information derived from measurement or research an option that is selected automatically unless an alternative is specified alteration in the shape or dimensions of an object as a result of the application of stress to it the act of twisting or deforming the shape of something one of the minimum number of parameters needed to describe the state of a physical system the amount per unit size make or work out a plan for; devise the length of a straight line passing through the center of a circle and connecting two points on the circumference a mechanical device in a camera that controls size of aperture of the lens the mathematical process of obtaining the derivative of a function when light passes sharp edges or goes through narrow slits the rays are deflected and produce fringes of light and dark bands of a circuit or device that represents magnitudes in digits one of three Cartesian coordinates that determine a position in space a pair of equal and opposite electric charges or magnetic poles separated by a small distance the spatial or geographic property of being scattered about over a range, area, or volume an event in which something is displaced without rotation to show, make visible or apparent the process of purifying a liquid by boiling it and condensing its vapour move or draw apart documentary validation a fastener that is inserted into holes in two adjacent pieces and holds them together draw up an outline or sketch for something emptying something accomplished by allowing liquid to run capable of being shaped or bent or drawn out a house with two units sharing a common wall

324 Technical Communication Duplication Durability Dynamics Eccentric Edge Edge Elastic Electric Electron Electronic Elements Ellipse Elongated Elongation Energy Equation Equilibrium Equivalent Erosion Expansion Exploded Extract Extrusion Exudation Fatigue Feature Ferrous Field (Watermark) a copy that corresponds to an original exactly permanence by virtue of the power to resist stress or force the branch of mechanics concerned with the forces that cause motions of bodies not having a common center; not concentric a line determining the limits of an area the boundary of a surface capable of resuming original shape after stretching or compression; springy

using or providing or producing or transmitting or operated by electricity an elementary particle with negative charge of or relating to electronics; concerned with or using devices that operate on principles governing the behavior of electrons any of the more than 100 known substances (of which 92 occur naturally) that cannot be separated into simpler substances and that singly or in combination constitute all matter a closed plane curve resulting from the intersection of a circular cone and a plane cutting completely through it drawn out or made longer spatially the quality of being elongated a thermodynamic quantity equivalent to the capacity of a physical system to do work a mathematical statement that two expressions are equal a chemical reaction and its reverse proceed at equal rates the atomic weight of an element that has the same combining capacity as a given weight of another element condition in which the earth s surface is worn away by the action of water and wind the act of increasing (something) in size or volume or quantity or scope showing the parts of something separated but in positions that show their correct relation to one another draw out something that bulges out or is protuberant or projects from its surroundings a substance that oozes out from plant pores temporary loss of strength and energy resulting from hard physical or mental work a prominent attribute or aspect of something of or relating to or containing iron the space around a radiating body within which its electromagnetic oscillations can exert force on another similar body not in contact with it

(Watermark) Vocabulary 325 Fillet fastener consisting of a narrow strip of welded metal used to join steel parts Filter remove by passing through a filter Finish a decorative texture or appearance of a surface Flakiness having or breaking into thin crisp fl akes Flexibility the property of being flexible Float be in motion due to some air or water current Fluids continuous amorphous matter that tends to flow and to conform to the shape of its container: a liquid or a gas Fly ash fine solid particles of ash that are carried into the air when fuel is combusted Focus maximum clarity or distinctness of an image rendered by an optical system Foundation lowest support of a structure Frame the internal supporting structure that gives an artifact its shape Freeze change to ice Frequency the number of occurrences within a given time period Friction the resistance encountered when one body is moved in contact with another Front the side that is forward or prominent Function (mathematics) a mathematical relation such that each element of a given set (the domain of the function) is associated with an element of another set (the range of the function) Gear hobbing cut with a hob Geometry the pure mathematics of points and lines and curves and surfaces Geophysical of or concerned with geophysics Graded arranged in a sequence of grades or ranks Grain a relatively small granular particle of a substance Graph a visual representation of the relations between certain quantities plotted with reference to a set of axes Gravity (physics) the force of attraction between all masses in the universe; especially the attraction of the earth s mass for bodies near its surface Grid a pattern of regularly spaced horizontal and vertical lines Groove a long narrow furrow cut either by a natural process (such as erosion) or by a tool (for e.g., a groove in a phonograph record) Gross before any deductions Grout a thin mortar that can be poured and used to fill cracks in masonry or brickwork Gypsum a common white or colourless mineral (hydrated calcium sulphate) used to make cements and plasters (especially plaster of Paris) Gyration the act of rotating in a circle or spiral

326 Technical Communication Gyroscope Hack Hard disk Hardening Hardness Hatch Head Healing Heat Heat transfer Helix Hexagon Highway Horizontal Hole Hollow Hydration Hydraulic Hydrometer Hyperbola Hypotenuse Inclination Incompressible Index Induction Inertia Infinite Insert Integration (Watermark) rotating mechanism in the form of a universally mounted spinning wheel that offers resistance to turns in any direction a tool (as a hoe or pick or mattock) used for breaking up the surface of the soil a rigid magnetic disk mounted permanently in a drive unit the process of becoming hard or solid by cooling or drying or

crystallization the property of being rigid and resistant to pressure; not easily scratched; measured on Mohs scale shading consisting of multiple crossing lines the pressure exerted by a fluid the natural process by which the body repairs itself a form of energy that is transferred by a difference in temperature move from one body to another type genus of the family Helicidae a six-sided polygon a major road for any form of motor transport parallel to or in the plane of the horizon or a base line an opening into or through something a cavity or space in something the process of combining with water; usually reversible moved, or operated by, effected by liquid (water or oil) a measuring instrument for determining the specific gravity of a liquid or solid an open curve formed by a plane that cuts the base of a right circular cone the side opposite the right angle in a right-angled triangle (physics) the angle that a magnetic needle makes with the plane of the horizon incapable of being compressed; resisting compression a numerical scale used to compare variables with one another or with some reference number an electrical phenomenon whereby an electromotive force (EMF) is generated in a closed circuit by a change in the flow of current the tendency of a body to maintain its state of rest or uniform motion unless acted upon by an external force having no limits or boundaries in time or space, or extent or magnitude put or introduce into something an operation used in the calculus whereby the integral of a function is determined

(Watermark) Vocabulary 327 Interaction the transfer of energy between elementary particles or between an elementary particle and a field or between fields; mediated by gauge bosons Interference electrical or acoustic activity that can disturb communication Interlock become engaged or intermeshed with one another Intersection a point where lines meet Interviews the questioning of a person (or a conversation in which information is elicited); often conducted by journalists Invoke resort to Ionic containing or involving or occurring in the form of ions Isometric having equal dimensions or measurements Isomorphism (biology) similarity or identity of form or shape or structure Jetting propelled violently in a usually narrow stream Joints junction by which parts or objects are joined together Joule a unit of electrical energy equal to the work done when a current of one ampere passes through a resistance of one ohm for one second Keyhole the hole where a key is inserted Lag hang (back) or fall (behind) in movement, progress, development, etc. Laminar arranged in or consisting of laminae Lathe machine tool for shaping metal or wood; the workpiece turns about a horizontal axis against a fi xed tool Light (physics) electromagnetic radiation that can produce a visual sensation Lime a caustic substance produced by heating limestone Linear designating or involving an equation whose terms are of the first degree Linoleum a fl oor covering Liquefaction the conversion of a solid or a gas into a liquid Liquidity the property of fl owing easily Logarithm the exponent required to produce a given number Logic the system of operations performed by a computer that underlies the machine s representation of logical operations Lopping cut off from a whole Machines any mechanical or electrical device that transmits or modifies energy to perform or assist in the performance of human tasks Magnification the act of expanding something in apparent size Manipulation the action of touching with the hands (or the skillful use of the hands) or by the use of mechanical means Map a diagrammatic representation of the earth s surface (or part of it)

328 Technical Communication Masonry Mass Maximum Measure Mechanical Mechanisms Metals Microscopy Minima Mobile Modeling Modulus Mohr circle Moisture Momentum Newton Non-ferrous Normal Nut Object Office Offset Oil Optimum Organic Organization Orient Orientation Oriented (Watermark) the parts of a building that are made of stone the property of a body that causes it to have weight in a gravitational field the greatest, or most complete, or best possible determine the measurements of something or somebody, take measurements of using (or as if using) mechanisms or tools or devices

the technical aspects of doing something elements that are usually shiny solids that conduct heat or electricity and can be formed into sheets and wires. For example, gold, iron, copper, etc. research with the use of microscopes the point on a curve where the tangent changes from negative on the left to positive on the right moving or capable of moving readily (especially from place to place the act of representing something (usually on a smaller scale) the absolute value of a complex number a graphical method of showing stresses and strains wetness caused by water the product of a body s mass and its velocity a unit of force equal to the force that imparts an acceleration of 1 m/sec2 to a mass of 1 kilogram; equal to 100,000 dynes which does not contain, or is not related to iron forming a right angle a small (usually square or hexagonal) metal block with internal screw thread to be fitted onto a bolt (computing) a discrete item that provides a description of virtually anything known to a computer place of business where professional or clerical duties are performed compensate for, or counterbalance a slippery, viscous liquid or liquefiable substance not miscible with water most desirable possible under a restriction expressed or implied relating or belonging to the class of chemical compounds having a carbon basis a group of people who work together (one s self) determine one s position with reference to another point a course introducing a new situation or environment adjusted or located in relation to surroundings or circumstances;

sometimes used in combination

(Watermark) Vocabulary 329 Output final product; the things produced Outsourcing obtain goods or services from an outside supplier; to contract work out Pad a platform from which rockets or space craft are launched Parabola a plane curve formed by the intersection of a right circular cone and a plane parallel to an element of the curve Parallelogram a quadrilateral whose opposite sides are both parallel and equal in length Parameters a constant in the equation of a curve that can be varied to yield a family of similar curves Pavement walk consisting of a paved area for pedestrians; usually beside a street or roadway Perforate make a hole into or between, as for ease of separation Permeable allowing fluids or gases to pass or diffuse through Perpendicular intersecting at or forming right angles Petroleum a dark oil consisting mainly of hydrocarbons Phase (physical chemistry) a distinct state of matter in a system; matter that is identical in chemical composition and physical state and separated from other material by the phase boundary Pipes a long tube made of metal or plastic that is used to carry water or oil or gas etc. Pitch a quality of sound which is governed by the rate of vibrations producing it; the area of play in a fi eld game Planer a power tool for smoothening or shaping wood Planning an act of formulating a program for a definite course of action Plastic generic name for certain synthetic or semisynthetic materials that can be molded or extruded into objects or fi lms or fi laments or used for making e.g. coatings and adhesives Plunger hand tool consisting of a stick with a rubber suction cup at one end; used to clean clogged drains Pocket a hollow concave shape made by removing something Porosity the property of being porous; being able to absorb fluids Precision the quality of being reproducible in amount or performance Pressure the force applied to a unit area of surface; measured in Pascals (SI unit) Pressuremeter instrument to measure pressure Programming creating a sequence of instructions to enable a computer to do something Project any piece of work that is undertaken, or attempted Prototype full-scale working model of something built for study, or testing or display Prototyping construct a model Pump fl ow intermittently

330 Technical Communication Punch Quality Question Quick Radial Radius Rammer Ratio Reciprocate Recovery Rectangle Redefine Reflection Regulation Reinforced Report Residual Resilience Resistance Resistance Resonance Resources Restitution Retain Revetment Revolve Rib Rig Rigid Roll (Watermark) make a hole into or between, as for ease of separation a degree, or grade of excellence, or worth an instance of questioning accomplished rapidly and without delay relating to or near the radius the length of a line segment between the center and circumference of a circle or sphere a tool for driving something with force the relative magnitudes of two quantities (usually expressed as a quotient) alternate the direction of motion

return to an original state a parallelogram with four right angles give a new or different definition of (a word) (mathematics) a transformation in which the direction of one axis is reversed an authoritative rule given added strength or support a written document describing the findings of some individual or group relating to or indicating a remainder the physical property of a material that can return to its original shape or position after deformation that does not exceed its elastic limit any mechanical force that tends to retard or oppose motion a material s opposition to the flow of electric current; measured in ohms a vibration of large amplitude produced by a relatively small vibration near the same frequency of vibration as the natural frequency of the resonating system available source of wealth; a new or reserve supply that can be drawn upon when needed the act of restoring something to its original state hold back within a facing (usually masonry) that supports an embankment cause to move by turning over or in a circular manner of as if on an axis a projecting molding on the underside of a vault or ceiling; may be ornamental or structural formation of masts, spars, sails, etc., on a vessel incapable of, or resistant to bending move by turning over, or rotating

(Watermark) Vocabulary 331 Roller a grounder that rolls along the infield Rolling propelling something on wheels Rotary describing a circle; moving in a circle Rotate turn on or around an axis or a center Roughness a texture of a surface or edge that is not smooth but is irregular and uneven Ruling mark or draw with a ruler Runway a strip of level-paved surface where planes can take off and land Sand a loose material consisting of grains of rock or coral Saturate infuse or fi ll completely Saturation the process of totally saturating something with a substance Scale an ordered reference standard Scrub (of domestic animals) not selectively bred Scuppers drain that allows water on the deck of a vessel to fl ow overboard Secondary being of second rank or importance or value; not direct or immediate Section a self-contained part of a larger composition (written or musical) Sedimentary resembling or containing or formed by the accumulation of sediment Seepage the process of seeping Selection an assortment of things from which a choice can be made Shaft a revolving rod that transmits power or motion Shaper a machine tool for shaping metal or wood Shear (physics) a deformation of an object in which parallel planes remain parallel but are shifted in a direction parallel to themselves Sheets any broad thin expanse or surface Shell ammunition consisting of a cylindrical metal casing containing an explosive charge and a projectile; fired from a large gun Shovel a hand tool for lifting loose material; consists of a curved container or scoop and a handle Signal an electric quantity (voltage or current or field strength) whose modulation represents coded information about the source from which it comes Simulation the act of imitating the behavior of some situation or some process by means of something suitably analogous (especially for the purpose of study or personnel training) Sine ratio of the length of the side opposite the given angle to the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle Site the piece of land on which something is located (or is to be located) Sketch preliminary drawing for later elaboration Slag the scum formed by oxidation at the surface of molten metals Slaked cause to heat and crumble by treatment with water

332 Technical Communication Slice Slide Slope Slot Snap Soil Solid Solidification Sound Spanner Splash Spline Split Stabilization Steam Steel Steering Strain Stress Structures Submerge Submersible Subway Surface Surface integral Suspension Swap Symmetry (Watermark) cut move smoothly along a surface the property possessed by a line or surface that departs from the horizontal (computer) a socket in a microcomputer that will accept a plug-in circuit board record on photographic film

the part of the earth s surface consisting of humus and disintegrated rock of one substance or character throughout the process of becoming hard or solid by cooling or drying or crystallization mechanical vibrations transmitted by an elastic medium a hand tool that is used to hold or twist a nut or bolt strike and dash about in a liquid (mathematics) a continuous curve that goes through a set of given points; used for interpolation and curve fitting separate into parts or portions the act of stabilizing something or making it more stable water at boiling temperature diffused in the atmosphere an alloy of iron with small amounts of carbon; widely used in construction the act of guiding or showing the way (physics) deformation of a physical body under the action of applied forces (physics) force that produces strain on a physical body the manner of construction of something and the arrangement of its parts sink below the surface capable of being immersed in water or functioning while submerged an underground tunnel or passage enabling pedestrians to cross a road or railway the outer boundary of an artifact or a material layer constituting or resembling such a boundary the result of a mathematical integration; F(x) is the integral of f(x) if dF/dx = f(x) a mechanical system of springs or shock absorbers connecting the wheels and axles to the chassis of a wheeled vehicle move (a piece of a program) into memory, in computer science (physics) the property of being isotropic; having the same value when measured in different directions

(Watermark) Vocabulary 333 System (physical chemistry) a sample of matter in which substances in different phases are in equilibrium Tangent a straight line or plane that touches a curve or curved surface at a point but does not intersect it at that point Taper a convex shape that narrows toward a point Tar any of various dark heavy viscid substances obtained as a residue Tension (physics) a stress that produces an elongation of an elastic physical body Test any standardized procedure for measuring sensitivity or memory or intelligence or aptitude or personality etc Testing the act of subjecting to experimental test in order to determine how well something works Tetrahedral having, or composed of, four sides Thermodynamics the branch of physics concerned with the conversion of different forms of energy Thin of relatively small extent from one surface to the opposite or in cross section Toe in term used in the cars in which wheels are closer at the bottom than the top Toe out term used in the cars in which wheels are farther at the bottom than the top Tolerance a permissible difference; allowing some freedom to move within limits Tool an instrument used for making or repairing things. Track (computer science) one of the circular magnetic paths on a magnetic disk that serve as a guide for writing and reading data Translate change from one form or medium to another Transmission the gears that transmit power from an automobile engine via the driveshaft to the live axle Transportation a facility consisting of the means and equipment necessary for th e movement of passengers or goods Transverse extending or lying across; in a crosswise direction; at right angles to the long axis Trap drain consisting of a U-shaped section of drainpipe that holds liquid and prevents a return flow of sewer gas Trench a ditch dug as a fortification having a parapet of the excavated earth Triangle a three-sided polygon Trip an accidental misstep threatening (or causing) a fall Truck an automotive vehicle suitable for hauling Tubes conduit consisting of a long hollow object (usually cylindrical) used to hold and conduct objects, mainly liquids or gases

334 Technical Communication Turbine rotary engine in which the kinetic energy of a moving fl uid is converted into mechanical energy by causing a bladed rotor to rotate Ultimate furthest or highest in degree or order; utmost or extreme Variable a quantity that can assume any of a set of values Velocity distance travelled per unit time Vertical at right angles to the plane of the horizon or a base line Vibration (physics) a regular periodic variation in value about a mean View the visual percept of a region Viscosity resistance of a liquid to shear forces (and hence to fl ow) Visibility quality or fact or degree of being visible Void lacking any legal or binding force Volume the amount of three-dimensional space occupied by an object Warehouse a storehouse for goods and merchandise Warning a message informing of danger Wash clean with some chemical process Wastewater water mixed with waste matter Water binary compound that occurs at room temperature as a clear colourless, odourless, tasteless, liquid; freezes into ice at 0 Celsius and boils at 100 Celsius; widely used as a solvent Wave one of a series of ridges that moves across the surface of a liquid (especially across a large body of water) Weight the vertical force exerted by a mass as a result of gravity Welding fastening two pieces of metals together by softening with heat and applying pressure Workbench a strong worktable for a carpenter or mechanic Yaw deviate erratically from a set course Zoom enlarge a view COMMON ERRORS: USAGE Adverbial Expressions: very, much. No defi nite rule can be given as to which ad jectives are usually preceded by very and which by much . You can learn the correct usage only by constant observation and practice: Avoid I am very much tired after my walk. I am very much pleased to see you. Grain has become very much dear owing to the war. Prefer I am very tired after my walk. I am very pleased to see you. Grain has become very dear owing to the war. But the following are correct:

(Watermark)

Vocabulary

335

I am very much afraid she will miss the train. I am very much happier now than I was last month. I was very much distressed when I heard of his death. Note: Very superlative. Also study the following: We were much (or very much) surprised at your attitude. I am much (or very much) concerned about it. The Labour Opposition was much (or very much) surprised at your attitude. I am very tired. He was very drunk. The seating accommodation was very limited. I was much afraid of being ill. Fruit is more often used in the singular form than in the plural, even when it i mplies more than one fruit: I have brought you some fruits as present. (Say fruit.) But it is used in the plural when we mean that the fruits are of different kinds : What fruits grow in Kashmir? Cherries, gooseberries, apples. Vegetable, on the other hand, is always used in the plural. Note the following: Please get some fruit and vegetables from the bazaar. In the hot weather vegetables are a better food than rice. Note also: There is a fruit stall here, but not vegetable stall. He lives only on vegetable diet. Clothes, meaning articles of dress (i.e., garments), is always used in the plura l: She went to the well to wash her clothes. I had a new suit of clothes made by the tailor. Be careful of the wet paint or you will spoil your clothes. Cloths means pieces of cloth not made up into garments: I gave the servant two clean cloths (i.e., pieces of cloth) and told him to poli sh the spoons and the table. For/to. The mistaken use of for in place of to: Avoid This water is good for drinking. He went to the fi eld for playing cricket. She went to the well for washing her clothes. Prefer This water is good to drink. can be omitted in each of these four sentences, without softening the

He went to the fi eld to play cricket. She went to the well to wash her clothes. (Watermark)

336 Technical Communication In case and if. In case must be carefully distinguished from if. It must not be used as equivalent to if. I shall take my umbrella in case it rains is perfectly correct, but I shall take my umbrella if it rains does not convey the same meaning. The fi rst s entence implies that there is no rain at the time of starting. Compromise. He was compromised does not mean the same thing as He had made a compromise or consented to a compromise. He was compromised really means that he was placed in a compromising situation, i.e., a false position in which his inte rests were endangered. Dangerous(ly). I saw when her state was dangerous. The word dangerous is used in this sentence in the sense of dangerously ill, a construction which it will not bear. What do I do? is not permissible in English. We should say What am I to do? Emergent. To talk of an emergent case in the sense of a case which requires urge nt or immediate attention is erroneous. In English emergent means emerging from. Enjoy. I enjoyed thoroughly. Enjoy must have an object, and therefore, this expres sion is incorrect. I enjoyed myself thoroughly or I enjoyed the morning thoroughly wo uld be correct. Fear for. Fear for is often misused for afraid of. I fear for you means that I a m anxious on your behalf. It does not mean that I am afraid of you. Female/Woman. Females is often misused for women. The word female merely indicat es sex. A human being belongs either to the male or female sex. To talk of the fema les in one s house or one s family, or female inmates, is indecorous; say women. Follow. I will follow you is often used by students in the sense of go with you, but this is wrong. Follow implies coming after (at a defi nite distance or defi nite interva l), not go in with. Leave of/from. To take leave of means to part from or say goodbye to a person. B ut take leave from is used in the sense of obtaining permission from one s employer to sto p work for a time. The following sentences are wrong: Sadly, he took leave from his wif e (say, took leave of). I took leave of my employer for a month (say, took leave from). Part from/with. One parts from people, but with things. It is, therefore, incorr ect to say: She parted with her friends (say, parted from). She was forced to part from her money (say, to part with). With a view to. With a view to is always followed by a gerund: He went there with a view to finding out the facts of the case. rn books, he joined the local library. With a view to studying the most mode

Go/Come. It is the commonest thing to say, I hope to go over to your place next w eek . I will go to you tomorrow. The word come should be used in such contexts; e.g., I hope to come over next month ; I hope to come to Delhi next week; I will come over tomorrow; or I will come and see you tomorrow . Healthy expressions. (a) I hope you are keeping good health is not good English. (Say enjoying good health, or still better, I hope you are well, or keeping fi t.) (b) She seems very much reduced. Say, She looks much thinner, or merely, She loo ks very thin (not lean). (Watermark)

Vocabulary 337 (c) I have been in (or on) sick bed. Say, I have been ill in bed, or I have been in bed with cholera (etc.). High time implies the urgent necessity of doing something, owing to delay in the past which has brought matters to a head; e.g., It is high time to do something in th e matter. But it is wrong to say, As it was high time, he left for college without taking his food. The meaning attached (quite wrongly) to the expression here is that it was getting l ate. Hope implies pleasurable anticipation. In any other sense the use of the word hop e would be wrong; e.g., I hope to get fever soon. I fear I am going to have fever would of course be the proper way of putting it. Leave should not be used in the sense of holidays. What are you going to do duri ng the leave? is wrong. It should be, What are you going to do during the holidays? Noun clauses are often misused after like and want: Avoid I like that you come and see me. I want that you come and see me. Prefer I should like you to come and see me. I want you to come and see me. Male member is very often misused for male or man. The use of family members is incorrect: say members of the family. It is also wrong to say syndicate members, council members, etc. Avoid The male members of my family did not agree to this. His family members are not here. Prefer The men in my family did not agree to this. The members of his family are not here. May is frequently misused for could or might. May implies that permission is gra nted. It should not be used by a subordinate to a superior, e.g., a lecturer advising the Principal: You may ask them to prepare their essays at home. (You might tell .or You could tell .would, of course, be the proper way of putting it.) Be precise and concise. He failed to go there is wrong. In general use, say He d id not go there. For the past one week is wrong. Say, For the past week. On the contrary/on the other hand. When two statements or ideas are directly opp osed to each other, and attention is to be drawn to this opposition, the second of th ese statements needs to be introduced by on the contrary. On the other hand merely i mplies contrast. An expressed or understood on one hand goes before when on the other h and is used. The following examples illustrate their correct use:

I intended no offence; on the contrary, I meant to compliment you. He is not my friend; on the contrary, he is my worst enemy. She has not fi nished her essay; on the contrary, she has just begun it. Failure on the one hand, and poverty on the other, pained him much. Duty required her to obey her father; on the other hand, love dictated a differe nt course of action. (Watermark)

338 Technical Communication Addicted to. Addicted to is never used in a good sense. We can never say, He is a ddicted to singing . It is always used in a bad sense; e.g., He is addicted to gambling . Or, He is addicted to alcohol . All right. These words should always be written as two separate words and never as alright. Pulling on well. They are pulling on well. Say, pulling well together. Pulling t ogether means working in harmony. Pulling on in the sense of getting on somehow is rarel y used in English. Purchase is rarely used in English in the sense of buy. It is so used only fi gu ratively, e.g., He purchased victory by sacrifi ce . Rather and very, when used together, do not strengthen each other. Actually they cancel each other out. Rather means not very, a little, somewhat. He was rather very ti red = He was somewhat very tired. This is meaningless. The meaning intended is that the p erson was extremely tired. Rather very does not convey this meaning. Reading. I am reading in the sixth class. Say, I am in the sixth class. But I am reading for Honours is correct. Plurals such as sceneries, drainages, advices, and meats should be avoided. If a plural is wanted, say, bits of scenery, or better, scenes; drainage systems; pieces of advice, or better, much advice. Sick should not be used in the sense of some bodily disorder. It is wrong to say I am sick, or my brother fell sick. Say, I am ill; my brother fell ill. Sick is now only us ed to mean vomiting, or to be ready to vomit, or to denote the mental state of weariness, bo redom, or disgust ; e.g., I am half sick of shadows, said the Lady of Shallott. He is sick o f this life. Soon is often misused for quickly; soon is a question of time, quickly of pace o r speed. Avoid He walked soon. He ate soon. Prefer He walked quickly. He ate quickly. Used to is frequently used wrongly as an auxi-liary to form a present tense deno ting habitual action. We used to take our meals at ten. Say: We generally dine at ten . Used to implies a habit which once prevailed, but has been discontinued. Study the following. He is a boy of seven years old. (Say, He is a boy seven years old.) He disposed it off. (Say, He disposed of it.) I had been to Delhi last week. (Say, I went to Delhi last week.) I hope you would do it. (Say, I hoped you would do it, or I hope you will do it. But I wish you would do it is correct.)

Do you know swimming? (Say, Do you know how to swim, or Can you swim? ) When do you go to your bed? (Say, When do you go to bed? ) They worked whole the day. (Say, the whole day, or all the day.) I have consented for attending a funeral. (Say, to attend). We go for walking. (Say, we are going for walk.)

(Watermark)

Vocabulary

339

They played fairly. (Say, played fair.) The rose smells sweetly. (Say, smells sweet.) The same. The use of the same for a pronoun (it, them, they, etc.) is common in business letters, but is undesirable; such as, When you have examined the samples, please return the same to us with your remarks. It would be better to use them for the same. What if? Say, why not? Or What does it matter? Simi-larly, Why not we go? is not good English. Say, Why not go? Or Why should we not go? Why shouldn t we go? Study the following. (a) I failed to get a job and so I am keeping quiet. (Say, I am nothing or I am unemployed.) (b) Have you taken your meals? (Say, Have you had your food? Or Have you had you r dinner?) (c) Please do the needful. (Say, Please do what is necessary.) Be careful in the use of etc. When written in full, this is et cetera, meaning an d other things . If you want to begin with such as, you must not end with etc. Avoid making a statement such as: Many kinds of fruits grow in Kashmir, such as apples, peaches, plums, pears. etc . Why not? Because such as means that you are going to mention some but not all. T o put etc. is to say the same thing twice. You may use either of these forms: (i) Many kinds of fruits, such as apples, peaches, plums, pears, grow in Kashmir . (ii) Many kinds of fruits apples, peaches, plums, pears, etc. grow in Kashmir. Do not confuse the two constructions. As follows. The verb is invariable in number: never as follow . His argument is as follows. The rules and regulations are as follows. Broadcast. We never say broadcasted. Pandit Nehru s speech was broadcast (not broadcasted) from the A.I.R. Station, Dehli. Aggravate. The word aggravate means to add to some hurt which already exists . A sentence such as The noise aggravated him is wrong because aggravated is not used in its proper sense. We can however say, The noise aggravated his trouble . His troubl e already exists; the noise makes it worse. Instead of aggravate, one should use a nnoy, trouble, etc., according to the context. Kindly requested. Applications are kindly requested to enclose a stamped envelope for reply. The sentence, as it stands, means that the request is made in a kindly spirit. But this is not the idea here. Applicants must act in a kind way by send-ing a s tamped envelope. We should amend the sentence thus: Applicants are requested to be so ki nd as to send a stamped envelope for reply . Transpire. What transpired between the two lovers. Transpire is often wrongly used in

the sense of happen, occur, come to pass. It really means to look out, to become known. The sentence above ought to read, What occurred (or went on) . The following sentence has the correct use: It has transpired that the lovers are parted . Individual. Individual is often used wrongly for the more usual person, man, etc . and individuals is used instead of people, persons. The sentence An individual who h as (Watermark)

340 Technical Communication been of very great assistance to the police, should read A person (or a man) who ... . Individual(s) may be used only when there is some idea of comparison with a crow d or body of people: The morality of a crowd as a whole is said to be lower than the average morality of the individuals composing the crowd. The fruits of this labour will benefi t the nation and not an individual. Claim. Modern English usage stigmatizes the use of claim in the sense of assert. Claim may be followed by the infinitive only when (a) it is in the active voice and (b ) the infi nitive represents an action done by the subject: He claimed to have discovered a new pla net . But the following sentences are unacceptable: The car was claimed to do fi fty mi les to the gallon ; The examination was claimed to be just and fair . (A.B.C. of English Usage.) Dare. He dare not do it. Dare he go? He dare do anything. In negative and interrogative sentences and wherever the dependent infinitive has no to , dare is u sed for the normal dares in the third person singular present tense. Due. A. B. C. of English Usage says: unlike owing to, due (to) has never become a compound preposition, that is, due retains its adjectival function and must be p roperly related to the noun or pronoun it qualifies . Thus in the sentence Due to the bed weather, he cannot come, due obviously does not qualify he , and therefore has nothing left to qualify. If due is to be used, the only way is to provide it with an actual noun : His inability to come was due to the bad weather, where due qualifies inability . But the obvious and idio-matic construction is, Owing to the bad weather, he cannot come. It is a good rule to use due only as a predicative adjective (as in the sentence above t hat is, not like a participle, as the first word, or as a phrase). It is incorrect to sa y: Some articles have increased in price due to the increasing demand . We should say owing to . Equally. Equally is never followed by as in Modern English. In such sentences as I am inter-ested in detective stories equally as you , as should be replaced with with. In such a sentence as The Opposition are equally as guilty as the Govern-ment , equally is tautological. If as is omitted, the correct idiom with equally is: The Opposition and the Government are equally guilty . A failed B.A. Avoid such expressions, for it is no honour to fail in an examinat ion. You may say, I tried to get my B.A., but unhappily was not successful. An

England-returned gentleman. Such an expression will provoke an Englishman s smile, for it is meaningless. You may say, He has been to England . Half. Half of them is or are ? The rule is that when the noun or pronoun followi ng of is singular, half is considered singular: Half of our heavy task was done . When the n oun or pronoun following of is plural, half is considered plural: Half of the apples were rotten . The same rule applies to lots of and heaps of. In possession of is active, equivalent to holding ; in the possession of is passive , equivalent to held by . The thief was found in possession of the papers. The papers were found in the possession of the thief. Probable. When probable is used as a predicate adjective after an anticipatory i t, it has to be followed by a that ... noun clause: It is pro( Watermark)

Vocabulary

341 It is probable to happen .

bable that it will happen, not

Providing that should not be used in writing, though the construction is by no mea ns un-common in colloquial and business English. Reason. At least three warnings are necessary in connection with the word reason: (i) The reason is because is a type of tautolo-gical expression that defies both g rammar and logic. The correct idiom is The reason (why etc.) is that . So the sentence The reason why I am dealing with so many pictures tonight is because I happen to have seen them all just, recently may be recast in two ways: (a) The reason . is that I happen . (b) I am dealing with so many pictures tonight because I happen . Equally bad, and almost equally common are: The reason is due to , and The reason is on account of . (ii) Because of that reason is a near relative of the error dealt with under(i). Y ou act not because of but for that reason. Reason itself indicates cause. (iii) The reason for the increase may be attributed to the rapid development of s cience during the past two centuries. The increase may be attributed, not the reason; th e reason is the rapid development. In all three types of sentences cited, the trouble arises from a confusion of id eas that leads to a double statement of cause. (Adapted). TABLE C24.11 Words Commonly Misspelt abandon abbey abbreviate abduct abeyance abhor abhorrent abject abolish abolition abominable absence absolutely absorb absorption abstain abstemious abstinence abstract absurd absurdity abundance abundant abyss

academic academy accede acceleration accent accept acceptance access accessible accident accidentally acclamation accommodate accompaniment accompany accomplice accomplish accord accordance accredited accrue (Watermark) accumulate accurate accusation accuse accused accustomed achieve acknowledgement acquaint acquaintance acquiesce acquire acquisition acquit across actuality actually acute additional address addressee adequacy adequate adhere adhere adjourn administrator admirable admission adopt (adapt) adulterate advantageous adventure adventurous adversary

advertisement advice advisable aerial aerie (or aery) aero plane aeronaut aesthetic affectionate affiliate

342 Technical Communication affirmation affix afflict affluence affray afraid against agape agency aggravate aggregate aggression aggrieved agitator agony agree agreeable agreement agriculture aide-de-camp alcohol alert alien alienate allege allegory alliance alliteration allot allowance allude allusion almighty almost alms aloof aloud already altogether amass ambassador ambiguity ambiguous ambitious amenity amiable ammunition analysis anarchy autumn calendar ancestor avenue caliber anchor awe callous ancient bailiff calumny anecdote balcony can dour anger balloon canoe

angle balm canonize angry banana cantonment anguish bankruptcy canvass annihilate banquet capacious announce barbarous cap-a-pie annual barrier caprice annually bazaar carcass anoint beauteous career anonymous beautify caricature antidote beguile carriage antique behavior casualty antiquity believe catalogue antiseptic benediction caterpillar antithesis beneficent celebrate anxiety beneficial celestial anxious besiege cemetery apologize bestow censure apology bewitch centenary apostle bias ceremonial apparatus bicycle ceremony apparent bier certain appearance binocular chafe appetite biography champion application biscuit character appreciate bivouac charismas apprentice bizarre chronicle approach blasphemy cipher appropriate bosom circular approval bough circumstantial approve bounteous coalesce approximate bouquet coerce aptitude breathe coffee aquatic brunette coincide architecture buffet collaborate armature bungalow collapse ascetic buoyant colleague assemblage bureaucracy commemorate assent business commission assignation butcher committee attendance cadence communication audience cadre comparable autobiography caf comparison (Watermark)

Vocabulary

343

competition dictionary exasperate genealogy complement difference excellence genius compliment digression exception glutton comprehension dilemma exclamation gnaw condolence discern exhilarate goddess conference disciplinarian explanation good-bye conscious discipline explosion gorgeous consecutive discreet extinguish grammar contemporary disguise extraordinary grieve contemptible dissolution extravagance guarantee correspondence donor fascinate guardian countenance doughty fashion guild creature drudgery feature guise cubicle dubious February gymnasium curiosity dwelling feign half-caste cylinder dynasty felicitous hammock cypress dysentery fever handiwork daffodil earnest fi bre handkerchief damn eccentricity field harangue daunt ecstasy fiend harass dearth eczema fi erce hasten deceased effeminate fi ery heinous deceit efficacious flourish hereditary decency effrontery foible heroes decision eighty forebode heroine declaration elapse forecast heterogeneous deference elegance foreign hideous defiance elegiac foretell hindrance deficiency elementary foreword holiday defy eligible forfeit horde deity emancipation forgo horizon deliberate embarrassed forty humorist delineate embroidery forward hurricane delirious empyrean fourteen hygiene deliverance enamel fraud hypocrisy demoniac enamour freer hypocrite demurrage endeavour freight ideal dependence endow fruition idiom dependent enfranchise fulfill idiosyncrasy depression ennoble fullness (fulness) idolatry derision enthusiasm furlong ignominy descend entreaty furlough illiteracy descent envisage furniture illiterate despot equilibrium galloping illusion develop ethereal gardener immanent devour etiquette gaudy immeasurable diagnosis evaporate gauge immediate diarrhea exaltation gauging imminent (Watermark)

344 Technical Communication necessary immovable kitchen mantelshelf negotiate impartial knack manufactory negro impassable kneel manufacture negroes impenetrable knowledge marketed neighbour impiety knuckle marriage nestling impostor laboratory marshaled niche impoverish laborious martial niece inaccessible labyrinth marveled night inadequate lacerate marvelous ninth inalienable language masquerade notable inappropriate languid masterpiece noticeable incandescent laudation mattress notified inclement launder mayoralty notifying inconsolable laurel measuring novice inconvenient league medicinal noxious incredulous ledger mediocre nutriment indefatigable legitimate memorandum nutriment independence leopard mercenary nutrition indigenous leper mileage nymph indiscretion lever millennium oasis indispensable liaison millionaire obedience indomitable liberate miniature obituary infallible library minstrel oblique infinitesimal licence miscellaneous obliterate inflammation license mischief obnoxious influential licentiate mischievous obscure ingenious lieutenant misjudgement obsequies ingenuity lineage modeled obsequious ingenuous lineament modified observance ingratiate liquefy modifying occasion ingredient liquidate moisten occurred inoculation literary moneyed occurrence inquisitor litigant monitor odour insurrection litigious monologue offence irresistible livable mortal offensive itch livelihood mosquito Olympic itinerant lottery motto omelet (omelette) omen jealous lovable mottoes omission jeopardize luxurious mountainous omniscient jersey lyre moustache onomatopoeia jess amine magnificent movable opium jovial magnify murkiness opportunity judgement magnifying murky opposite jugglery maintenance muscular oppress juice majority musician ordinary jungle manageable myriad original kaleidoscope maneuver mystery ounce key manifesto navigable (Watermark)

Vocabulary

345

outcast perceptible proprietor regiment ovation perennial psalm regrettable overawe permanence pseudonym rehearsal overhaul permissible pudding relief overwhelming persecute pungent religious owner personal purse relive oyster personnel pursuit remedy pacify perspire pyorrhea reminiscence paddle persuasion pyre remitted pageant perturbation quack removable palace perversion quaint remuneration paladin pharmacy quarrel repelling palanquin philosophy quarreled repetition palatial phthisis quarrelsome replaceable palmy physician quarterly repository palsy physique quell reprehensible paltry picnic querulous reproducible pamphlet picturesque question reprovable panacea pier quiescent repudiator panegyric pigeon quiet reputable panorama pillage quinine requital pantaloon piquant Quixote resistance pantheism pique quorum resolvable parade pistol quota respite parallel pitiful quote resplendent paralyses plausible raciness responsible paralysis plea radiance restaurant parchment pleasant raillery resumption parliament plebian rarefy resurrection paroxysm pledge raspberry retraceable partition pneumonia ratable retractable passionate politician rating retrievable pastoral pollute ravenous retrieve pastry populace razor revel pasture portray realm reveled patronage position recede revenue pavilion prcis receipt reverie peak precocious receivable reversible peasant predicament receive revival peculiar predilection receptacle rhapsody pecuniary preference recompense rheumatism pedestal premium reconcilable rhyme peevish presumptuous reconciliatory rhythm penance pretentious recurred ribald penitence preventive recurrence ridiculous penitent procrastinate reducible righteous penury profession referee rigorous pepper prohibit reference rogue (Watermark)

346 Technical Communication symbol symmetrical symphony symptom synonymous synopsis syntax syrup tacit taciturnity tactician talisman tamable tambourine tangible tapestry tariff tattoo tawdry teachable teasel technique tedious teetotaler telegram telephone telescope temerity temperament temperance tempestuous temporary tenable tenacious tenancy tendency tenement tenor tenuity termagant terrestrial tertiary testament testimonial theatre therapeutics thermometer thief roguery roseate routine ruling ruling rum our Sabbath

sacrifice sacrificial sacrilege sacrilegious sagacious sagacity salutary salutary satchel sate less satellite saucer sauciness sausage saviour scabbard scenery sceptic schedule scheme scholar schooner science scientific scintillate scissors scurrilous scythe secede secrecy sedentary seize seizure sensibility sensitive separable separate sepulcher serviceable several sewer (Watermark) shabbiness sheriff shield shoeing shriek shyly shyness siege sieve signatory silkiness similar similarly simultaneous sincere sincerity

sinecure siphon siren (not syren) sixtieth sizable skein skilful slyly smoky smoulder solecism solemnize soliloquize soliloquy somber somersault sootiness sorcery souvenir spasm specify spectre sphere splendour sponge spontaneous sprightly squalid squalor squeak squire stalwart statutory staunch stillness stratagem strategy stupefy (not stupify) stylish subduing subservience subsistence subterranean subtle succeed successful succour succumb sufferer sufficient suffrage suicide suitor summary sumptuous supercilious superfluous superintendent supersede

superstition supervise suppressor supremacy surfeit surliness surname (not sir-name) surveyor survivor susceptible suspender suspense suspensor suspicious suzerainty swerving sycamore sycophant syllable sylvan

Vocabulary thieving thigh thistle thorough threatening threshold through ticklish tincture tiring tithe tocsin toilet tolerance tomato tomatoes tongue torpor tortuous tournament traceable tragedy traitorous tranquility transcend transference transferred transgressor transient treasurer treatise treble tremendous tremor tremulous trespass tributary tricycle triennial trifling trousers tuberculosis Tuesday tuition turbulence twelfth twentieth typing tyrant ulterior ultra vires umbrage umbrella umpire unalloyed

347

unanimous unassuming unconscionable uncouth undersigned undoubtedly undulatory unfledged ungrudging unguent unintelligible unique unison unitary unmistakable unnatural unsavoury unspeakable unthinkable until unwieldy upbraid urine usable useful usually (Watermark) usurp utilitarian utterance uxorious vacancy vaccinate vacillate vacuum valedictory valiant valleys valuable variegated Vaseline vegetable vehement veiled veneer vengeance venison venomous ventilator venturesome venturous veracious veracity verandah verify vestige veteran veterinary

vicinity vicissitude victuals vigorous vigour village villain villainous vinegar visible visitor vitiate vivacity vivify vocabulary volleys volunteer votary wag (g) on waif walnut waltz warily wary wasteful weasel Wednesday weird welcome welfare whirl wholesome wield wilful wilfulness withhold witticism woollen worshipped wreak wrought yacht yeoman yield zodiac zoology

348 Technical Communication TABLE C24.12 British and American Vocabulary British words American equivalent British words American equivalent Accumulator, battery Battery Aerial Antenna Angry Mad Anywhere Anyplace Aubergine Eggplant Autumn, fall Fall Bank note Bill Barrister Attorney Bill Check Bin/dust bin Trash can Biscuit/bickie Cookie Bonnet (car) Hood Boot, trunk Trunk Bottom of the street, end End of street of the street Braces Suspenders Bun, muffin Muffin Car park Parking lot Caretaker Janitor Cashier Teller Cello tape Scotch tape Charge sheet, police Police record record Chemist s Drugstore Chips French fries Cinema, movie-house Movie-house Class, grade Grade Clothes peg, clothes pin Clothes pin Come round, come over Come over Comforter, heavy quilt, Heavy quilt, blanket blanket Condom Rubber Constable Patrolman Cooker Stove Cot Crib Cotton Thread Couch/sofa/settee Sofa Crash Wreck (Watermark) Crisps Potato chips Crossroads Intersection Curtains Drapes CV (Curriculum vitae) Rsum Diversion Detour Draughts Checkers Drawing pins Push pins/thumbtacks Dressing gown Robe Dual carriageway Divided highway Dummy Pacifier Dustman Garbage man Engine Motor

Engine driver Engineer (train) Estate agent Realtor Exhaust pipe Tail-pipe Fairy cake Cup cake Film Movie Fire engine Fire truck Flagpole, flagstaff Flagstaff Flat Apartment Flyover Overpass Football, soccer Soccer Fortnight Two weeks Garage, gas station Gas station Garden Gear-lever Yard Gear-shift Glue Gum Gone off, spoiled Spoiled Graduate Alumnus Grill Broiler Ground floor First floor Gumshoes, Wellington Rubbers boots Gym-shoes, tennis shoes Sneakers Hand basin/sink Sink Handbag Purse Headmaster/headmistress, Principal principal Hoarding Billboard

Vocabulary

349

British words American equivalent British words American equivalent Holiday Hoover Ill Interval Jam, jelly Jersey, jumper, pullover, sweater Jug Lift Lorry Macintosh, raincoat Mad Main-road Maize Mason, stone worker Maths Mean Motorway Moulting, shedding Mum/mummy Nappy Nasty, vicious Nick, steal Nowhere Number plate Nursing home Oculist, optician Off-licence Off you go, go ahead Paraffin Parcel, package Pavement Peep Petrol Petrol station Phone box Plaster, band-aid Play time/break time Plimsolls Polo neck, turtle neck (Watermark) Vacation Vacuum cleaner Sick Intermission Jelly Sweater Pitcher Elevator Truck Raincoat

Crazy Highway Corn Stone worker Math Stingy Freeway Shedding Mom Diaper Mean Steal No place License plate Private hospital Optometrist Liquor store Go ahead Kerosene Package Sidewalk Peek Gas/gasoline Gas Telephone booth Band-aid Recess Gym shoes Turtle neck Post Post box Post man Postal code Pram Pub Public school Public toilet Puddings/afters/desert/ sweets Puncture Push-chair Queue, line Railway Reel of cotton Return Reversing lights Rise (in salary) Roll/bap, bun Roundabout Rounders, baseball Rubber Rubbish Run the bath Saloon (car) Shoelace, shoestring Shop Silencer, muffler

Single Somewhere Spanner Spanner, wrench Staff (of a university) Starter State school Subway Sump Sweets Mail Mail box Mailman, mail carrier Zip code Baby carriage Bar Private school Rest room Dessert blow-out Stroller Line Railroad Spool of thread Round trip Back-up lights Raise Bum Traffi c circle Baseball Eraser Trash Fill the bath Sedan Shoestring Store Muffler One-way Someplace Wrench Wrench Faculty Appetizer Public school Underground walking passage/underpass/ pedestrian tunnel Oil pan Candy

350 Technical Communication British words American equivalent British words American equivalent Swimming costume/cozy Bathing unit Underground railway Subway Tap Faucet Underpants Shorts Tap (outdoors) Spigot Verge (of road) Shoulder (of road) Taxi Cab Vest Undershirt Tea-towel Dish-towel Waistcoat Vest Term Semester Wardrobe Closet Tights Pantyhose Wash your hands Wash up Timetable, schedule Schedule Wellington boots/ wellies Galoshes Toilet/loo/bog Bathroom/restroom Windscreen, windshield Windshield Torch Flash light Wing Fender Tramp Hobo Zebra crossing/ Crosswalk Trousers Pants pedestrian crossing Turn-ups CuffsZip Zipper (Watermark) WORDS AND PHRASES FROM FOREIGN LANGUAGES The committee discussed the problem ab initio (from beginning). Some ad hoc (for this object) committees were for-med before elections. The crime rate is increasing ad infi nitum (without limit). One increment was given ad interim (in the mean-while). The fi lm celebrities go abroad ad libitum (at pleasure). The play continued ad nauseam (to the pitch of disgust). Excise on goods is ad valorem (according to value). The senior inspector came with his aide de camp (assistant offi cer). The hotel offered la carte (according to menu) dinner. I have decided to visit my Alma Mater (school or university attended) at least o nce in fi ve years. Let us say goodbye au revoir (till we meet again). He is a bonafi de (genuine) student of this college. Bon voyage (a good journey to you) wished my friends.

The offi cer informed the committee aide carte blanche (with full authority). Indian Prime Minister is the de facto (actual) head of the executive while the P resident is only the de jure (by law) head. The family recently purchased a car de luxe (of high quality).

They absented themselves en masse (all together). She stayed in Mumbai en route (on the way to) Dubai. Ex-gratia (as an act of grace) payment was made to the workers. The Prime Minister is the ex officio (by virtue of office) Chairman of the Plann ing Commission. An ex parte (in the interest of one side only) statement was made by the Finance Minister to please the rich.

Vocabulary

351

The deserters met their fait accompli (not reversible); they were imprisoned. Heavy investment at present in steel industries is a faux pas (blunder). The university conferred doctorate in law honoris causa (as an honour) on many dignitaries. ibidem (ibid) means at the same place used for reference in books. i.e. is the short form of id est (that is). The court ordered him to be present in propria persona (in person). It was infra dig (below dignity) for her to accept this low salary. The Constitution confi rmed inter alia (among other things) the right of express ion. During Emergency, fundamental rights were withdrawn in toto (wholly). She became a dictator ipso facto (virtually). The laissez faire (free the principle of non-interference) policies of the school in terms of the private tuitions, which the teachers provide to students, need to be abandon ed. Pidgin English is still the lingua franca (common language for communication in an area where many languages are spoken) in Indian cities. Discovery of India by Nehru is his magnum opus (a great literary work). His intentions were mala fi de (in bad faith). Declaration of Emergency after High Court judgement was mal apropos (ill timed). The modus operandi (way of working) of smugglers is the same everywhere. The two parties expected a modus vivendi (temporary agreement) before discussing the matter further. The law will apply to all mutatis metandis (with necessary changes). In the judgement in XYZ case, the Supreme Court referred abiter dictum (incident al opinion) the necessity of a common code for all. It was a scene par excellence (without comparison). The progress in electronics has been made pari passu (with equal pace). He was released as there was no case prima facie (on the fi rst view). The session of the Lok Sabha was adjourned sine die (indefi nitely). Status quo (the existing condition) has been maintained on the line of partition in Kashmir since independence.

The Minister refused to make any comments as the case was sub judice (under judi cial consideration). His donation for the hospital was an act summum bonum (of supreme good) for the poor. The victory of Mrs Gandhi in 1981 elections was a tour de force (remarkable deed ). The ordinance was declared ultra vires (illegal) by the Supreme Court. No via media (a middle course) could be evolved in the India Bangladesh border iss ue. The Minister praised the chief guest and vice versa (being exchanged). All the statistics are shown in the graph vide supra (see above). The proposal was not proper vis vis (in relation to) the problem. She had to appear in a viva voce (oral) examination after submitting the thesis. Withdrawing prohibition again was a volte face (reversal of attitude) for the st ate government. Vox populi vox Dei (the voice of the people is the voice of God) is the basis of democracy. (Watermark)

352 Technical Communication CHAPTER 25: ENGLISH GRAMMAR Table Table Table Table Table Table C25.1(a) C25.1(b) C25.2(a) C25.2(b) C25.3(a) C25.3(b) Prepositions after verbs Additional points regarding use of prepositions after verbs Prepositions after adjectives (including participles) Additional points regarding use of prepositions after adjectives Prepositions with nouns Additional points regarding use of prepositions with nouns

TABLE C25.3(a) Prepositions After Verbs (Watermark) Verb Preposition frown on impose on insist on intrude on operate on reflect on rely on resolve on spend on abandon to accept to adapt to add to adhere to allude to amount to attach to attend to belong to commit to confine to conform to consent to consign to contribute to drink to introduce to liken to listen to object to submit to surrender to yield to coincide with comply with compromise with cope with disagree with dispense with

fill with Verb Preposition guard against lean against rebel against warn against aim at gaze at glance at hint at jeer at jump at laugh at look at smile at stare at wonder at protect from recover from restrain from save from separate from subtract from absolve from abstain from alight from benefit from borrow from derive from desist from differ from digress from emerge from escape from exclude from apologize for beg for care for charge for compensate for cry for feel for hope for Verb Preposition long for mourn for pine for pray for punish for send for wait for weep for

wish for abound in delight in excel in fail in increase in indulge in involve in persevere in persist in revel in succeed in accuse of approve of beware of boast of complain of convince of despair of die of dispose of dream of smell of repent of think of tire of based on bestow on comment on congratulate on decide on depend on feast on

English Grammar

353

Verb Preposition grapple with interfere with meddle with Verb Preposition part with quarrel with supply with Verb Preposition sympathize with threaten with unite with TABLE C25.1(b) Additional Points Regarding Use of Prepositions after Verbs agree with (a person) account to (a person) agree to (a thing) confer with (a person) part from (a person) confer about (a thing) reconcile to (a person) consult with (a person) reconcile with (a thing) consult on (a point) interfere with (a person) die of (a disease) interfere in (a thing) die by (violence) compare to (asserting similarity) die from (overwork) compare with (seeking similarity) arrive at (a place) account for (a fact or a thing) arrive in (a country) TABLE C25.2(a) (Watermark) Prepositions after Adjectives (including Participles) Adjective amazed amused clever quick slow stupid absent different exempt far free inseparable remote safe separate absorbed accurate backward deficient dressed servile interested involved

poor rich afraid ashamed aware capable conscious deprived Preposition at at at at at at from from from from from from from from from in in in in in in in in in in of of of of of of Adjective Preposition devoid envious expressive fond full guilty independent innocent jealous observant proud shy sick

suspicious tired worthy accustomed agreeable applicable blind condemned conducive contrary engaged equivalent faithful fatal hostile inferior incidental indifferent of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to Adjective Preposition indulgent to favourable to known to loyal to married to

new to opposite to painful to partial to polite to profitable to related to relevant to dissimilar to superior to true to acquainted with affiliated with/to busy with contend with delighted with disgusted with endowed with familiar with inconsistent with inspired with patient with pleased with popular with satisfied with

354 Technical Communication TABLE C25.2(b) Additional Points Regarding use of Prepositions after Adjectives angry with (a person) bad to (a person) annoyed with (a person) bad for (a person) furious at (a thing) disappointed with (somebody) irritated at (a thing) disappointed at (something) vexed at (an occupation) glad of (a piece of news) good at (an occupation) glad of (a possession) TABLE C25.3(a) Prepositions with Nouns Noun Preposition Noun Preposition abhorrence for meditation on affection for reflection on apology for enmity with appetite for patience with blame for peace with contempt for relationship with desire for quarrel with fondness for war with gratitude for attachment to leisure for attention to liking for access to passion for admission to protest for alternative to reputation for antipathy to deliverance from approach to descent from attitude to escape from contrast to exemption from cruelty to release from danger to dislike of disgrace to distrust of encouragement to experience of exception to evasion of invitation to neglect of limit to proof of menace to result of objection to sense of obstruction to victim view want witness of of of of opposition resemblance traitor to to to decision on accordance with dependence on acquaintance with expenditure on alliance with influence on comparison with

(Watermark)

English Grammar 355 TABLE C25.3(b) Additional Points Regarding Use of Prepositions with Nouns Without article confidence in delight in difficulty in happiness in joy in pleasure in pride in satisfaction in skill in (Watermark) With article confidence of delight of difficulty of happiness of joy of pleasure of pride of satisfaction of skill of

356 Technical Communication APPENDIX A PUNCTUATION AND CAPITALIZATION Correct punctuation demonstrates not only that you know how to put a sentence on paper but also that you appreciate how punctuation can affect meaning. Periods, commas, colons, and the like tell your reader when to pause, how to relate two ideas, and much more. You need them to bring cl arity in your writing. Take, for example, the following sentence. By punctuating this sentence differen tly, you can give different meanings to this sentence as shown below: Punctuation 1: A woman without her man is nothing. This implies that any woman who does not have a man is incomplete. Punctuation 2: A woman: without her, man is nothing. By adding a colon and a comma, we have changed the meaning. The sentence now rea ds like a defi nition. Now it implies that men are incomplete without women. To make sure that the meaning you intend to express and the meaning your reader receives are one and the same, you need to use the right marks in the correct places, and to do this, you need to know all the punctuation marks and what they can and cannot do. Some professions and businesses have their own style of punctuation. A journalis t, for example, may omit some punctuation marks which normally are included in a business letter. A lawyer, on the other hand, uses many more punctuation marks when preparing a legal form than are esse ntial for most types of business writing. You also need to know what to and what not to capitalize.It is difficult to give rules that will cover every conceivable problem in capitalization. In fact, what is capitalized is mostly a matter of editorial style and preference rather than a matter of generally accepted rules. Moreover, altho ugh there is a clearly recognized rule requiring capitalization of proper nouns and adjectives, opinion s differ concerning what a proper noun is. The important goal should be consistency within a particular document. Certain r ules concerning punctuation and capitalization given below may guide you not only in your techni cal writing but also in all other types of writing. Punctuation Comma Use the comma to: (i) separate a series of words or phrases When a conjunction joins the last two elem

ents in a series, use a comma before the conjunction. Managers hire and train new em ployees, offer them encouragement and direction, and evaluate them once a year. The administration formed a committee to determine the need for additional perso nnel in the department, to create job descriptions for approved positions, and to advertise those approved positions. (ii) set off items in a date or address Remember, no comma is necessary when only the month and year are written. The committee met on August 20, 2003, to discuss the plan. The study was conducted from January 15, 1975, to February 1, 1979. The committee met in August 2003 to discuss the plan. (Watermark)

Punctuation and Capitalization

357

The study was conducted from January 1975 to February 1979. At Noida, UP, we were delayed. These instruments were carried on commercial airliners en route from New Delhi, India, to London, England. The computer program is available from COSMIC, 112 Alexander Hall, University of Mumbai, India. (iii) separate a short question from a statement when the question is dependent upon the statement for its meaning. It was Mohan who bought the radio, wasn t it? You had planned to start early, hadn t you? (iv) set off words of direct address. Alice, can you type this paper? No, John, someone else will have to type it. (v) set off the direct speech from the rest of the sentence. Ms. Leela , said the offi ce superintendent, you have been rather careless in your w ork. Congratulations , said the Chairman, you have produced an excellent report on pollut ion control. (vi) separate two adjectives modifying the same noun if the adjectives could be joined by a conjunction. A persuasive, well-documented research proposal was submitted by the department of Biology. An informative, intelligent report is expected to be presented today. (vii) set off introductory verbal phrases modi fying the subject of the sentence . Observing carefully all the reactions, we finally arrived at the results of our experiment. (participle) After unloading the car, we took it to the garage. (prepositional phrase) To advance in profession, one must work hard. (infi nitive) (viii) separate the main clauses in a compound sentence. We fi nished our aptitude tests, and we started preparing for our interviews. The experiment was over, and we were ready to do the calculations. (ix) set off an adverb clause at the start of a sentence. When I fi nished the assignment, I walked to the front of the room and turned it in. Although I had arrived late for the inaugural ceremony, it hardly seemed to have begun. Note: Adverb clauses appearing at the end of the sentence do not need commas unl ess they begin with though, although, and sometimes, because. (x) set off introductory prepositional phrases if they are lengthy If several ph rases are used together, or if the comma is needed for clarity. A single prepositional phrase at the beginning of a sentence does not usually require a comma. At the beginning of the year 1950, they set off for their trip. In 1950 they set off for their trip. (xi) set off parenthetical expressions. This group has, we understand, been very successful. You are, however, very fortunate to secure the position.

Mr Kumar is, to tell the truth, unable to meet the obligation. (Watermark)

358 Technical Communication (xii) set off adjectives which follow the noun they modify. The rsum, neat and crisp, attracted the attention of the recipient. Your behaviour, cordial and humble, suits this job. (xiii)set off contrasting expressions from the rest of the sentence. It was John s attitude, not his qualifi c ations, which got him the job. They found out the mistake by a thorough audit, not by mere inter rogation. (xiv) set off an appositive from the rest of the sentence. Ms Johnson, the company president, will present the award at our annual dinner. George Powers, a former football star, gave a talk. (xv) set off non-restrictive adjective clauses from the rest of the sentence. The boy, who is my friend, will come to visit us. The acid, which is pungent, will corrode the pipes. Semicolon A semicolon is used: (i) before words and expressions such as however, then, thus, so, hence, in fact, in truth, that is, therefore, etc. when these expressions are preceded and followed by independent clauses. My brother has lived many years in the West; therefore, I understand his attitud e. The auditors made six recommend ations; however, only one has been adopted so fa r. Note that a comma is used to set off these words also at the beginning of a sent ence. (ii) between two independent clauses when the conjunction is not expressed. Semicolon s should join only those independent clauses that are closely related in meaning. Abdominal exercises help prevent back pain; proper posture is also important. Alice looked at the letter for a long time; it was illegible. Note: Generally, you should not place a semicolon before a coordinating conjunct ion that links two independent clauses. The only exception to this guideline is if the two independ ent clauses are very long and already contain a number of commas. [incorrect] The economy has been sluggish for four years now; but some signs of improvement are fi nally beginning to show. [correct] The economy has been sluggish for four years now, but some signs of improvement are fi nally beginning to show. It may be useful to remember that, for the most part, you should use a semicolon only where you could also use a period. There is one exception to this guideline. When punctuating a list or series of e lements in which one or more of the elements contain an internal comma, you should use semicolons ins tead of commas to separate the elements from one another: The study has brought to light three things: that the water situation, no matter how grim, will be easily resolved; that all suggestions can be easily implemented; and that the pe ople of the campus

will be satisfi ed. Colon A colon is used: (i) to introduce lists Such lists are often, but (Watermark)

Punctuation and Capitalization not always, introduced these, as follows, and You are asked to bring records, the committee the intensive course.

359

by words such as the following. the following: the budget report, and the schedule for

(ii) after the salutation in a business letter. Dear Mr Andrews: (iii) to introduce a quotation. He quoted this proverb: The rain falls on the just and the unjust . This was her favourite quotation: Mend your speech a little; lest it may mar your fortune . Em Dash An em dash may be used to: (i) to set off a series of appositives. A number of the fl owers daisies, larkspurs, lilies, and roses were in bloom on Memorial Day. (ii) before a summary of preceding details in a sentence. June, July, August these are the usual vacation months. (iii) to show an unexpected or abrupt change in thought or structure of a sentence. The procession ended up in violence at least that is what we heard from a reliable source. (iv) to make an appositive more emphatic. There was only one possible means of entrance the window in the coal bin. Italics Italics are used: (i) to indicate complete publications, such as titles of books, magazines, plays, news papers, movies, ships, planes, trains, etc. For example, We saw Gone With the Wind yesterday. The Queen Mary just docked. (ii) to designate words when spoken of as words. For example, The word iron has an unusual history. (iii) to emphasize a word or phrase. (used sparingly) For example, I am betting she is going to be somebody.

(Watermark)

360 Technical Communication Quotation marks Quotation marks are used: (i) to enclose a direct quotation. You can t do that , he shouted. (ii) to set off titles of stories, articles, chapters, poems, essays, works of art, and radio and television programmes. We read The Gift in our English class. Did you watch All in the Family last night? (iii) to draw special attention to or set off a word or expression. She described him as being generous . Hyphen A hyphen is used: (i) in writing fractions and in all numbers from 21 to 99. two-thirds, forty-fi ve (ii) to separate the parts of a compound word. self-control, one-third, well-dressed (iii) between the words of a group of words taking the place of a single adjective before a noun. For example, The student consulted an up-to-date dictionary. It was a well-documented report. (iv) Compound words used as adjectives, preceding the words they modify, and acting as a single idea are often hyphenated; whereas, they are often not hyphenated when they follow the words they modify. Don t touch those red-hot coals. (hyphenation) The coals will be red hot soon. (no hyphenation) (v) between a prefix and a proper noun or adjective. She is neither anti-American nor pro-German. (vi) with the prefixes all-, self-, ex- (when it means former ), and sometimes between a prefix ending in a vowel and a root beginning with the same vowel. For example, God is all-knowing and all-powerful. They liked the candidate s self-possession.

The ex-champ was dining with her ex-husband. He entered the contest as the anti-intellectual candidate. (Watermark)

(vii) to unify single capital letters joined to nouns or participles. A-fl at, I-beam, U-turn, H-bomb, T-square, X-ray, V-neck, C-span (viii)between a numbered figure and its unit of measurement. 2-litre bottle, 8-foot board, 42-hour week, 10-day vacation, 500-mg dose Parentheses (i) Parentheses are used to enclose a side remark, explanation, translation, or comment. Sometimes this is an appositive. For example, Beside this stream (we were camping here at the time), we unearthed an Indian skeleton. My typewriter (a Remington portable) has been restored. (ii) When using parentheses with other punctuation marks, punctuate the main part of the sentence as if the parenthetical portion was not there. A punctuation mark comes after the second parenthesis if the punctuation mark applies to the whole sentence and not just to the parenthetical portion. For example, Suzanne has three pets (two birds and a dog), which she left with her boyfriend when she went home for Christmas. Did they buy that big house (the one with the two-car garage)? Place the punctuation mark inside the second parenthesis if the punctuation mark applies only to material within the parenthetical portion. For example, I heard that it was an emergency. (Did they get there in time?) He should have been more careful. (iii) Use parentheses to enclose a number, letter, or symbol when used as an appositive, which defi nes or identifi es another word or group of words. For example, There were eight (8) new rules added to the club s bylaws at the last meeting. The Greek letter delta (d) is often used in mathematics to indicate a derivative. Punctuation and Capitalization 361 (Watermark)

362 Technical Communication Be sure to include a copyright () symbol in that statement. The apostrophe An apostrophe is used (i) to indicate possession. If the noun is singular, add an apostrophe and s. For example, teacher teacher s If the noun is a plural one ending in s, add only an apostrophe. teachers teachers If the noun is plural but does not end in s, add an apostrophe and s. children children s (ii) to indicate the omission of a word, letters, or numerals. For example, couldn t, I ve, he s, n , doesn t, it s, let s, I was born in 53. (iii) to form the plural of numbers, letters, signs, and symbols. For example, Carolina has scored 100 s in all her math tests. Your written o s look more like a s. In Ted s report, he used $ s to indicate money. Do not forget to include @ s in all email addresses. Capitalization Capitalize (i) the first word of every sentence, line of poetry, or direct quotation. For example, James said, My lawn doesn t need mowing . (ii) proper nouns, proper adjectives, and titles which precede a name. Judge Jones, Uncle James, Chinese food. (iii) all sacred names, the Bible, and all of its parts, the names of all religious sects, and the names of churches. For example, We found the quotation in the Old Testament in the Book of Job.

Follow the Christ, the King I mark d Him in the fl owering of His fi elds. St. James Lutheran Church, Jewish, Catholic. (iv) the months, the days of the week, and all holidays. Memorial Day, Monday, the fourth of June (Watermark)

Punctuation and Capitalization

363

Note: The seasons are not capitalized. (v) the words north, south, east, and west when they refer to a part of the country, but not when they refer to a direction. The company feels that the Northwest offers greater opportunities than the East. We were driving east. (vi) special events, historical eras, and geographicalareas. the Spanish-American War, the Louisiana Purchase, the Boston Tea Party, the Vict orian Era (vii) names of special buildings, organizations, and companies. Life Insurance Corporation, the Woolworth Building, Rotary Club (viii) titles of books, documents, stories, poems, musical works, art works, and plays. Capitalize all words in titles except prepositions, conjunctions, and the articles a, an, and the. Chicken Soup for the Soul , A Passage to India Note: Prepositions of more than four letters are frequently capitalized. Journey Through Brooklyn (ix) the word president when it refers to the President of a nation. The President vetoed the bill. (x) Abbreviations of educational degrees, such as M.Sc., B.A. (xi) the names of all races and nationalities. Indian costumes, French soldiers, Mexican food (xii) mother and father unless they are preceded by such words as my, his, your, etc. I knew Father would coach the team. I knew that my father would coach the team. (xiii)all languages. Spanish, English, Latin, Russian, Hindi (xiv) school subjects which are languages or which have numbers after them. Do not capitalize other subjects. For example, He is taking Russian. I plan to take algebra and art. I plan to take Algebra I and Art I. (xv) titles that precede names, but not those that follow names or stand alone. (This applies to text, not necessarily to lists.) Dean James R. Sturdivant, Vice President Smith James R. Sturdivant, dean of the College of Medicine Catherine Smith, vice president for Academic Affairs the dean of the college, the vice president of the university (xvi) complete and proper names of universities and colleges, governmental units, comp anies, etc., and their major subdivisions, but not partial forms. Delhi University The university will comply with the rules and regulations of the Immigration and

Naturalization Service. Department of Mathematics Courses offered by the department are listed in the schedule. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences The college has 21 departments. (Watermark)

364 Technical Communication Alumni Association The programmes of the association are usually well supported. Do Not Capitalize: (i) names of curricula, programmes, majors, or minors. However, names of specifi c c ourses should be capitalized. Students may major in sculpture or graphic design. Advisors encourage students to take courses in computer science. Advisors encourage students to take Introduction to Computer Science I. (ii) fi rst or second semester, or summer session. What was the total enrolment in the fi rst semester? Did the professor give you any assignment during the summer session? (iii) the words fi gure, table, or page unless they occur at the beginning of a sentence. This form is illustrated in the fi gure on page 162. Characteristics of this chemical compound are listed in the table given below. (iv) the words state and government unless they are part of a proper name. For e xample, The project obtained government funding. All employees of the State of Gujarat are included. The offi cials of the Indian Government are expected to arrive tonight. (v) academic degrees when they are referred to in general terms in text, but do capitalize their abbreviations. The diligent student earned a master s degree in anthropology and a doctorate in h istory. The diligent student earned an M.Sc. in anthropology and a Ph.D. in history. (Watermark)

Acronyms and Abbreviations

365

APPENDIX B ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 1. AAI Airport Authority of India 2. acct. account 3. A.C. alternating current 4. addnl., add l additional 5. AI Air India 6. AIR All India Radio 7. AIDS Acquired Immune Defi ciency Syndrome 8. ASAP as soon as possible 9. att. attached 10. ATM Automated Teller Machine 11. avg. average 12. bal. balance 13. BCCI Board of Control for Cricket in India 14. BE Bachelor of Engineering 15. BJP Bharatiya Janata Party 16. c/o care of 17. CBI Central Bureau of Investigation 18. CBSE Central Board of Secondary Education 19. cc courtesy copy 20. CM Chief Minister 21. COD collect on delivery 22. COM commerce 23. cont. continued 24. cr. credit 25. D.C. direct current 26. DD Doordarshan 27. depr. depreciation 28. dist., dis. district 29. div. division 30. DoEd Department of Education 31. DoT Department of Telecommunications 32. DRDO Defence Research and Development Organization 33. DRF Disaster Relief Fund 34. dstn. destination 35. e.g. for example 36. E-mail electronic mail 37. EMU Electric Multiple Unit 38. fl u infl uenza 39. frt. freight 40. fwd. forward 41. FY fi scal year (Watermark)

366 Technical Communication 42. GHz gigahertz 43. GMT Greenwich Mean Time 44. GPS Global Positioning Satellite 45. gr. wt. gross weight 46. HC High Court 47. HQ, hdqtrs. headquarters 48. hr hour 49. Hz hertz 50. IA Indian Airlines 51. IAEA International Atomic Energy Agency 52. IAF Indian Air Force 53. IGNOU Indira Gandhi National Open University 54. IIM Indian Institute of Management 55. IIT Indian Institute of Technology 56. IMD India Meteorological Department 57. INSAT Indian National Satellite 58. inst. institute 59. invt. inventory 60. inv. invoice 61. IPKF Indian Peace Keeping Force 62. IQ Intelligent Quotient 63. IRS Indian Remote Sensing Satellite 64. IS Information Systems 65. ISRO Indian Space Research Organization 66. ISD International Subscriber Dialing 67. kHz kilohertz 68. LASER Light Amplifi cation by Stimulated Emission of Radiation 69. LS Lok Sabha (lower house of Parliament) 70. MA Master of Arts 71. MBA Master of Business Administration 72. mdse. merchandise 73. MEA Ministry of External Affairs 74. mgr. manager 75. MHz megahertz 76. MO money order 77. MOU Memorandum of Understanding 78. MPH miles per hour 79. natl. national 80. NDA National Defence Academy 81. NDA National Democratic Alliance 82. NIC National Informatics Centre 83. NRI Non-resident Indian 84. NSS National Service Scheme (Watermark)

Acronyms and Abbreviations

367

85. NSC National Savings Certifi cate 86. OBC Other Backward Classes 87. ONGC Oil and Natural Gas Commission 88. opt. optional 89. org. organization 90. OS, o.s. Out of Stock 91. OTC Over the Counter 92. PCO Public Call Offi ce 93. Ph.D. Doctor of Philosophy 94. pkg. package 95. POE Post of Entry 96. PO Purchase Order 97. PP Parcel Post 98. PSU Public Sector Unit 99. PTO Please Turn Over 100. PWD Public Works Department 101. RADAR Radio Detection and Ranging 102. req. requisition 103. RS Rajya Sabha 104. R.S.V.P., RSVP respond, if you please 105. SAARC South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation 106. SAIL Steel Authority of India Limited 107. SASE Self-Addressed Stamped Envelope 108. SC Supreme Court 109. SC/ST Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes 110. SEBI Securities Exchange Board of India 111. Sensex Sensitive Index (of the Bombay Stock Exchange) 112. std. standard 113. STD Subscriber Trunk Dialing 114. UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientifi c and Cultural Organization 115. UNICEF United Nations Children s Fund 116. WHO World Health Organization 117. whsle. wholesale (Watermark)

368 Technical Communication APPENDIX C PROOFREADING SYMBOLS S.No. Symbol Meaning Symbol Example Before correction After correction 1. insert matter given in the margin In response to letter of 10th October, 2003, we are pleased to inform you In response to your letter of 10th October, 2003, we are pleased to inform you 2. insert a comma This machine is new, accurate and efficient. This machine is new, accurate, and efficient. 3. insert an apostrophe Theyve completed the experiment. They ve completed the experiment. 4. insert quotation marks The Manager said,We have earned handsome profits this year The Manager said, We have earned handsome profits this year. 5. insert a hyphen These cities are well connected by road. These cities are wellconnected by road. 6. insert semicolon Exports have increased both quantitatively and qualitatively we are no longer known as the exporters of traditional items. Exports have increased both quantitatively and qualitatively; we are no longer known as the exporters of traditional

items. 7. insert colon The characteristics of technical reports are as follows The characteristics of technical reports are as follows: 8. insert exclamation What an expensive item What an expensive item! 9. . insert period and one em (one em suggests a little space) . This information is urgently needed Write to us as early as possible. This information is urgently needed. Write to us as early as possible. 10. insert the mark of interrogation How much discount did you offer How much discount did you offer? 11. insert space between two (closed up) words The adhesivequality of the material makes it suitable for this purpose. The adhesive quality of the material makes it suitable for this purpose. 12. delete the letter(s) or word (s) I shall be a grateful to you. I shall be grateful to you. 13. delete the letter(s) and close up We cannot maneage the situation.

We cannot manage the situation. (Watermark)

Proofreading symbols

369

14. close up the spaced letters or words Kindly ack nowledge. Kindly acknowledge. 15. make a new paragraph from this word onwards The situation has become too grave to be neglected. However, the solution does not lie only with the government. The situation has become too grave to be neglected. However, the solution does not lie only with the government 16. align Rising prices are causing us great hardship. Rising prices are causing us great hardship. 17. query the author Our population might touch the figure of ten thousand million at the turn of the century. 18. lower the line It is kind of you. It is kind of you. 19. elevate (raise the line) Clarity Clarity 20 move the matter to left side Ever since I have shifted to Delhi, I have been facing a number of problems. Ever since I have shifted to Delhi, I have been facing a number of problems. 21. move the matter to right side

The inside address supplies the name and the address of the firm The inside address supplies the name and the address of the firm 22. set the letters/ word in capitals. OIL Crisis OIL CRISIS 23. set the word(s) in small capitals It is pleasure to serve you. It is a PLEASURE to serve you. 24. set the letters/ word in lower case, i.e., in small letters Send us twenty Pairs of Tennis Shoes. Send us twenty pairs of tennis shoes. 25. run this line in the same paragraph We have introduced some totally new designs. They are novel and will be liked by your customers. We have introduced some totally new designs.They are novel and will be liked by your customers. (Watermark)

370 Technical Communication 26. set the word(s) in italic type Oral communication has its own advantages. Oral communication has its own advantages. 27. spell out the word properly Give us 4 days to do this work. Give us four days to do this work. 28. wrong font, i.e., the letter is of wrong size or font; it is to be replaced by the correct letter These points are irrelevant. These points are irrelevant. 29. transpose; i.e., reverse the order or change the place of the marked words Expansion of credit bank has been spectacular. Expansion of bank credit has been spectacular. 30. set the word(s) in bold typeface Television is nick-named as idiot box. Television is nicknamed as idiot box. 31. let this cancelled matter stand as it is We have to draw your kind attention to our letter. We have to draw your kind attention to our letter. 32. set the word(s)

in normal type We are thinking of diversifying our exports. We are thinking or diversifying our exports. Edit and Proofread (Practice Exercise) As you begin learning to write business letters, memos and reports, keep in mind the variety of tasks your business writing allows you do to. Remember, too, how important bu siness writing can be to your current job, to your job search and job promotion and to your ability to solve business problems. As you enter a specific organization, notice how the company affects the writing and speaking you do. Consider wheather the organization is p rimarily a writing culture or oral culture, and figure out how you can best manage your writ ing workload and how can you make use of Computer technology to accomplish your writ ing load. Before reading further in this text, think about the skills and experience you may able to pull on to become a successful business writer. (Watermark)